MNM-10646-01-C ENG, Miura Service Manual Rev C

I.S.E.
– Sistemi Intelligenti Elettronici
Miura
SINGLE and DOUBLE Sampling ARM Models
Random Access Analyser

Service Manual
I.S.E. S.r.l. – Italy Roma MNM-10646-01-C Rev.C ENG

MIURA – Service manual Section i
INTRODUCTION
Section i INTRODUCTION
i.1 Identification Data

This document is the Service Manual of the instruments named MIURA, a random access automatic
analyser. It is available in two basic models: SINGLE Sampling ARM (M1) and DOUBLE Sampling ARM
(M2). Both of those models can be supplied in more sample tray configurations differing for the
number of available sample positions on board.
This document must be considered a guide for maintenance and for service operations carried out
on the instruments by authorized and qualified technical personnel trained by the Producer or by
entitled dealer.
Service engineers and maintenance technicians must read carefully every section of this manual
before to undertake any operation.
This manual wants to be only a reference aid as technicians need to join training held by
authorized personnel.
The producer doesn’t take on any responsibility about partial and unauthorized copies of this
document.
This manual has been written and produced with the utmost care; however errors cannot be fully
excluded.
The producer doesn’t take on any responsibility or due about every kind of incidents that may
occur from mistakes in the manual.
The service must contact the distributor or the producer in case of doubts or necessity.
i.1.1 Document
 Document code: MNM-10646-01-C
 Document revision: C
 Revision date: September 03, 2012
 Software version: 2.2.0.16
 Date of software version: Jul 26, 2012
i.1.2 Instrument
 MIURA-Single sampling arm (M1): p/n 10674-xx-A (xx=version)
 MIURA-Double sampling arm (M2): p/n 10001-xx-A (xx=version)
Version 01: 79 available positions on the sample tray
Version 02: 59 available positions on the sample tray.
i.1.3 Producer
 I.S.E. S.r.l.
Via delle Driadi, 45
00133 Roma – Italy
E-mail: info@logotech-ise.com
WEB: www.logotech-ise.com
I.S.E. S.r.l. – Sistemi Intelligenti Elettronici 2/288

MNM-10646-01-C Rev.C ENG
INTRODUCTION
i.2 Copyright
The content of this document, the pictures, the tables and the graphics included, is intellectual
property of I.S.E. S.r.l.
Unauthorized copies, total or partial, could cause legal actions in order to preserve owner’s
interests.
i.3 International and European Prescriptions

The instrument complies the following directive:
 Directive IVD 98/79/CE - In-Vitro Diagnostic Medical Devices
 Directive 2002/96/EC – Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE)
i.4 Purpose of This Document

This document is the service manual of the automatic “random access” analysers MIURA – Single
and Double ARM versions. It is addressed to service engineers and qualified technicians trained by
the Producer or by authorized personnel (in the following named as “operator” or “technician”) to
carry on service operations on MIURA instruments.
For instrument calibration and service software description refer to I.S.E. S.r.l. special document
code MNM-10800-01-x ENG, BCServer SW Manual for Calibration – last revision.
NOTE: information included in this manual allows a correct service of the instrument just in the case
the operator has attended also a specific training course held by the Producer.
i.5 Use of This Manual

The producer recommends the operators to read carefully all sections of this manual taking into
particular consideration notes, used for specifying or deepening a concept discussed before, and
warnings, used to highlight possible risks or dangers. It is also required a good knowledge of the User
Manual.
Notes and warnings have been written in bold character.
NOTE: any information regarding Theory of Operation, Functions, Performances, Operating
Procedures and User Interface Software Menu Descriptions, refer to the User Manual – last revision.

INTRODUCTION
i.6 List of Contents

Section i INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................................ 2
i.1 Identification Data................................................................................................................................. 2
i.1.1 Document ...................................................................................................................................... 2
i.1.2 Instrument ....................................................................................................................................... 2
i.1.3 Producer ......................................................................................................................................... 2
i.2 Copyright ................................................................................................................................................ 3
i.3 International and European Prescriptions.......................................................................................... 3
i.4 Purpose of This Document .................................................................................................................... 3
i.5 Use of This Manual.................................................................................................................................. 3
i.6 List of Contents ....................................................................................................................................... 4
i.7 List of Figures ........................................................................................................................................... 9
Section 1 SAFETY .................................................................................................................................... 12
1. Safety Prescriptions .............................................................................................................................. 12
1.1. General Instructions .................................................................................................................... 12
1.2. Labelling ....................................................................................................................................... 12
1.3. Safety Precautions ...................................................................................................................... 16
1.3.1. Installation ................................................................................................................................ 16
1.3.2. Transport and Storage ........................................................................................................... 16
1.4. Risks During Use ............................................................................................................................ 16
1.4.1. Risks for the Operator ............................................................................................................. 16
1.4.2. Safety Information for the Operator .................................................................................... 16
1.4.3. Information on Liquids and Infected Parts ......................................................................... 16
1.4.3.1. Treatment ........................................................................................................................ 17
1.4.3.2. Waste Materials.............................................................................................................. 17
Section 2 INSTALLATION ......................................................................................................................... 18
2. Description of the Instrument ............................................................................................................. 18
2.1. Supplied Parts .............................................................................................................................. 20
2.2. Installation Requirements ........................................................................................................... 20
2.2.1. Software ................................................................................................................................... 20
2.3. Storing the Instrument................................................................................................................. 20
2.4. Unpacking the System ............................................................................................................... 21
2.4.1. Unpacking the Instrument ..................................................................................................... 21
2.4.2. Fixing PC Monitor on the support ......................................................................................... 23
2.4.3. Removal of Sampling ARMs’ Clamps (for Double ARM only) ......................................... 24
2.4.4. Unpacking System Floor-stand (Option) ............................................................................. 25
2.4.5. Electrical Connections and Stabilizer .................................................................................. 28
2.4.6. Main Steps to Follow During Instrument Installation .......................................................... 28
2.4.7. External Fuses .......................................................................................................................... 32
2.4.8. Fittings and Consumables .....................................................................................................32
2.4.8.1. Liquid Solutions for the System ..................................................................................... 32
2.4.8.2. Liquid Tanks ..................................................................................................................... 33
2.5. Software and Firmware Installation or Upgrade .................................................................... 35
2.5.1. General Description ............................................................................................................... 35
2.5.2. Procedure for Software First Installation .............................................................................. 35
2.5.3. Instrument Parameters ........................................................................................................... 36
2.5.3.1. Recover Instrument Parameters .................................................................................. 36
2.5.4. Procedure for Automatic Software Upgrade .................................................................... 36
2.5.5. Procedure for Manual Firmware Upgrade ......................................................................... 37
2.5.6. User Data ................................................................................................................................. 38
2.5.6.1. Manual Managing of User Data ................................................................................. 38
2.6. 4-channel ISE Module (option) .................................................................................................39

INTRODUCTION
2.6.1. ISE Module Installation ........................................................................................................... 39

2.6.1.1. Connections ...................................................................................................................40
2.6.2. ISE Module Solutions and Consumables ............................................................................. 40
Section 3 Double ARM - ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND PART LISTS...................................................... 42
3. The Double ARM System ..................................................................................................................... 42
3.1. Double ARM Unit P/N 10034-01-F .............................................................................................. 46
3.2. Schematics and Part Lists for the Double ARM Unit Sub-assemblies and Wirings ............. 59
3.2.1. OPP Power Supply Assembly P/N 10369-00-B ..................................................................... 59
3.2.1.1. OPP MAINPS Wiring, P/N 10057-00-B ........................................................................... 62
3.2.2. OPP Controller Assembly P/N 10016-00-D ........................................................................... 64
3.2.2.1. OPP Controller Mother Board P/N 10030-00-C .......................................................... 69
3.2.2.2. CNT Power Supply P/N 10028-01-A Ver.01 ................................................................. 70
3.2.2.3. MAIN Controller Ver.01 P/N 10012-01-D ..................................................................... 71
3.2.2.4. RW Controller P/N 10012-04-C ..................................................................................... 73
3.2.2.5. ARM1 Controller P/N 10012-02-D ................................................................................. 75
3.2.2.6. ARM2 Controller P/N 10012-03-D ................................................................................. 77
3.2.3. LP Step Motor Driver, All Versions, P/N 10991-xx-C ............................................................ 79
3.2.4. LHP Power Board, P/N 10762-00-B ........................................................................................ 82
3.2.5. OPP S&R Assembly, P/N 10220-00-C .................................................................................... 84
3.2.5.1. Opto Sensor Ver.00 P/N 10045-00-A............................................................................ 88
3.2.5.2. 1.75NM 1.8 Motor Assy P/N 10039-00-A ...................................................................... 89
3.2.5.3. LM35 Temp Sensor Ver.01, P/N 10050-01-B ................................................................ 90
3.2.5.4. OPP 100M3 MGND Jumper P/N 10410-00-A .............................................................. 91
3.2.5.5. OPP MGND Brush P/N 10413-00-A ............................................................................... 92
3.2.5.6. BarCode Reader............................................................................................................ 93
3.2.6. OPP ARM1 Assembly, P/N 10198-00-A ................................................................................. 94
3.2.6.1. 0.48NM 1.8 Motor Assy P/N 10041-00-A ...................................................................... 96
3.2.6.2. 0.43NM 1.8 Motor Assy P/N 10252-00-C ...................................................................... 97
3.2.6.3. Opto Sensor, All Versions P/N 10045-xx-A ................................................................... 98
3.2.6.4. OPP ARM Module P/N 10205-00-D .............................................................................. 99
3.2.7. OPP ARM2 Assembly, P/N 10200-00-A ............................................................................... 100
3.2.7.1. 0.48NM 1.8 Motor Assy P/N 10041-00-A .................................................................... 102
3.2.7.2. 0.43NM 1.8 Motor Assy P/N 10252-00-C .................................................................... 103
3.2.7.3. Opto Sensor, All Versions P/N 10045-xx-A ................................................................. 104
3.2.7.4. OPP ARM Module P/N 10205-00-D ............................................................................ 105
3.2.8. OPP R&W Assembly Ver.01, P/N 10208-01-B ..................................................................... 106
3.2.8.1. OPP Cuvette Assembly, P/N 10210-02-A .................................................................. 109
3.2.8.1.1. 1.17NM 1.8 MOTOR ASSY P/N 10040-00-A .......................................................... 112
3.2.8.1.2. Opto Sensor, All Versions P/N 10045-00-A .......................................................... 113
3.2.8.1.3. LM35 Temp Sensor Ver.01 P/N 10050-02-B ......................................................... 114
3.2.8.1.4. Incubation Heater Strip Assy P/N 10043-00-A .................................................... 115
3.2.8.1.5. Photodiode Module P/N 10011-00-B .................................................................. 116
3.2.8.2. OPP Optical Group Ver.01, P/N 10212-01-A ............................................................ 118
3.2.8.2.1. 20W Halogen Lamp Assy, P/N 10749-01-A ......................................................... 121
3.2.8.2.2. 1.17NM 0.9 MOTOR ASSY, P/N 10042-00-A ......................................................... 123
3.2.8.2.3. Opto Sensor Ver.00 P/N, 10045-00-A .................................................................. 124
3.2.8.2.4. Interferential Filters ................................................................................................. 125
3.2.8.3. OPP Washing Station, P/N 10211-00-B ...................................................................... 126
3.2.8.3.1. 0.20NM 1.8 MOTOR ASSY, P/N 10055-00-A ......................................................... 133
3.2.8.3.2. Opto Sensor Ver.00 P/N, 10045-00-A .................................................................. 134
3.2.8.4. OPP 100M3 MGND Jumper P/N 10410-00-A and OPP 100M4 MGND Jumper .. 135
3.2.9. OPP Pumps & Drivers, P/N 10217-00-F................................................................................ 136
3.2.9.1. Power Driver Module - 9x1A, P/N 10006-00-C ......................................................... 141

INTRODUCTION
3.2.9.2. WPM1 78ML 2.5 24V Pump, P/N 11053-00-A ............................................................ 142
3.2.9.3. WPM1 57ML 2.0 24V PUMP, P/N 11052-00-A ............................................................ 143
3.2.9.4. WPM1 120ML 3.0 24V PUMP, P/N 11048-00-A .......................................................... 144
3.2.9.5. Buzzer Assy, P/N 10058-00-A ....................................................................................... 145
3.2.9.6. OPP Pumps & Drivers Wiring, P/N 10514-00-A .......................................................... 146
3.2.10. ARM Diluter Assembly Ver.00 (ARM1), P/N 10358-00-C .............................................. 148
3.2.11. ARM Diluter Assembly Ver.01 (ARM2), P/N 10358-01-C .............................................. 150
3.2.12. ISE Module Assembly, P/N 10726-00-A (Option) .......................................................... 151
3.2.13. 24V Fan Assy, P/N 10110-00-A ........................................................................................ 154
3.2.14. 12V Fan Assy, P/N 10111-00-A ........................................................................................ 155
3.2.15. 12V 60x60 Fan Assy, P/N 10112-00-A ............................................................................. 156
3.2.16. Microswitch Cover, P/N 11061-00-A .............................................................................. 157
3.2.17. ZRP3 2H-Aspiration Pump, P/N 11047-00-A ................................................................... 158
3.2.18. ZRP Aspiration Pump Ver.01, P/N 10938-01-A .............................................................. 160
3.2.19. OPP ON-OFF Breaker Ver.00, P/N 10368-00-A .............................................................. 162
3.2.20. OPP ON-OFF Breaker Ver.01, P/N 10368-01-A .............................................................. 163
3.2.21. Cooling Timer Assy Ver01, P/N 11027-01-B.................................................................... 164
3.2.21.1. SLT1 Timer Board, P/N 11024-00-B ............................................................................. 167
3.2.21.2. WPM1 57ML 2.5 12V PUMP, P/N 11057-00-A............................................................ 168
3.2.22. Wirings of the Unit ............................................................................................................. 169
3.2.22.1. OPP VDCPS-TB Wiring, P/N 10159-00-A .................................................................... 169
3.2.22.2. Cooler Fans Wiring, P/N 10113-00-A ......................................................................... 171
3.2.22.3. OPP 24VDC AND AUXPS Wiring, P/N 10161-00-C ................................................... 173
3.2.22.4. OPP ARM Ver.00 Wiring, P/N 10204-00-B.................................................................. 177
3.2.22.5. RS232 FS9F Cable Assy, P/N 10162-00-A .................................................................. 179
3.2.22.6. OPP Photodiode Wiring, P/N 10148-00-B ................................................................. 181
3.2.22.7. 10X-FLAT Ver.00 Wiring, P/N 10145-00-A .................................................................. 183
3.2.22.10. OPP ISE Module Wiring, P/N 10165-00-A (Option) ................................................ 189
3.2.22.11. OPP MOTDRV Wiring, P/N 10146-00-A .................................................................... 191
3.2.22.12. OPP Sensor Wiring, P/N 10153-00-D ........................................................................ 193
3.2.22.13. LHP Power Wiring, P/N 10940-00-B .......................................................................... 196
Section 4 Single ARM - ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND PART LISTS ...................................................... 199
4. The Single ARM System...................................................................................................................... 199
4.1. Single ARM Unit P/N 10706-01-E .............................................................................................. 203
4.2. Schematics and Part Lists for Single ARM Unit Sub-assemblies and Wirings .................... 216
4.2.1. OPP Controller Assembly P/N 10016-01-D ......................................................................... 216
4.2.2. OPP Pumps & Drivers Ver.01, P/N 10217-01-F ................................................................... 222
Section 5 MAINTENANCE ..................................................................................................................... 227
5. Generalities ......................................................................................................................................... 227
5.1. General Rules ............................................................................................................................ 227
5.1.1. Cleaning ................................................................................................................................ 227
5.1.2. Disinfection ............................................................................................................................ 227
5.1.2.1. Instrument Disinfection ................................................................................................ 228
5.1.2.2. Metallic Probes Disinfection ....................................................................................... 228
5.1.2.3. Waste Tubing Disinfection .......................................................................................... 228
5.1.2.4. Charge Tubing Disinfection ........................................................................................ 228
5.1.2.5. Washing Station Needles Disinfection ...................................................................... 228
5.1.2.6. Waste Tank Disinfection .............................................................................................. 228
5.1.2.7. Systemic Solution and Cleaner Solution Tanks Cleaning ...................................... 228
5.2. Safety Precautions .................................................................................................................... 229
5.3. Periodic Maintenance Plan..................................................................................................... 230

INTRODUCTION
5.3.1. Daily Maintenance Scheduling .......................................................................................... 230

5.3.2. Weekly Maintenance Scheduling ..................................................................................... 230
5.3.3. 20,000 tests Maintenance Scheduling .............................................................................. 230
5.3.4. Two Months Maintenance Scheduling ............................................................................. 231
5.3.5. One Year Maintenance Scheduling ................................................................................. 232
5.3.6. Other Maintenance Needs................................................................................................. 232
5.4. ISE Module Maintenance Scheduling ................................................................................... 233
5.4.1. Scheduling for LOW Volume Users ..................................................................................... 233
5.4.1.1. Daily Maintenance Scheduling ................................................................................. 233
5.4.1.2. One Month Maintenance Scheduling ..................................................................... 233
5.4.1.3. Six Months Maintenance Scheduling ....................................................................... 233
5.4.1.4. One Year Maintenance Scheduling ........................................................................ 234
5.4.2. Scheduling for HIGH Volume Users .................................................................................... 234
5.4.2.1. Daily Maintenance Scheduling ................................................................................. 234
5.4.2.2. One Month Maintenance Scheduling ..................................................................... 234
5.4.2.3. Six Months Maintenance Scheduling ....................................................................... 234
5.4.2.4. At 3,000 samples Maintenance Scheduling ............................................................ 234
5.4.2.5. At 10,000 samples Maintenance Scheduling.......................................................... 235
5.4.2.6. One Year Maintenance Scheduling ........................................................................ 235
5.5. Maintenance Procedures........................................................................................................ 236
5.5.1. Generalities............................................................................................................................ 236
5.5.2. Reading Cuvettes Replacement ....................................................................................... 236
5.5.2.1. Single Cuvette Replacement .................................................................................... 237
5.5.3. Peristaltic Pump Heads Replacement .............................................................................. 238
5.5.4. Photometer Lamp Replacement ....................................................................................... 240
5.5.5. Sampling Probes Replacement ......................................................................................... 241
5.5.6. Interchangeability of Diluters in Older Systems ................................................................ 242
5.5.6.1. Replacing OLD Diluter(s) in OLD Systems running OLD Software Version ........... 242
5.5.6.2. Replacing OLD Diluter(s) in OLD Systems Running NEW Software Version ......... 243
5.5.6.3. Replacing NEW Diluter(s) in an NEW Systems .......................................................... 244
5.5.6.4. Modifications of Characteristic Parameters in case of OLD Diluter(s)
Replacement ................................................................................................................................. 244
5.5.7. Washing Station Needles Aspiration Pump: double head............................................. 248
5.5.8. ISE Module Maintenance Procedure ................................................................................ 249
5.5.9. Reagent Pack Replacement.............................................................................................. 249
5.5.10. Electrodes Replacement ................................................................................................ 250
5.5.11. Electrodes Storage........................................................................................................... 251
5.5.11.1. Troubleshooting Low Slope, Noise and Drift Error or Other ISE Module Issues.... 252
5.5.12. Optical Group – Main Steps for Filters Calibration ...................................................... 254
Section 6 TESTING PERFORMANCE ...................................................................................................... 259
6. General ............................................................................................................................................... 259
6.1. Formulas...................................................................................................................................... 259
6.2. Test of the Photometer: Accuracy and Imprecision ........................................................... 261
6.3. Test of Pipetting: Accuracy & Imprecision ............................................................................ 263
6.4. Test of the Incubation Temperature ...................................................................................... 265
Section 7 PROBLEM SOLVING .............................................................................................................. 267
7. Introduction ........................................................................................................................................ 267
7.1. Auto-diagnosis System ............................................................................................................. 267
7.2. Main Failures and Corrective Actions .................................................................................... 267
7.3. Performance Messages ........................................................................................................... 272
7.3.1. Error Messages and Actions Required............................................................................... 273
Section 8 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ................................................................................................ 284
8. Parts for Maintenance and Service ................................................................................................ 284

INTRODUCTION
8.1. Spare Parts and Consumables ............................................................................................... 284

8.2. Technical Assistance Kits for Service ...................................................................................... 287

INTRODUCTION
i.7 List of Figures

Figure 1: Single ARM model, Instrument Label ......................................................................................... 12
Figure 2: Double ARM model, Instrument Label ...................................................................................... 12
Figure 3: Electrical Risk Label ...................................................................................................................... 13
Figure 4: Electrical Risk Icons ....................................................................................................................... 13
Figure 5: Laser Light Risk Label .................................................................................................................... 13
Figure 6: Laser risk Icon ................................................................................................................................. 13
Figure 7: Moving Part Risk Label ................................................................................................................. 14
Figure 8: Potentially Infected Area Label ................................................................................................. 14
Figure 9: Biological Risk Icon ....................................................................................................................... 14
Figure 10: Generic Risk Icon ........................................................................................................................ 15
Figure 11: Potentially Infected Tank Label ................................................................................................ 15
Figure 12: WEEE symbol ................................................................................................................................ 15
Figure 13: Bench-top Version ...................................................................................................................... 18
Figure 14: ARMs’ Clamp............................................................................................................................... 24
Figure 15: Floor Stand outline ...................................................................................................................... 26
Figure 16: Shelves Assembling .................................................................................................................... 27
Figure 17: Power Block, Main Line Protection Fuses ................................................................................ 32
Figure 18: Charging and Waste Tanks ....................................................................................................... 33
Figure 19: Charging/Waste Tanks Connections....................................................................................... 34
Figure 20: Beginning of Auto FW Upgrade ............................................................................................... 37
Figure 21: Auto FW Upgrade Alert.............................................................................................................. 37
Figure 22: Auto FW Upgrade Conclusion .................................................................................................. 37
Figure 23: MSTool Main Menu ..................................................................................................................... 38
Figure 24: ISE Module, location into the instrument (behind the front panel) .................................... 39
Figure 25: ISE Module, Reagent Pack connection .................................................................................. 40
Figure 26: Side Panel and Internal Fuses ................................................................................................... 46
Figure 27: Main Switch Block ....................................................................................................................... 59
Figure 28: OPP Power Supply Assembly .................................................................................................... 60
Figure 29: OPP Controller Assembly - Front View ..................................................................................... 64
Figure 30: OPP Controller Assembly - Back View, Connectors to Unit Wirings .................................... 65
Figure 31: OPP Controller Mother Board - Front View ............................................................................. 69
Figure 32: CNT Power Supply ...................................................................................................................... 70
Figure 33: MAIN Controller Board ............................................................................................................... 72
Figure 34: Read&Wash Controller .............................................................................................................. 74
Figure 35: ARM1 Controller .......................................................................................................................... 76
Figure 36: ARM2 Controller .......................................................................................................................... 78
Figure 37: Step Motor Driver ........................................................................................................................ 79
Figure 38: LP Step Motor Drivers, Fixing Points .......................................................................................... 80
Figure 39: LP Step Motor Drivers Array ....................................................................................................... 81
Figure 40: LPH Power board ........................................................................................................................ 82
Figure 41: LHP Power Board......................................................................................................................... 83
Figure 42: S&R Assembly, top view ............................................................................................................. 84
Figure 43: S&R Assembly, bottom left side view ....................................................................................... 85
Figure 44: S&R Assembly, bottom rear view ............................................................................................. 85
Figure 45: Opto Sensor ................................................................................................................................. 88
Figure 46: Sample Wheel home sensor .....................................................................................................88
Figure 47: Reagent Wheel home sensor ...................................................................................................88
Figure 48: 1.75NM 1.8 Motor Assy ............................................................................................................... 89
Figure 49: Sample Wheel Motor Assy, Fixing ............................................................................................. 89
Figure 50: Reagent Wheel Motor Assy, Fixing ........................................................................................... 89
Figure 51: Reagent Tray Temperature Sensor........................................................................................... 90

INTRODUCTION
Figure 52: OPP 100M3 MGND Jumper and its location ......................................................................... 91
Figure 53: OPP MGND Brush and its location .......................................................................................... 92
Figure 54: BarCode Reader ........................................................................................................................ 93
Figure 55: BarCode Reader LEDs, Top View ............................................................................................. 93
Figure 56: ARM1 Assembly ........................................................................................................................... 94
Figure 58: ARM1 X-axis Motor Assy ............................................................................................................. 96
Figure 60: ARM1 Y-axis Motor Assy ............................................................................................................. 97
Figure 61: Opto Sensor ................................................................................................................................. 98
Figure 62: ARM1 Home Sensors ................................................................................................................... 98
Figure 63: OPP ARM Module ....................................................................................................................... 99
Figure 64: ARM2 Assembly, without probe ............................................................................................. 100
Figure 65: 0.48NM 1.8 Motor Assy ............................................................................................................. 102
Figure 66: ARM2 X-axis Motor Assy ........................................................................................................... 102
Figure 68: ARM2 Y-axis Motor Assy ........................................................................................................... 103
Figure 69: Opto Sensor ............................................................................................................................... 104
Figure 70: ARM2 Home Sensors ................................................................................................................. 104
Figure 71: Optical Measurement Functional Diagram ......................................................................... 106
Figure 72: R&W Assembly, shown without cuvettes cover .................................................................. 107
Figure 73: R&W Assembly, front side view ...............................................................................................107
Figure 74: Cuvette Assembly with cover .................................................................................................109
Figure 75: Cuvette Assembly, Top, Side & Bottom Views – Without cover ........................................ 110
Figure 77: Cuvette Motor Assy .................................................................................................................. 112
Figure 79: Cuvette Wheel Home Sensors ................................................................................................ 113
Figure 80: LM35 Temp Sensor Ver.02 ........................................................................................................ 114
Figure 81: Cuvette Wheel temperature sensor and Protection Thermostat ..................................... 114
Figure 82: Incubation Heater Strip ............................................................................................................ 115
Figure 83: Heater Strip ................................................................................................................................ 115
Figure 84: Photodiode Module ................................................................................................................. 116
Figure 85: Photodiode Module Replacing Procedure .......................................................................... 117
Figure 86: Photometer ................................................................................................................................ 118
Figure 87: OPP Optical Group, back view .............................................................................................. 118
Figure 88: 20W Halogen Lamp Assy ......................................................................................................... 121
Figure 89: 20W Halogen Lamp.................................................................................................................. 121
Figure 91: Filter Wheel Stepping Motor .................................................................................................... 123
Figure 93: Sample Wheel home sensor ................................................................................................... 124
Figure 94: Washing Station ........................................................................................................................ 126
Figure 95: Washing Station Scheme......................................................................................................... 127
Figure 96: Washing Station Peristaltic Pumps (Included in OPP Pumps & Drivers) ............................ 128
Figure 97: Washing Station, Aspiration Pumps........................................................................................ 129
Figure 98: Washing Station, 2-Heads Diaphragm Pump for Aspiration Needles .............................. 129
Figure 100: Washing Station Stepping Motor.......................................................................................... 133
Figure 101: Opto Sensor ............................................................................................................................. 134
Figure 102: Washing Station Stepping Motor.......................................................................................... 134
Figure 103: OPP 100M3 MGND Jumper ................................................................................................... 135
Figure 104: 100M4 MGND Jumper, from Optical Group ...................................................................... 135

INTRODUCTION
Figure 105: OPP Pumps & Drivers, Peristaltic pumps layout.................................................................. 136
Figure 106: OPP Pumps & Drivers, “Connectors to Loads” Correspondence ................................... 137
Figure 107: Power Driver Module – 9x1A ................................................................................................. 141
Figure 108: WPM1 78mL 24V Pump ..........................................................................................................142
Figure 109: WPM1 57mL 24V Pump ..........................................................................................................143
Figure 110: WPM1 120mL 24V Pump ........................................................................................................ 144
Figure 111: Buzzer Assy ............................................................................................................................... 145
Figure 112: ARM Diluter Assembly Ver.00 (ARM1) .................................................................................. 148
Figure 113: ARM Diluter Assembly Ver.01 (ARM2) .................................................................................. 150
Figure 114: ISE Module ............................................................................................................................... 151
Figure 115: ISE Module & Electrodes ........................................................................................................ 152
Figure 116: 24V Fan Assy, on the instrument base ................................................................................. 154
Figure 117: 24V Fan Assy, on the power channel .................................................................................. 154
Figure 118: 12V Fan Assy ............................................................................................................................ 155
Figure 119: 12V60x60 Fan Assy, under the Reagent tray ...................................................................... 156
Figure 120: Microswitch Cover sensor .....................................................................................................157
Figure 121: ZRP3 2H-Aspiration Pump.......................................................................................................158
Figure 122: Two-Heads Washing Station Needle Aspiration Pump ..................................................... 159
Figure 123: ZRPAspiration Pumps .............................................................................................................. 160
Figure 124: Single Head Washing Station Tip Aspiration Pump............................................................ 161
Figure 125: OPP ON-OFF Breaker Ver.00 and Ver.01 ............................................................................. 162
Figure 126: Cooling Timer Assy for Condensation Draining.................................................................. 164
Figure 127: STL1 Timer Board...................................................................................................................... 167
Figure 128: WPM1 570mL 12V Pump ........................................................................................................ 168
Figure 129: OPP VDCPS-TB Wiring, P/N 10159-00-A ................................................................................ 169
Figure 130: Cooler Fans Wiring, P/N 10113-00-A..................................................................................... 171
Figure 131: OPP 24VDC AND AUXPS Wiring, P/N 10161-00-C............................................................... 174
Figure 132: OPP ARM Ver.00 Wiring, P/N 10204-00-B ............................................................................. 177
Figure 133: RS232 FS9F Cable Assy, P/N 10162-00-A .............................................................................. 179
Figure 134: OPP Photodiode Wiring, P/N 10148-00-B............................................................................. 181
Figure 135: 10X-Flat Ver.00 Wiring, P/N 10145-00-A................................................................................ 183
Figure 136: OPP ISE Module Wiring, P/N 10165-00-A .............................................................................. 189
Figure 137: OPP MOTDRV Wiring, P/N 10146-00-A ................................................................................. 191
Figure 138: OPP Sensor Wiring, P/N 10153-00-D (two parts) ................................................................. 194
Figure 139: LHP Power Wiring, P/N 10940-00-B ........................................................................................ 197
Figure 140: Side Panel and Internal Fuses ...............................................................................................203
Figure 141: OPP Controller Assembly Ver.01 - Front View ..................................................................... 216
Figure 142: OPP Controller Assembly Ver.01 - Back View, Connectors to Unit Wirings .................... 218
Figure 143: OPP Pumps & Drivers Ver.01, Peristaltic pumps layout ..................................................... 222
Figure 144: OPP Pumps & Drivers Ver.01, “Connectors to Loads” Correspondence ....................... 223
Figure 145: Cuvette Replacement........................................................................................................... 237
Figure 146: Peristaltic Pump Heads Placement ..................................................................................... 238
Figure 147: Pumps and Loads Connection Layout ............................................................................... 239
Figure 148: Photometer Lamp Replacement ......................................................................................... 240
Figure 149: Sampling Probe Replacement ............................................................................................. 241
Figure 150: ISE Module, Outline ................................................................................................................ 249
Figure 151: ISE Module, Reagent Pack replacement ........................................................................... 250

MIURA – Service Manual Section 1
SAFETY
Section 1 SAFETY
1. Safety Prescriptions
The operator must strictly observe all prescriptions included in the Section 1 – Safety of the User
Manual when using the instrument and its consumable/ disposable materials and when servicing
on it. ISE s.r.l. is not liable for any Warranty obligations should any modifications (on hardware and
software) have been made to the product without ISE S.r.l.’s express written consent.
1.1. General Instructions

Every note and warning included in this manual, highlighted in bolt and/or underlined characters,
must be read carefully. During service the qualified technician must follow every precautions
referring to good laboratory practice (GLP).
1.2. Labelling
Marking of instrument
The following label is placed on the right-rear part of the instrument, close to main-switch, and
shows: the producer’s name, the instrument type, the instrument part number, the instrument serial
number, the supply and consumption specifications, the type of protection fuses and the year of
production. Moreover the label informs the user or the qualified technician that the fuses must be
replaced by other ones of the same type and value in order to protect the instrument and avoid
risk of fire.
The symbol CE indicates the conformity of the instrument, and of the parts where it is applied, to
the essential safety requirements according to the corresponding European directives.
Figure 1: Single ARM model, Instrument Label
Figure 2: Double ARM model, Instrument Label

SAFETY
Electrical Hazard
The following label is placed on the instrument.
a) two of the following labels are placed on the instrument, one on the removable back panel
and the other one on the removable right side panel; they inform the user about the potential
electrical risk associated with opening the panels and that such operations must be carried out
by qualified technician for maintenance.
Figure 3: Electrical Risk Label
b) the following label (icons) are placed inside the instrument, on the AC/DC power supplies
area, to inform the qualified technician about the potential electrical risk.
Figure 4: Electrical Risk Icons
Laser Light Hazard

The following labels are placed on the instrument.
a) This label is placed inside the instrument, on the barcode reader, to warn and advise the
qualified technician about the laser source characteristics.
Figure 5: Laser Light Risk Label
b) This label (icon) is placed near the reagents tray of the instrument and informs the user or the
qualified technician about the presence of a laser source below, inside the instrument.
Figure 6: Laser risk Icon

SAFETY
Moving Parts Hazard

The label is placed on the front part of the instrument and it informs the user about the risk
associated with certain moving parts within the working area of the instrument: sampling probes,
washing station, sample tray and reagent tray.
Figure 7: Moving Part Risk Label
Bio-hazard Area
This label is placed on the working area. It informs the user of the potential risk of biological
contamination from infected liquids in the area.
Figure 8: Potentially Infected Area Label
Bio-hazard liquids
Four of these labels (icons) are placed on the instrument: one is near the waste outlet of the
instrument, one on the washing station cover and two on each of the sampling ARMs. The label
informs the user of the possible contamination from infected liquids or probe.
Figure 9: Biological Risk Icon
Generic Hazard
Two similar symbols (icon) are placed on the instrument: one on the protection cover and one on
the plexiglass protection of the step motor driver. It informs the user of the potential risk associated
with opening the protection and with residual possible probe movements.
This icon informs that there is a risk associated to the operation, that the user is going to execute
and, consequently, it is necessary to carefully follow the proper instructions mentioned in this
manual.

SAFETY
Figure 10: Generic Risk Icon
Potentially infected tank label

This label is placed on the external waste tank. It informs the user of the possible biological
contamination related to the waste tank.
Figure 11: Potentially Infected Tank Label
WEEE Compliance
This label is placed on the rear side of the instrument near power inlet.
It informs users that this product product must be disposed off in accordance with the European
Union WEEE Directive 2002/96/EC.
Figure 12: WEEE symbol

SAFETY
1.3. Safety Precautions

The instrument, which must be always and permanently grounded, is provided with a three
conductor sheathed cable to be connected to single-phase sockets 110Vac/220Vac with
frequency 50Hz/60Hz. Install the instrument and the PC under a 1kW - UPS.
WARNING
When possible and applicable maintenance operations must be carried out with the instrument OFF
and with the power supply cable disconnect from the socket.
1.3.1. Installation
For installation refer to the next section.
1.3.2. Transport and Storage

To transport the instrument use always the original packing. For preserving the instrument read
carefully the paragraph “ Storage Environment Requirements” of the User Manual.
1.4. Risks During Use

The producer reminds the operator that the use of the instrument doesn’t exclude the exposure to
contamination risk, so it must be always considered as potentially infected.
The producer assumes that all precautions and recommendations, normally used in a laboratory,
are always followed.
NOTE: To avoid risks during operation, don’t modify the instrument or any part of the system itself.
1.4.1. Risks for the Operator

The operator must observe the following prescriptions to avoid risks:
 Don’t eat, drink or smoke near the instrument.
 Wear the gown, especially when close to the instrument.
 Wear protection glasses and gloves to handle samples, reagents and potentially
contaminated parts of the instrument.
1.4.2. Safety Information for the Operator

The manufacturer declares that all internal parts of the instrument are designed and made so as to
prevent all possible risks for the operator, in accordance with established legislation and according
to the rule EN 61010-1. It is essential, for the safety of the operator, to install an emergency switch
not beyond than 1m from the instrument.
1.4.3. Information on Liquids and Infected Parts

The use of the instrument doesn’t assure the absence of exposures to biological risk. The producer
informs the operator that each of the parts of the instrument that can get in touch with blood,
serum or other biological liquids, controls and/or reagents included, must be always treated like
potentially infected materials.
WARNING
The instrument must be always considered like potentially infected.

SAFETY
1.4.3.1. Treatment
Biological samples (serum, plasma, urine,…) and reagents or controls, if not explicitly declared by
their manufacturers, must be always considered potentially infected; consequently, in order to
avoid any contact, the operator must treat them wearing the following protections:
 Gown.
 Mono-use Latex Gloves.
 Safety glasses.
The operator must be particularly careful when treating the following parts of the instrument:
 Washing station.
 Sampling probes.
 All needles and the tip of the washing station.
 Waste tank.
 Cuvettes wheel.
 Washing sink for the sampling probes.
These parts are in contact with biological liquids and can be contaminated.
Refer to section 8 of the User Manual for correct disinfection procedure.
Every tool and instrument used for the technical service must be disinfected after use and before
packing away.
1.4.3.2. Waste Materials

Every waste material, both liquid and solid, must be disposed off according to the local laws and
rules.
WARNING
Every waste material must be always considered potentially infected.
Parts of the instrument that have been replaced must be treated like potentially infected.
Parts of the instrument out of order must be treated like potentially infected.
WARNING
Discharges and replaced instrument’s materials, that could be contaminated, must be sterilized,
first to go out from the customer laboratory.
The dispose off of the instrument must be executed in conformity with the national rules, with
reference to the local environment authority, considering that it is built with materials not
dangerous for the environment.

INSTALLATION
Section 2 INSTALLATION
2. Description of the Instrument

This system, in each of its configurations, is a random access auto-analyzer designed to operate in
safety mode and with the maximum productivity in accordance with the latest manufacturing
standard and in conformity with the actual international normative.
The instrument is basically available in two models, SINGLE Sampling ARM (M1) and DOUBLE
Sampling ARM (M2), that differ substantially in throughput. Both of these models can be supplied in
two configurations of the sample tray, 59-sample and 79-sample positions on board.
All of these systems can be supplied for bench-top installation and for floor-standing installation by
ordering the optional stand. The second version provides the installation of the instrument on a
specific stand that contains the tanks for fluids (charging and waste), the PC and to the A4-printer.
The basic versions are:
 M1-59, single-ARM, 59-sample positions
 M1-79, single-ARM, 79-sample positions
 M2-59, double-ARM, 59-sample positions
 M2-79, double -ARM, 79-sample positions
Configurations with 59-sample positions can accept tubes with diameter 12mm-16mm.
Configuration with 79-sample positions can accept tubes with diameter 12mm-13mm. The tube
height is between 75mm and 100mm in both cases.
Figure 13: Bench-top Version
The User Software application is installed on an external PC, provided with LCD monitor (assembled
on the instrument cabinet), mouse and keyboard; it allows the complete control of the instrument
through a RS-232 serial link.
The instrument working area is protected by a protection cover. It includes the samples and the
reagents tray and the sampling ARMs; the reaction cuvettes wheel is on the right. Cuvette
incubation temperature is constantly maintained at 37°C. Reagents can be refrigerated at about
12°C ±2°C.
On the instrument cabinet, right frontal side, are placed two switches, one for the electronic control
of the instrument (green colour) and the other for the refrigeration unit (blue colour). The ON/OFF
status of the refrigerator is completely separated and independent from the ON/OFF status of the
electronic and from the ON/OFF status of the PC.

INSTALLATION
A built-in barcode reader (option) allows the positive identification of reagent bottles and of
sample tubes, when barcoded.
The software controls also marginal events in order to operate in safety conditions within the
working area.

INSTALLATION
2.1. Supplied Parts

Refer to the User Manual of the instrument.
2.2. Installation Requirements

To achieve a correct installation of the instrument the operator must observe and respect each of
the mechanical and environment constrains listed in the following of this document; only in this
case the correct operation of the system is assured.
Mechanical Constrains
This instrument must be exclusively used indoor and not outdoor.
The bench-top version must be installed on a horizontal flat surface not subject to vibrations (i.e.:
centrifuges, etc.). The workbench (min. 150cm long and 80cm deep) must be stable enough to
avoid unwanted oscillations and auto-vibrations, indeed it must accept at least 100kg nominal
load on its surface.
The floor-standing version must be installed on a horizontal flat floor not subject to vibrations, as for
bench-top version, and far away from vibration sources.
Environment Constrains
The room where the instrument is installed should have air conditioning system to get constant
temperature and constant relative humidity for better performance. Avoid placing instrument to
the direct sunlight.
The operating environment temperature is included in the range +18°C÷+32°C.
The maximum operating relative humidity is 80% at +31°C with linear fall to 65% at 32°C (without
condensation).
The instrument must be located far away from electromagnetic wave sources (such as big electric
motors, lifts, therapeutic equipment, X-Ray machines).
The instrument can be situated next a wall, not closer than 15cm so to have enough free space at
back to allow the correct fan cooling operation and the opening of the cover.
In order to give easy operations around the bench-top version, the user must provide enough
space for the Personal Computer.
The instrument should be placed near to the discharge point to help the handling of the 25lt waste
tank.
Note: before to unpack the instrument for installation, all of the mechanical and environment
constrains must be verified.
2.2.1. Software
The user software is an application developed expressly for this instrument in order to run under MS
Windows XP® and Windows 7® operating system. This application must be used only for monitoring
and controlling the instrument.
A special section of the software is available to the service operators only for service purposes
(mechanical calibrations, controls, motion commands, etc.); it can be accessed using a special
and “confidential” user ID and password only by authorized service personnel.
2.3. Storing the Instrument

The instrument must be stored solely in its original packing box and in a dry environment respecting
specifications.

INSTALLATION
2.4. Unpacking the System

Before proceeding to unpack the instrument, all of the mechanical and environment constrains
must be verified.
The instrument is generally sent fixed and closed into a proper wooden box to give the maximum
protection during transportation in normal conditions. In case the instrument must be moved or re-
delivered always use the original package. The management PC is also packed separately from
instrument and together with the accessories in another wooden box.
The double-door floor-stand pedestal, when part of the supply, is delivered in an additional
wooden box.
2.4.1. Unpacking the Instrument

A minimum of two people are required to unpack and to take out the instrument from the box.
 Remove all screws that fix the clips of the box top cover by using a manual or an automatic
phillips screwdriver. Remove that clips and save them for re-use.
 Remove the box top cover.

INSTALLATION
 Unscrew all screws (if any) fixing the clips of the box walls to the box base. Remove the clips
and save them for re-use.
 Carefully lift up and remove the side walls of the box.
 Take out any protective film from the instrument.

 Extract the four hidden shifting handles, integrated in the base of the instrument, lift it up
and place it on the working bench (if bench-top version) or on its stand (if floor-standing
version).
 Fix the monitor on the cabinet through the support (see details in the following), place
keyboard and mouse on the workbench and the PC-CPU close to the instrument (if bench-
top version). In case of floor-stand version keyboard and mouse can be placed on the
console-tables of the pedestal and the PC-CPU and printer, inside the pedestal.
 Control the presence of all parts listed in the packing list.
 Control that the instrument serial number is the same reported ”on the packing list”; if
different, write a note about the problem.
NOTE: Store the original boxes in case you want to re-pack or to move the instrument.

INSTALLATION
2.4.2. Fixing PC Monitor on the support

To fix the PC monitor on the cabinet, use the support supplied in the packing list by placing it on the
hub:
1. Insert the monitor support on the anchor hub fixed to the instrument cabinet and put the
cap on it. Tight the screw to regulate the support rotating friction.
HUB MONITOR CAP SCREW

SUPPORT
2. Unfasten the rear lock wheel the and take out both protecting covering. Fix the monitor to
the support by the four screw on the standard VESA fixings using a phillips screwdriver.
LOCK WHEEL PROTECTIVE MONITOR

COVERING
3. Reassemble both protective covering and lock them by turning the wheel. Regulate the
monitor positions by losing the mechanical controls and then fix it.

INSTALLATION
MECHANICAL
CONTROLS
2.4.3. Removal of Sampling ARMs’ Clamps (for Double ARM only)

Open the instrument cover and remove the clamps fixing together the sampling arms by using an
Allen key measure 3mm (for M4 hexagonal screws).
Also remove the probe protection.
NOTE: Store the elements in case you will further re-pack or move the instrument again.
Figure 14: ARMs’ Clamp

INSTALLATION
2.4.4. Unpacking System Floor-stand (Option)

A minimum of two people are required to unpack and to take out the double-door floor-stand from
the box.
4. Remove all screws that fix the clips of the box top cover by using a manual or an automatic
phillips screwdriver. Remove that clips and save them for re-use (refer to the instrument
unpacking instructions).
5. Remove the box top cover. Unscrew all screws that fix the clips of the box walls to the base.
Remove that clips and save them for re-use (refer to instrument unpacking instructions).
6. Remove the side foam protections.
7. Carefully lift up and remove the side walls of the box.
8. Take out the protective film enveloping the floor-stand.
9. Cut and take away the strapping that fix the floor-stand on the base of the box.
10. Provide box assembling on a flat floor.

INSTALLATION
Figure 15: Floor Stand outline

INSTALLATION
Figure 16: Shelves Assembling

INSTALLATION
2.4.5. Electrical Connections and Stabilizer

According to the safety prescriptions listed at the beginning of this manual the instrument must be
grounded in order to reduce the electrical shock risk for the operator. Not only, full performance of
the System is assured only in case of proper ground connection.
The instrument is provided with a 3-conductor sheathed power cable suitable for connection to
110Vac/230Vac supply inlets; selection of the operating voltage or frequency is not requested nor
necessary on the instrument, it is required only on the PC. Plug one end of the power cable in the
inlet placed in the rear side of the instrument, and the other end to 110/230Vac @ 50/60Hz wall
socket equipped with safety ground connection.
NOTE: the system cannot manage temporary power supply gaps. Consequently it is mandatory to
install an UPS, able to supply 1.0kW, to power both the instrument and the personal computer (PC).
2.4.6. Main Steps to Follow During Instrument Installation

After having unpacked the instrument and prepared the work bench the operator must refer to the
steps of the “System First Installation Check List”; the main steps have been listed below:
Actions
1. Before to install the instrument, control that the site respects all environment requirements.
Check the power outlet of the electrical system to have the earth leakage protection in order to
properly ground the system.
2. Check the instrument and accessories integrity; remove the protections including eventual
clamps blocking the sampling ARM.
3. Place the instrument on its proper floor-stand, after levelling off the pedestal by using its
adjustable small wheels and locking them. In case of a bench-top analyser, install it on a flat
surface able to withstand the load and if required regulate the supports to level the instrument.
4. Connect the Personal Computer (PC) parts.
5. Control the proper voltage selection on the rear selector of the Personal Computer. Specify if
220Vac _________ or 110Vac _________.
6. Install the system under UPS (universal power supply) - minimum power = 1kW.
7. Interconnect the PC to the instrument by mean of the RS232 serial cable.
8. Fill the Systemic tank, the 20-litres green one, with the Systemic Solution (composed by one 50ml
vial of concentrated Systemic solution diluted into 20 litres of distilled water). Connect the tank to
the instrument.
9. Fill the Cleaner tank; the 5-litres blue one, with the Cleaner Solution (5-litres of Multiclean solution
not to be diluted). Connect the tank to the instrument.
10. Empty the Waste tank, the 25-litres red one, and connect it to the instrument.
11. Power on the instrument.
12. Power on the PC and enter the operating system by using the default “User” account  User
Name: “user” without entering any password.
13. Close the cover and run the software by clicking on the green arrow icon in the desktop and
log-in the software using the default Username “admin” and the default password “12345678”:
the instrument will perform a complete hardware reset and then will enter the warming-up time.
14. Wait for the end of the Warming Up (about 30 minutes) and check that the system will pass in
the IDLE status waiting for commands.

INSTALLATION
The following System First Installation Check List describes the actions that the technician must carry
on in order to correctly install the instrument.
The following table can be used as a helping guide during common installation steps.
We suggest to print it in more copies to be filled by the operator; a copy for each instrument
installed must be issued and saved by the distributor after any installation.

INSTALLATION
Model: Site:
S/N: Operator: Date:
Action Done
1. Before to install the instrument, control that the site respects all environment
requirements. Check the power outlet of the electrical system to have the earth leakage
protection in order to properly ground the system.
2. Check the instrument and accessories integrity; remove the protections including
eventual clamps blocking the sampling ARM.
3. Place the instrument on its proper floor-stand, after levelling off the pedestal by using its
adjustable small wheels and locking them. In case of a bench-top analyser, install it on a
flat surface able to withstand the load and if required regulate the supports to level the
instrument.
4. Connect the Personal Computer (PC) with the keyboard, the mouse, the monitor and
the printer.
5. Control the proper voltage selection on the rear switch of the Personal Computer.
Specify if 220Vac _________ or 110Vac _________.
6. Install the system under UPS (universal power supply) - minimum power = 1kW.
7. Interconnect the PC to the instrument by mean of the RS232 serial cable code
S3141000110.
8. Fill the 20Lt Systemic Solution tank (green) with the systemic solution recommended by
the instrument manufacturer.
9. Fill the 5Lt Cleaner Solution tank (blue) with the cleaner solution recommended by the
instrument manufacturer.
10. Empty the Waste tank.
11. Connect the Systemic Solution tank (green), the Cleaner Solution tank (blue) and the
Waste tank (red) to the instrument: fitting plus electrical connector.
12. Power on the instrument.
13. Power on the PC and enter the operating system by using the default “User” account 
User Name: “user” without entering any password.
14. Enter the folder C:\BCA\Comunication and open the file “Opportunity.ini” using the
Windows Notepad application.
15. At the end of the first section, named [General], add the command line:
AvoidStartUp=true
and save. The command line must be the same as above. The section must appear
similar to the following (do not modify or delete other strings):
[General]
ServerName=localhost
DatabaseName=OppLocal
PortNumber=2
TimerPeriod=10
...
...
...
AvoidStartUp=true

INSTALLATION
This modification lets the system to skip the warming-up procedure and leave the
operator free to work immediately after the switching off/on procedures required during
the first calibration check.
16. Close the instrument cover and run the Client software by clicking on the green arrow
icon in the desktop and log-in the software using the default Username “admin” and the
default password “12345678”.
17. Wait for the complete reset of the instrument (ignore eventual “temperature out of
range” alarm because given by the fact that the warming up procedure has been
skipped).
18. Open the BCServer service software interface by double clicking on the proper icon in
the right part of the taskbar and logging with Username “serviceadmin“ and password
“adminservice“.
19. Remove the Washing Station needles support by unfastening the two fixing screws, and
check the proper needles Dispensing/Aspiration with the help of a spare “cuvette”. At
the end reassemble the support.
20. Check and eventually correct the following positions (see the Service Software Manual
for more details):
a. ARMs into the Washing Sink - A correct calibration will not cause splashes outside
the washing sink during the sampling probe washing. Verify it during a routine.
b. ARMs into reagent and samples.
c. ARMs into cuvette.
d. Cuvette#1 under Washing Station, in reading position (mark to be in the middle of
the shorter sidewall) and under the ARMs.
e. Barcode reader position.
21. From the Status Menu run an Optical Gain Calibration cycle and verify:
a. The correct tubing refill and the absence of leaks or bubbles.
b. The absence of washing station crashes onto the cuvettes.
c. The flat autozero values in the Untitled Window of BCServer software.
d. The filter Gains – Save them (“View Gains” + “Save Gains” in Reading Test Panel of
BCServer software).
22. From the Status Menu run a couple of ARM rinsing and verify the absence of bubbles
and the correct liquid flow.
23. Close the BCServer service software.
24. Restore the instrument Warming Up procedure by deleting the string “AvoidStartUp=true”
added previously into the file “Opportunity.ini”. The operator MUST remove this additional
command line, to prevent from using the instrument without performing the warming-up
procedure.
WARNING
If the operator leaves the installation site with the “avoidstartup=true” line active in
the “Opportunity.ini” file, the instrument will not perform the everyday normal
warming-up procedure causing misfunctioning and not reliable results.
25. Restart the system.

26. Run Accuracy and Precision testing in accordance with the Service Manual.

INSTALLATION
2.4.7. External Fuses

Into the power supply block, placed in the left side of the instrument, there are two standard
protection fuses 5x20mm, 10A/250V T-type (delayed).
In case of power failure, it is possible to replace them by pulling out the 2-pole fuse-drawer. In that
case disconnect the power cord before to open the drawer.
Figure 17: Power Block, Main Line Protection Fuses
2.4.8. Fittings and Consumables

The standard accessories of the instrument are essential parts for a proper operation.
The instrument must be connected to the three external tanks:
 20Llt tank: for the systemic solution needed to fill up the hydraulic circuits devoted to
cuvettes washing (washing station) and to probe rinsing;
 5Lt tank: for the multi-cleaner solution used from the second needle of the washing
station for the washing of cuvettes;
 25Lt tank: for the waste liquids.
The connection between tanks and instrument will be discussed in the following paragraph.
The cuvette tray (for reactions and readings) must be always provided with all of the 80 reading
cuvettes; no position must be ever left without its own cuvette.
2.4.8.1. Liquid Solutions for the System

The Systems need the following solution for normal and reliable operation:
 Systemic Solution: filled into the 20 litres tank (“green” colour).
 Multi-Cleaner Solution: filled into the 5 litres tank (“blue” colour).
 Rinse solution EW Cvt filled into 50ml reagent bottle type 1.
(for Cuvette Extra-washing):
 Rinse solution EW Prb filled into 20ml reagent bottle type 2.
(for Probe Extra-washing):
The Systemic Solution is actually supplied as concentrated solution into kits. Please follow the kit
insert instruction by mixing proper volumes of concentrated liquid and distilled water in order to
prepare the correct Systemic Solution to be poured into the apposite 20 litres tank (Green
connections). Use only good bi-distilled water with conductivity below 1.5µS/cm.
The Systemic Solution must be purchased by I.S.E. S.r.l.
Avoid the contact with the skin and with eyes; in case of contact with skin, wash immediately with
plenty of water. Handle vials and pour into tanks by using gloves for hand protection and glasses
for eyes protection.
Note: refer to Systemic Solution Safety Data Sheet for correct handling and detailed complete
information.

INSTALLATION
The Cleaner Solution is actually supplied as concentrated solution into kits. Please follow the kit
insert instruction by mixing proper volumes of concentrated liquid and distilled water in order to
prepare the correct Cleaner Solution to be poured into the apposite 5 litres tank (Blue
connections). Use only good bi-distilled water with conductivity below 1.5µS/cm.
The Cleaner Solution must be purchased by I.S.E. S.r.l. This alkaline solution contains sodium
hydroxide, it’s irritant to eyes and skin, and can cause burnings. Use the solution for diagnostic only
on this System. Avoid the contact with the skin and with eyes; in case of contact with skin, wash
immediately with plenty of water. In case of contact with eyes, rinse immediately with plenty of
water and seek medical advice. Handle vials and pour into tanks by using gloves for hand
protection and glasses for eyes protection.
Note: refer to Cleaner Solution Safety Data Sheet for correct handling and detailed complete
information.
The Rinse solution EW Cvt is a special solution supplied into 6x50mL vials kit. It is ready to be used
and it must be placed on the reagent tray. It is used by the system for the routine cuvette extra
washing and, on-line, to avoid contaminations in case methods restrictions have been set.
Note: refer to Rinse solution EW Cvt Safety Data Sheet for correct handling and detailed complete
information.
The Rinse solution EW Prb is a special solution supplied into 6x20mL vials kit. It is ready to be used
and it must be placed on the reagent tray. It is used on-line by the system for probe extra washing
procedure to avoid contaminations in case methods restrictions have been set.
Note: refer to Rinse solution EW Prb Safety Data Sheet for correct handling and detailed complete
information.
2.4.8.2. Liquid Tanks

Place charge and waste tanks close to the instrument; it is possible to put them under the
workbench (or into the floor-stand) on the left side and not lower than 1m from the flat bench.
20lt Systemic Solution 5 lt Cleaner Solution 25lt Waste

Tank Tank Tank
Figure 18: Charging and Waste Tanks
The following table shows the electrical connections between instrument and tanks:
Tanks wiring Instrument
Low level sensor of 20lt Systemic tank,  to be plugged into left green panel
one green male floating connector socket connector (Systemic)
Low level sensor of 5lt Cleaner tank,  to be plugged into centre blue panel

INSTALLATION

one blue male floating connector socket connector (Cleaner)
High level sensor of 25lt waste tank,  to be plugged into right red panel
one red male floating connector socket connector (Waste)
The following table shows the hydraulic connections between instrument and tanks:
20lt Systemic solution tank,  to be plugged into the left panel fitting,
one green floating fitting (Systemic)
5lt Cleaner tank,  to be plugged into centre panel fitting,
one blue floating fitting (Cleaner)
25lt Waste tank,  both to be plugged into the two right panel
two red floating fittings fittings, (Waste)
CLEANER
WASTE
SYSTEMIC
Figure 19: Charging/Waste Tanks Connections
In the floor-standing version, tanks are into the stand. Each tank is connected with the instrument.
Wirings have been marked with different colours to facilitate connections; then, according to the
picture above:
 Red colour: for Waste tank, electric connector and double tubing - two hydraulic
fittings;
 Green colour: for Systemic solution tank, electric connector and single tubing – one
hydraulic fitting;
 Blue colour: for Cleaner solution tank, electric connector and single tubing – one
hydraulic fitting.

INSTALLATION
2.5. Software and Firmware Installation or Upgrade

The instrument has been updated at factory with the latest firmware versions. The final user doesn’t
need to install any firmware. In case of firmware upgrades, updates will be released and sent with
the proper documentation and instructions for installation; only authorized personnel will take care
of it.
The management PC, when supplied together with the instrument, has been updated at factory
with the latest software versions. The final user doesn’t need to install any software program. In case
of software upgrades, updates will be released and sent with the proper documentation and
instructions for installation; authorized personnel will take care of it.
If the management PC is not part of the supply and it is arranged by the customer/distributor,
provided the compliance with the minimal PC required characteristics, the management software
application must be installed by authorized personnel only, following the instructions given in the
proper technical Manufacturer’s document.
In case of any software installation or upgrading and for any firmware upgrading, the operator
must follow the instructions given in the following paragraphs.
2.5.1. General Description

Firmware (FW)
Instrument firmware is composed by a dedicated file (.bin) for each single controller board. The
upgrade is carried out through a special program called MSTool.exe.
The collection of the firmware versions is stored in the main program path usually
c:\BCA\Comunication\Firmwares.
With “firmware” it is hereafter intended the code software of the instrument stored into the
microcontroller boards (one firmware for each different board).
Software (SW)
System software upgrade or first installation can be performed through:
 the program ISE_BCAInstaller.msi, that is the complete install package;
or
 the program ISE_BCAUpdate_X.X.X.X.msi, that is an upgrading patch to the software
version X.X.X.X.
Depending on the particular case, the producer will send one of the files above.
Original files, used in the first installation at factory, are memorized in the cd-rom accompanying
the instrument and in a backup folder under Windows® “Shared Documents”.
With “software” it is hereafter intended the softwares of the system running on the personal
computer (User Interface, Service/managing program, L.I.S. manager, …).
2.5.2. Procedure for Software First Installation

In order to install the Software of system for the first time on a new PC, it is necessary to follow the
procedure below:
Install the software

1. Start the PC with the instrument in Power OFF.
2. Disable any ScreenSaver and Power Management on Windows® Desktop Properties.
3. Uninstall any previous older software managing the instrument.
4. Start the ISE_BCAInstaller.msi and follow the instructions on the screen to install it up to the
end.
5. At the end of installation click with the right mouse button on START and select Explore.

INSTALLATION
6. Check if the CD contains software upgrades named ISE_BCAUpdate_X.X.X.X.msi. (see

chap. 6)
7. Begin to run the file with older version. Run all files one by one following the version order.
8. Restart the pc.
At this moment the software is ready to run and common system parameters have been installed.
To restore the proper mechanical system parameters (including calibration coordinates), see the
following paragraph “Instrument parameters”.
2.5.3. Instrument Parameters

The original copy of the instrument parameters has been memorized in the cd-rom accompanying
the instrument and in a backup folder under Windows® “Shared Documents”.
Instrument characteristic parameters are memorized into several files, included in the folder Exe.
Those files are:
 arm1Config.dat
 arm2Config.dat
 mConfig.dat
 rwConfig.dat
 odMatrix.dat
 odMatrixCo.dat
 content.fls
2.5.3.1. Recover Instrument Parameters

In case of need to recover system parameters, you need to copy from the cd-rom accompanying
the instrument (or from a previous backup) the .dat and .fls files and paste them in their original
folder (Exe), overwriting the existing files.
Overwriting operations must be executed with instrument in power OFF and with the system
software closed (not running).
2.5.4. Procedure for Automatic Software Upgrade

In order to upgrade the instrument software, the service personnel must run the file named
ISE_BCAUpdate_X.X.X.X.msi. This file includes all software upgrades, it creates the new workarea
reference for firmware in the folder named Firmwares and it also provides the automatic firmware
update for instrument controller boards (if required).
Note that with the name “workarea” it is intended a folder including the “firmware” programs, one
for each controller board, located in special sub-directories.
Double clicking on .msi file, the update procedure starts and guides the user along the entire
process. When the software installation completes, the procedure asks for starting the automatic
firmware upgrade, as shown in Fig. 1. To begin this procedure, you need to follow the instructions as
shown in Fig. 2-3, caring that the instrument is connected to the main line under a stable power
supply (UPS).
NOTE: During the software upgrade, the .msi installation file executes MDBSync.exe process in order
to synchronize the old database with new one. This procedure can spent several minutes (up to 5
min.), depending on the user database actual size.

INSTALLATION
Figure 20: Beginning of Auto FW Upgrade
Figure 21: Auto FW Upgrade Alert
Figure 22: Auto FW Upgrade Conclusion
2.5.5. Procedure for Manual Firmware Upgrade

Manual firmware upgrade requires attending of service training sessions. The manual process needs
a special software tool included in the C:\BCA\Comunicatiopn\EXE folder named MSTool.exe.
Guidelines have been given into MS Tool User Manual “MNU-10936-00-x, MSTool Guide” – last
revision.

INSTALLATION
Figure 23: MSTool Main Menu
This tool is provided to distributors of these instruments (Single and Double Sampler ARM) and it
helps service personnel to do common repetitive jobs.
MSTool is designed to work only with software version 2.x and higher.
It also helps method management (i.e.: reset of analysis counter, …) and Log manager (i.e.: Log
files exporting or deleting).
MSTool can be executed in the pc where the software is actually installed. In order to avoid
connection problems and data corruption, BCA Software (BCClient and BCServer) must be closed.
MSTool also requires administrator privileges on the computer and a log-in password, set it as
adminservice.
2.5.6. User Data

Instrument user data, such as methods, profiles, patient archive, is stored in a database file named
“OppLocal.mdb”, memorized in the folder “Data” and its format is strictly related to software
version. An easy way to save and restore user data is the Backup procedure available from
BCClient software. It allows saving the database through “Backup Instrument data” command
letting you memorize the copy in an external folder.
“Restore instrument data “, instead, allows restoring all user data previously saved.
2.5.6.1. Manual Managing of User Data

It is NOT recommended the manual management of user data: it must be performed only in case
of extreme need. Exchanging “OppLocal.mdb” among different instruments can cause dangerous
and unpredictable behaviours when made without following the correct procedure.
The only file that must be saved, copied or pasted is “OppLocal.mdb”. After copying and pasting
of that file in a new system, the service personnel must run the following programs, in the exact
sequence shown below:
1. Mdbsync.exe (located in C:\BCA\Comunication folder)
2. IMFS.exe (located in C:\BCA\Exe folder)

INSTALLATION
2.6. 4-channel ISE Module (option)

The ISE Module, when included in configuration as option, requires some operations for the proper
start-up and initialization. It can be supplied with different configuration depending on the number
of electrodes installed (from 1 to 4). The 4-channel ISE Module is assembled at factory and it is
located on the front right side of the instrument, behind the front panel.
It is composed by:
 in its full configuration the ISE Module includes 4 measurement electrodes (Li+, Na+, K+, and
Cl-), one reference electrode, one bubble detector and the conditioning electronics (if
some electrodes hasn’t been requested in its position must be used a special “Spacer
electrode” to maintain the sample flow path);
 the ISE Module pump assembly with 3 peristaltic stepper pumps (Cal A, Cal B and Waste);
 the ISE Module electrical wiring (flat cable from ISE Module to pumps assembly, reagent
pack connector and mother-board);
 the ISE Module reagent pack (containing Calibrant A, Calibrant B and the Waste that is no
longer used in the new systems– it was used only in the older instrument models);
 the ISE Module reagent pack connector;
 ISE Module hydraulic tubing and fittings.
Electrodes must be installed before powering the instrument on and before using the ISE Module. If
some electrodes have not been requested, replace the position with a special dummy electrode
called “spacer electrode”.
ISE Module waste is connected directly to the instrument main waste.
REAGENT PACK ISE MODULE

ISE MODULE
CONNECTOR PUMP ASSEMBLY
Figure 24: ISE Module, location into the instrument (behind the front panel)
Note: All Electrodes, Reagent Pack (CalA + CalB), Cleaning Solution and Urine Diluent are not
included in the standard shipping; they are consumables to be ordered separately.
2.6.1. ISE Module Installation

The ISE Module has been previously installed into the instrument at factory by the producer. The
user must only install the electrodes before installation and use. After having installed electrodes,
they can be enabled or disabled by software (ISE Module Config menu).

INSTALLATION
2.6.1.1. Connections
Following the picture below, the user has only to connect the Reagent Pack Connector on top of
the Reagent Pack itself: press the yellow button and at the same time press it on the Reagent Pack,
then release the yellow button and check it is fixed.
The instrument doesn’t require the user to carry out any other connections, just check that the
internal side walls of the peristaltic pump tubings are not glued together to obstruct the flow and
that tubing aren’t disconnected.
Hydraulic connections have been installed into the instrument by the Producer at factory. The user
doesn’t need to install any additional tubing.
Reagent Pack
Connector
Reagent Reagent Pack Connector

Pack
Reagent Pack
Figure 25: ISE Module, Reagent Pack connection
NOTE: the user must properly connect and fix the Reagent Pack Connector on the Reagent Pack
taking particular care in not bending tubes.
2.6.2. ISE Module Solutions and Consumables

The ISE Module proper operation requires the following solutions:
1. Reagent Pack, containing:
 Calibrant A. It is used in both the two-point and single-point calibrations for sample
analysis.
 Calibrant B. It is used in two-points and single-point calibrations for urine sample analysis.
No preparation is required. Store reagent pack at 4°C÷25°C until expiration date on labels.
When install new reagent pack: record the exact date.
WARNING
Biohazard Waste: waste material must be always considered potentially infected. Dispose off
according to local laws and rules.

INSTALLATION
2. Cleaning solution. It is used once a day to prevent protein build-up. It must be used more
frequently if the ISE Module performs greater than 50 samples per day. It is composed by
mixing the Pepsin powder and by the Cleaner Diluent. Pepsin/HCl cleaning solution must be
prepared once per week and stored at 4°C. When ISE Module is in use, cleaning solution must
be dropped into a 20ml reagent vial and placed on the instrument reagent tray; that position
is chosen by the User in the Reagents menu.
Store unprepared components at 18÷25°C until expiration date on labels.
Preparation
 Add cleaner diluent into top of pepsin bottle and shake well.
 Record date.
 Spill the solution into a clean 20ml vial and place on the proper reagent tray position.
 Refrigerate at 2÷8°C when not in use.
 Discard 4 weeks after mixing.
WARNING
IRRITANT! This solution is irritating to eyes and skin.
Avoid contact with skin and eyes. In case of contact with eyes, rinse immediately with plenty
of water and seek medical advice. Contains ammonium bifluoride.
3. Urine Diluent. Urine samples are automatically diluted 1:10 by the instrument to perform urine
measurement: 1 part urine sample plus 9 parts urine diluent. When the ISE Module is in use, the
user has to fill with urine diluent a 20ml reagent vial and must place it on the instrument reagent
tray; that position is chosen by the User in the Reagents menu.
No preparation is required. Store at 5°C÷25°C until expiration date marked on labels.

42 MIURA – Service Manual Section 3
Double ARM - ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND PART LISTS
Section 3 Double ARM - ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND PART LISTS
3. The Double ARM System

The system, in its basic configuration, is composed by:
 the instrument itself - the Unit
 the external Personal Computer (PC), managing and controlling the instrument; it is
complete with keyboard, mouse, monitor and A4 printer
 the external tanks (for charging and wasting processing liquids)
 their mutual electrical and hydraulic connections.
AC line AC line AC line
MIURA – Double ARM RS-232 Personal Computer Monitor

p/n 10001-xx-A
Systemic Cleaner Waste Keyboard Mouse

Solution Solution Tank
Tank Tank
As mentioned above the system is basically available in two models, SINGLE Sampling ARM (M1)
and DOUBLE Sampling ARM (M2).
Both of these models can be supplied in two configurations of the sample tray, 59-sample and 79-
sample positions on board.
The basic versions for Double Sampling ARM are:
 M2-59, single-ARM, 59-sample positions, identified by the p/n 10001-02-A
The hierarchical diagram is given in the following picture.

42
POWER SUPPLY OPP MAINPS

MIURA, Double ARM MIURA UNIT
ASSEMBLY WIRING
P/N 10001-xx-A P/N 10034-01-F
P/N 10369-00-B P/N 10057-00-B
OPP CONTROLLER CNT POWER MAIN CONTROLLER ARM1 ARM2 RW OPP CONTROLLER
OPP PERSONAL
ASSEMBLY SUPPLY VER.01 VER.01 CONTROLLER CONTROLLER CONTROLLER MOTHER BOARD
COMPUTER
P/N 10016-00-D P/N 10028-01-A P/N 10012-01-D P/N 10012-02-D P/N 10012-03-D P/N 10012-04-C P/N 10030-00-C
LIQUID 1 OPP S&R 1.75NB1.8 MOTOR OPTO SENSOR LM35 TEMP SENSOR OPP 100M3 MGND OPP MGND
TANK ASSEMBLY ASSY VER.00 VER.01 JUMPER BRUSH
P/N 10405-00-B P/N 10220-00-C P/N 10039-00-A 2 P/N 10045-00-A 2 P/N 10050-01-B P/N 10410-00-A P/N 10413-00-A
LIQUID 1 OPP ARM1 OPP ARM 0.48NB1.8 MOTOR 0.43NB1.8 MOTOR OPTO SENSOR OPTO SENSOR
TANK WIRING ASSEMBLY MODULE ASSY ASSY VER.00 VER.02
P/N 10647-00-B P/N 10198-00-A P/N 10205-00-D P/N 10041-00-A P/N 10252-00-C P/N 10045-00-A P/N 10045-02-A

TANK ASSEMBLY MODULE ASSY ASSY VER.00 VER.01
LIQUID 2 OPP R&W OPP OPTICAL 20W HALOGEN LAMP 1.17NB0.9 MOTOR OPTO SENSOR
TANK WIRING ASSEMBLY GROUP ASSY ASSY VER.00
I.S.E. S.r.l. – Sistemi Intelligenti Elettronici

P/N 10648-00-C P/N 10208-01-A P/N 10212-01-A P/N 10749-01-A P/N 10042-00-A P/N 10045-00-A
MIURA – Service Manual
WASTE OPP WASHING 0.20NB1.8 MOTOR OPTO SENSOR

TANK STATION ASSY VER.00
P/N 10407-00-B P/N 10211-00-B P/N 10055-00-A P/N 10045-00-A 2
WASTE OPP 100M3 MGND OPP 100M4 MGND

TANK WIRING JUMPER JUMPER
P/N 10649-00-C P/N 10410-00-A P/N 10411-00-A
OPP CUVETTE 1.17NB1.8 MOTOR OPTO SENSOR LM35 TEMP SENSOR INCUBATION PHOTODIODE
ASSEMBLY ASSY VER.00 VER.02 HEATER STRIP MODULE
P/N 10210-02-A P/N 10040-00-A P/N 10045-00-A P/N 10050-02-B P/N 10043-00-A P/N 10011-00-B
MIURA, Double ARM OPP PUMPS PWR DRIVER WPM1 78mL 2.5 WPM1 57mL 2.0 WPM1 120mL 3.0 BUZZER OPP PUMPS & DRIVERS
AND DRIVERS MODULE - 9X1A 24V PUMP 24V PUMP 24V PUMP ASSY WIRING
P/N 10001-xx-A P/N 10217-00-F P/N 10006-00-C 2 P/N 11053-00-A 6 P/N 11052-00-A P/N 11048-00-A 2 P/N 10058-00-A P/N 10514-00-A
HIERARCHICAL DIAGRAM
ARM1 DILUTER 500uL DILUTER 2-WAY EV
= 1st level ASSEMBLY VER.00 Ver.00 ASSY
= 2nd level P/N 10358-00-C P/N 10911-00-B P/N 10051-00-B
= 3rd level
= 4th level ARM2 DILUTER 500uL DILUTER 2-WAY EV
= 5th level ASSEMBLY VER.01 Ver.01 ASSY
P/N 10358-01-C P/N 10911-01-B P/N 10051-00-B
LHP POWER LP STEP MOTOR LP STEP MOTOR LP STEP MOTOR LP STEP MOTOR LP STEP MOTOR LM35 TEMP 24V FAN
BOARD DRIVER VER.00 DRIVER VER.01 DRIVER VER.02 DRIVER VER.03 DRIVER VER.04 SENSOR VER.02 ASSY
P/N 10762-00-B P/N 10991-00-C P/N 10991-01-C P/N 10991-02-C 2 P/N 10991-03-C P/N 10991-04-C P/N 10050-02-B P/N 10110-00-A 2
MICROSWITCH ZRP3 2H-ASPIRATION ZRP ASPIRATION OPP ON-OFF OPP ON-OFF ISE MODULE ASSY ISE MODULE ISE MODULE
COVER PUMP VER.00 PUMP VER.01 BREAKER VER.00 BREAKER VER.01 4 CHANNELS (OPT.) PUMP ASSY REAGENT BUTTON
P/N 11061-00-A P/N 11047-00-A P/N 10938-01-A P/N 10368-00-A P/N 10368-01-A P/N 10726-00-A P/N 10784-00-A P/N 10785-00-A
OPP VDCPS-TB 12V FAN 12V 60x60 OPP 24VDC AND COOLER FANS RS232 FS9F OPP PHOTODIODE OPP ISE MODULE
WIRING ASSY FAN ASSY AUXPS WIRING WIRING CABLE ASSY WIRING WIRING (OPT.)
P/N 10159-00-A P/N 10111-00-A P/N 10112-00-A 4 P/N 10161-00-C P/N 10113-00-A P/N 10062-00-A P/N 10148-00-B P/N 10165-00-A
10X-FLAT VER.00 10X-FLAT VER.01 10X-FLAT VER.02 OPP MOTDRV OPP SENSOR OPP ARM1 VER.00 LHP POWER M3-M4 MGND
WIRING WIRING WIRING WIRING WIRING WIRING WIRING JUMPER
P/N 10145-00-A 7 P/N 10145-01-A P/N 10145-02-A P/N 10146-00-A P/N 10153-00-D P/N 10204-00-B 2 P/N 10940-00-B P/N 10972-00-A
JUMPER ASP COOLING TIMER SLT1 TIMER SLT1 TIMER WPM1 53mL 2.5
PUMP ASSY BOARD WIRING 12V PUMP
P/N 11046-00-A P/N 11027-01-B P/N 11024-00-B P/N 11028-01-B P/N 11057-00-A
43/288
Section 3
Schematics and part lists of the main assemblies of the instrument are given in this section into
hierarchical format.
Part List Title: Miura, Double ARM System P/N: 10001-00-A

Pos. Ref. Designator Q.ty UoM Description Value Rating Toler. P/N
1 A1 1 PCS DOUBLE ARM UNIT 10034-01-F
2 A2 1 PCS PERSONAL COMPUTER, COMPLETE WITH KEYBOARD, P3140000097
MONITOR, MOUSE AND USB PRINTER
3 A3 1 PCS LIQUID 1 TANK (SYSTEMIC) 10405-00-B
4 A4 1 PCS WASTE TANK 10407-00-B
5 A5 1 PCS LIQUID 2 TANK (CLEANER SOLUTION) 10406-00-B
6 W1 1 PCS INSTRUMENT POWER CABLE, SCHUKO PLUG, IEC SOCKET, GJ033020
PVC EN60320 3X1mmq, 10A@250Vac, LENGHT=2m
7 W2 1 PCS RS-232C STANDARD SERIAL CABLE, SUBD-9PIN F, SUBD-9PIN EG003330
M, RX/TX E RTS/CTS NOT CROSSED, LENGHT=1,8m
8 W3 1 PCS LIQUID 1 TANK WIRING (SYSTEMIC) 10647-00-B
9 W4 1 PCS WASTE TANK WIRING 10649-00-C
10 W5 1 PCS LIQUID 2 TANK WIRING (CLEANER SOLUTION) 10648-00-C
11 1 PCS PC MONITOR SUPPORT QA-114-A2
12 1 PCS CUVETTE’S EXTRACTION TOOL M2ASA
13 1 PCS OPERATING PROGRAM SOFTWARE ON CD-ROM TBD-06_08_02-49
14 1 PCS 20W HALOGEN LAMP ASSY 10749-01-A
15 1 PCS REAGENT BOTTLE 20ml, KIT 30 PCS P3140000020
16 1 KIT REAGENT BOTTLE 50ml, KIT 50 PCS P3140000019
17 1 KIT READING CUVETTES, KIT 5 PCS P3140000002
18 1 KIT SYSTEMIC SOLUTION, KIT 6x50ml P3140000102
19 1 KIT MULTICLEAN SOLUTION (CLEANER) P3140000114
20 1 KIT RINSE SOLUTION EWCVT, KIT 6X50ml P3140000113
21 1 KIT RINSE SOLUTION EWPRB, KIT 6X20ml P3140000115
22 1 KIT CAPS FOR REAGENT BOTTLES, KIT 80 PCS P3140000079
23 1 PZ USER MANUAL (LAST REVISION) MNU-10563-00-X
24 1 PCS QUICK START GUIDE (LAST REVISION) GRS-10644-00-X
25 1 KIT PRIMARY TUBES 12mm X 86mm, KIT 1000 PCS P3140000100
26 1 PCS FUNNEL, FOR SYSTEMIC TANK REFILLING 166K
27 1 PCS CAP FOR WASTE TANK SPT
28 1 KIT ADAPTER FOR TUBES, EXT. DIAM. 16,7, ALUMINIUM, FOR CUPS 20296-00-0
TYPE HITACHI 3ml, KIT 50 PCS
29 1 KIT CUPS TYPE HITACHI 3ml, KIT 1000 PCS P3140000001

42

A1

OPPORTU NI TY U NI T
V AC LI N E P/N 10034-01-F
110-220V ac W1 W2
50-60Hz
POW ER SU PPLY RS232 CONN ECTI ON
P=650W max CABLE
HM 7 W 18-J18 HM 6 W 18-J17 HM 8 HM 5 W 18-J16
A2
HM 1 P1 P1 HM 3 HM 1 P1 OPP PERSO NAL COM PU TER
GREEN BLU E RED
W3 W5 W4 SM ART CARD
REA DER/W RI TER
A3 A5 A4 O PTI ONAL
LI QU I D 1 LI QU I D 2 W ASTE TO PC POW ER SU PPLY

CHA RGE CHARGE TANK
TA NK TANK V AC LI N E
110-220V ac
SYSTEM I C CLEA NER W ASTE 50-60Hz
SO LU TI ON SO LU TI ON
P=300W t y p
45/288
Section 3
Electrical drawing Title: MIURA Double ARM System P/N: 10001-00-A Page 1 of 1
3.1. Double ARM Unit P/N 10034-01-F

This paragraph shows electrical drawings and part list of the Double ARM Unit P/N 10034-01-F.
Part list shows only components/parts available for servicing.
Two DC voltages are generated by the main power supply (OPP Power Supply Assembly); they can
be switched ON/OFF independently from each other:
 +24Vdc for electronic operation (with the exception of the reagent cooler section);
enabled by the front green switch.
 +12Vdc for the cooler section and its electronic only; enabled by the front blue
switch.
This two DC lines are linked to the terminal blocs (TB) through the OPP VDCPS TB Wiring.
The internal +24Vdc line is split into 5 lines by the OPP VDCPS TB Wiring, each one is protected by a
specific fuse placed inside of the instrument, on a support behind the right side panel.
The internal +12Vdc line is also protected by a fuse and linked: to the Reagent Cooler Section,
through the LHP Power Board, and to the Cooling Timer Assy for reagent tray condensation
draining.
SIDE PANEL FUSE-

Access to HOLDERS
Electronics AND
and FUSES
internal F8 F7 F6 F5 F4 F3
protection
fuses
Figure 26: Side Panel and Internal Fuses
The fuse panel includes the following 6 fuses:

 Fuse F3: case 6.3mmX32mm, 15A/250Vac, T-Type (delayed).
Protects the +12VDC line powering the LHP Power Board – Cooler Section.
 Fuse F4: case 5mmX20mm, 6.3A/250Vac, T-Type (delayed).
It protects the following lines:
+24VDC-4: it powers the Stepping Motor Driver A12 for ARM2-X and ARM2-Y
motors.
+24VDC-5: it powers the Stepping Motor Driver A13 for Cuvette and Filter
Wheel motors.
+24VDC-6: it powers the Stepping Motor Driver A14 for Washing Station motor.
+24VDC-1: it powers the Stepping Motor Driver A15 for ARM1 and ARM2
diluters’ motors.
+24VDC-2: it powers the Stepping Motor Driver A10 for Sample and Reagent
motors.
motors.
 Fuse F6: case 5mmX20mm, 2A/250Vac, T-Type (delayed).
It protects the +24V_C line; it powers the OPP Controller Assembly.

It protects the +24V_2F line; it powers the two fans of the unit and the front
switches’ LEDs (green and blue).
+24VDC-7: it powers the Power Driver Module A1 for Buzzer, ARM1 Coil Heater
(not used), ARM1 Electrovalve, ARM1 Probe Washing Pump, ARM2 Coil Heater
(not used), ARM2 Electrovalve, ARM2 Probe Washing Pump, and Probe
Washing Sink Drain Pump.
+24VDC-8: it powers the Power Driver Module A2 for Washing Station
dispensing and aspirating Pumps.
+24VDC-9: it powers the LHP Power Board A8 for Halogen Lamp and Heater
Strip sections.
The unit can be considered as organized into different functional blocks mentioned as sub-
assemblies in the following part list (reference designator Axx). Each of them has its own part list
following the standard nested way for the parts there included.
Part List Title: Double ARM Unit P/N: 10034-01-F

1 A1 1 PZ OPP POWER SUPPLY ASSEMBLY 10369-00-B
2 A2 1 PZ OPP CONTROLLER ASSEMBLY 10016-00-D
3 A3 1 PZ OPP S&R ASSEMBLY 10220-00-C
4 A4 1 PZ OPP ARM1 ASSEMBLY 10198-00-A
6 A6 1 PZ OPP R&W ASSEMBLY VER.01 10208-01-B
7 A7 1 PZ OPP PUMPS & DRIVERS 10217-00-F
8 A8 1 PZ LHP POWER BOARD 10762-00-B
9 A9 1 PZ N.A.
10 A10 1 PZ LP STEP MOTOR DRIVER VER.00 10991-00-C
11 A11, A12 2 PZ LP STEP MOTOR DRIVER VER.02 10991-02-C
15 A16 1 PZ ARM DILUTOR ASSEMBLY VER.00 10358-00-C
17 A20 1 PZ NOT USED
18 A21 1 PZ MICROSWITCH COVER 11061-00-A
19 A22, A23 2 PZ 24V FAN ASSY 10110-00-A
20 3 PCS GRID SAVE-FINGER, PROTECTION FOR 92x92mm FAN, EN294, 92439-2-2929
WITH INSERT FOR HOLE 4,3mm, TYPE LZ23-3 EBM-PAPST
21 A24 1 PCS ZRP3 2H-ASPIRATION PUMP (FOR ASPIRAT. NEEDLES) 11047-00-A
22 A25 1 PCS ZRP ASPIRATION PUMP VER.01 (FOR TIP) 10938-01-A
23 A26 1 PZ ISE MODULE ASSEMBLY - 4 CHANNELS (OPTION) 10726-00-A
24 A27-A30 4 PZ THERMOELECTRIC MODULE, PELTIER CELL, Qmax=38,5W, CP1.4-71-045L-RTV
Imax=8,5A, Vmax=8,6V, DTmax=65°C, 30x30x3,3mm, tipo
lappato (FLAT CERAMIC SURFACE), RTV SEALING
PROTECTION, AWG18 WIRES
25 A31-A34 4 PZ 12V 60x60 FAN ASSY 10112-00-B
26 4 PZ HEATSINK, HIGH EFFICIENCY, BASE 60x60mm, HEIGHT 30mm, W60-30W
PARALLEL FINS
27 A35 1 PZ 12V FAN ASSY 10111-00-A
28 A36 1 PZ COOLING TIMER ASSY VER.01 11027-01-B
29 F3 1 PCS FUSE, 6.3x32mm, GLASS BODY, TYPE T (DELAYED) 15A 250Vac 0326015.MXP
30 F4, F5, F8 3 PCS FUSE, 5x20mm, GLASS BODY, TYPE T (DELAYED) 6,3A 250Vac ST520263
31 F7 1 PCS FUSE, 5x20mm, GLASS BODY, TYPE T (DELAYED) 1A 250Vac ST520210
33 1 PZ FUSEHOLDER, NO CAP, PANEL MOUNTING WITH NUT, 0031.1631
6.3x32mm, 4W/20A @ 250Vac, TERMINALS 6.3X0.8mm, PC2
CATEGORY, FEC SERIES
34 1 PZ SLOTTED CAP, FOR 6.3x32mm FUSEHOLDER, SCHURTER FEC 0031.1613
SERIES
35 5 PZ FUSEHOLDER, WITH CAP, PANEL MOUNTING WITH NUT, 3101.0210
5x20mm, 2.5W/10A @ 250Vac, TERMINALS QUICK-CONNECT
4.8X0.5mm, PC2 CATEGORY, FPG1 SERIES
36 SW2 1 PCS OPP ON-OFF BREAKER VER.00 10368-00-A

Part List Title: Double ARM Unit P/N: 10034-01-F

38 TB1-TB3, TB17, 5 PCS TERMINAL BLOCK, COMPOSABLE, FOR GROUND 0380260000
TB22 CONDUCTOR, MINIATURE, DIN RAIL EN 50045 (TYPE TS15),
4mm2, YELLOW/GREEN, TYPE AKE4
39 TB4-TB9, TB18, 8 PCS TERMINAL BLOCK, COMPOSABLE, MINIATURE, DIN RAIL EN 0294380000
TB19 50045 (TYPE TS15), 400V, 32A, 4mm2, BLUE, TYPE AKZ4
TB21 50045 (TYPE TS15), 400V, 32A, 4mm2, GREY, TYPE AKZ4
41 4 PCS JUMPER, FOR TERMINAL BLOCK TYPE AKZ4, 2 POSITIONS, TYPE 0336400000
Q2
Q4
43 3 PCS INSULATED JUMPER, FOR TERMINAL BLOCK, PITCH 6mm, 2 0482700000
POLES, STRAIGHT, TYPE QB2
44 0,15 M DIN RAIL EN 50045, 15mm, GALVANIZED STEEL, WITH HOLES, 0117510000
LENGHT=1m, TYPE TS15
45 W02 1 PZ M3-M4 MGND JUMPER 10972-00-A
46 W03 1 PZ OPP VDCPS-TB WIRING 10159-00-A
47 W04, W05 2 PZ OPP ARM WIRING 10204-00-B
48 NOT USED
49 W06 1 PZ COOLER FANS WIRING 10113-00-A
50 W07 1 PZ OPP 24VDC AND AUXPS WIRING 10161-00-C
51 W08 1 PZ LHP POWER WIRING 10940-00-B
52 W09 1 PZ N.A.
53 W10 1 PZ RS232 FS9F CABLE ASSY 10062-00-A
54 W11 1 PZ OPP PHOTODIODE WIRING 10148-00-B
55 W12 1 PZ N.A.
56 W13 1 PZ OPP ISE MODULE WIRING (OPTION) 10165-00-A
57 W14, W19-W23 6 PZ 10X-FLAT VER.00 WIRING 10145-00-A
58 W15 1 PZ 10X-FLAT VER.01 WIRING 10145-01-A
59 W16 1 PZ OPP MOTDRV WIRING 10146-00-A
60 W18 1 PZ OPP SENSORS WIRING 10153-00-D
61 W17, W24 2 PZ 10X-FLAT VER.02 WIRING 10145-02-A
62 W25 1 PZ JUMPER ASP PUMP 11046-00-A
63 HM1, HM2 2 PCS SAMPLING PROBE, SWAGGED, OUTER DIAM.=1,2mm, INNER 10558-00-A
DIAM.=0,8mm/0,6mm

42
SW 2 J1 W 07-P10
P/N 10368-00-A A 4 24V LED_ A W 07-J1 P1
4 4 3
K 3 3 2 24V LED_ K 2 2 -
2 2 1 1 1
GREEN 24V FA N A SSY
2 1 1
PART OF W 07 BOTTOM OF
SW I TCH CLOSED= 1 PA RT OF W 07
+ U NI T
+ 24V OU TPU T AW G18 A22
DI SA BLED 10110-00-A
24V FAN A SSY
+ 5V _ A U X
+24V_2F-RTN
+24V_2F
+ 5V _A U X W 07-J2 P1
+ 24V _I N H 2 2 -
+ 24V _I N H 1 1
PART OF W 07 24V FA N A SSY
REAR OF U N I T
NOTE: + 5V _ A U X-RTN A W G18
+
SU PPLY CABLES M U ST BE + 5V _ A U X-RTN + 24V _ 9-RTN A23
CA SE I N M ECHA NI CAL M GN D_ 9 10110-00-A
W I RED FAR A W A Y FROM

TOU CH W I TH CHASSI S OF 24V FAN A SSY
P.S. OU TPU T CABLE M GN D_ C
THE U NI T
M GN D_ 1
W 07-P12 W 07-P13 G/V TB1 E1 M GN D_ 2
M GN D_ 3
V in E3 G/V TB2 E2 M GN D_ 4
A1 nom=100-240V ac +24V
+ 24V @ 18Amax M GN D_ 5
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
+24V
10
10
P/N 10369-00-A MOD 2 MO D 1 (N OTE#1) G/V TB3 E3 M GN D_ 6
@ 47-63Hz C TR L C TR L
POW ER SU PPLY ASSEM BLY +24V O U T
------------------- DET #2 DET #2 + 24V BLU E TB4 E12

+24V + E1
LEA K . CU RR.<2.1mA
SHARE
INH -Ve
SHARE
SHARE
SHARE
INH -Ve
INH +Ve
-V_SNS
INH +Ve
-V_SNS
BLU E + 24V _ C-RTN
+V_SNS

TB5 E13
GOOD-C
+V_SNS
UNUSED
GOOD-C
UNUSED
UNUSED
UNUSED
GOOD_E
GOOD_E
E2 + 24V _ 1-RTN
+24V-RTN - BLU E
2 x FU SES = 10A DLY ( T-TYPE) W 01 A W G18 TB6 E4 + 24V _ 2-RTN
A NTI SU RGE GLA SS 3x 1,5mmq +24V MOD 1 SEN S RED + 24V _ 3-RTN
BLU E TB7 E5 + 24V _ 4-RTN
SHEATED M AI N -SNS_24V 1
+ 24V _ 5-RTN
CA BLE BLU E
F1 E4 TB8 E6 + 24V _ 6-RTN
INPUT +SNS_24V 2
J1 + 24V _ 7-RTN
EM I _ FI LTER_ FM W 2-20A E12 +24V MOD 2 SEN S + 24V -RTN BLU E TB9 E7 + 24V _ 8-RTN
L
L' E1 L E4 L' E6 4mmq BLK F7 1A DLY E20
L +SNS_24V 1 GREY
E14 E15 TB10 E14
110-220V ac PE PE' E3 PE E8 E13 PS_LAM BD A_ V EGA650 W 03 E16 R1
N -SNS_24V 2 GREY
@ 50-60Hz M AX TOT. F6 2A DLY TB11 E15 2K 20
N' E2 N E5 N' E7 OU TPU T + 12V @ 18Amax E11 E12 + 24V _ C
N GREY
E14 +12V OU T (N OTE #2) TB12 E8 + 24V _ 1
POW ER=650W
+12V F5 6,3A DLY E13 + 24V _ 2 PA RT OF W 07
+ E3 GREY
MGND
M A I N BREA K ER E8 E9 TB13 E9 + 24V _ 3
+ 24V _ 4 24V D C_ CON TR
F2 E10
1,5mmq PE' E4 F4 6,3A DLY GREY TB14 E10 + 24V _ 5
+12V-RTN - 24V DC-1
Y/G E5 E6 E7 + 24V _ 6 PART OF W 07
MGND
+ 12V SEN S GREY TB15 E11 + 24V _ 7
24V DC-2
-SNS_12V 1 F8 6,3A DLY E19 + 24V _ 8 PART OF W 07
E17 E18 GREY TB16 E5 + 24V _ 9
24V DC-3
M GN D E9,E10,E11 +SNS_12V 2 PART OF W 07
G/V 17
INH +Ve
INH -Ve
SHARE
UNUSED
SHARE
GOOD-C
FI XED ON THE
-V_SNS
UNUSED
+V_SNS
GOOD_E
24V DC-4
INH_1IN
INH_0IN
+5V_AUX
0V_AUX
FAIL_E
FAIL_C
D ET #1 D ET #2 PART OF W 07
BOTTOM OF THE CHASSI S IN P +12V BLU E
C TR L C TR L TB18 E16
6
5
4
3
2
1
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
24V DC-5
10
( SCREW M 4) PART OF W 07
+ 12V -RTN BLU E + 12V -RTN
+5V_AUX-RTN
+5V_AUX-RTN
TB19 E7
24V DC-6
4mmq BLK E24 R2 PART OF W 07
W 07-P15 W 07-P14 GREY TB20 E17 910R 2,5mmq
24V DC-7
+ 5V aux @ F3 15A DLY PART OF W 07
100mA max GREY TB21 E6 + 12V
24V DC-8
4mmq RED E21 E22 E23 PART OF W 07
PART OF W 07 G/V TB22
+ 5V _ AU X-RTN
+5V_AUX
+12V_INH
AD JU ST OU TPU T TO GI V E + 13V ON THE LOA D AW G18
+ 5V _ AU X-RTN (COOLI NG PELTI ER CELLS I N ON 1,5mmq
CON DI TI ON ) 24V DC-9
+ 5V _ AU X + 12V _ I N H PART OF W 08
+ 5V _ AU X
2,5mmq
12V DC
PART OF W 08
SW 3
P/N 10368-01-A 1
+12V-RTN
+12V
2 J1 W 07-P11
1 PA RT OF W 07 A 36
K 1 1 2
12V LED _K P/N 11027-01-B
2 2 3
COOLI N G TI M ER ASSY V ER.00
A 3 3 4
SW I TCH CLOSED = 12V LED_ A
4 4
FRONT VIEWS + 12V OU TPU T
BLU E 1 +
DI SA BLED 1 1 M GN D
A W G18 2
3 2 2 N .C. OU T-P 1 1
3 3 EGND OU T-N 2 2
P
4
4 4 + 12V
DET #1 DET #2 J1
P2 J2
-
FI XED ON BOTTOM W 02 FI XED ON BOTTOM

10 9 OF OF
M GND
REAGENT TRAY R&S TRAY
8 7
6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 ( Temp SENSOR)
4 3
NOTES:
2 1 1- A 1 "+ 24V OU TPU T": + 18,2V TO + 32,4V ADJU STABLE RAN GE
2- A 1 "+ 12V OU TPU T": + 9,1V TO 16,2 A DJU STA BLE RA NGE
49/288
Section 3
Electrical drawing Title: Double ARM Unit P/N: 10034-01-F Page 1 of 10

42
PART OF A 2
OPP CO NTROLLER A SSEM BLY
P/N 10016-00-D

VDCP
RXD-IN
TXD-OUT
MGND
RS232-GND
VDCP-RTN
RTS
CTS
N.C.
N.C.
RXD
RTS
TXD
CTS
N.C.
N.C.
SGND
N.C.
+24V
EGND
MGND
+12V
EGND
MGND
+5V
-5V
EGND
MGND
N.C.
N.C.
RXD
N.C.
TXD
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
SGND
N.C.
J2 J3 J6 J28 J29 J30
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
RS232 PC SERV I CE CO NNECTI O N W 10-P1 W 13-P3 W 07-P7 SERV I CE SERV I CE
( O PTI O NA L - A CTU ALLY N OT U SED ) ( NO T U SED) ( N OT U SED )

W 10 W 13
FLAT 10 X AW G28 FLAT 40 X A W G28
24V D C_CON TR
PART OF W 07
W 13-P1 W 13-J1 W 13-J2 W 13-J3 W 13-J4 W 13-P2

1
2
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
40
1
2
3
4
W 10-J2 J1 P1 P2 P3 P4 J2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
DATA
GND
MAPHA
MAPHB
MAPHC
MAPHD
MBPHA
MBPHB
MBPHC
MBPHD
MWPHA
MWPHB
MWPHC
MWPHD
+24V
+24V-RET
+24V
+24V-RET
I SE M OD U LE - CONTROLLER I SE M O DU LE I SE M OD U LE PU M P A SSEM BLY
N.C.
RXD
TXD
N.C.
SGND
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
REAGENT BU TTO N
RS232 PC OPERA TI V E
CO NNECTI O N
A 26
I SE M O DU LE A SSEM BLY - 4 CHA NN ELS
P/N 10726-00-A
( CO NTROLLER, TU BI N GS, PU M PS AND REAGENT BU TTO N FROM M EDI CA CORP.)
OPTI O NAL
50/288
Section 3

42

PA RT OF A 2
OPP CON TROLLER A SSEM BLY
P/N 10016-00-D

DIL1_HOME
DIL1_ANODE
A1Y_HOME
A1Y_ANODE
A1X_HOME
A1X_ANODE
+5V
EGND
DIL2_HOME
DIL2_ANODE
A2Y_HOME
A2Y_ANODE
A2X_HOME
A2X_ANODE
+5V
EGND
SPRMN_HOME
SPRMN2_ANODE
SMP_HOME
SMP_ANODE
RGT_HOME
RGT_ANODE
+5V
EGND
FLT_HOME
FLT_ANODE
WSH_HOME
WSH_ANODE
CVT_HOME
CVT_ANODE
+5V
EGND
J17 J19 J21 J22
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
W 18-P1 W 18-P2 W 18-P3 W 18-P4
PA RT OF PA RT OF PA RT OF PA RT OF
W 18 W 18 W 18 W 18
SA M P-HOM E REA G-HOM E OPTO-DI L1 A RM 1-YHOM E A RM 1-XHOM E OPTO-DI L2 A RM 2-YHOM E A RM 2-XHOM E FLT-HOM E W SH-HOM E CV T-HOM E
TO W 18-J2 TO W 18-J3 TO W 18-J4 TO W 18-J5 TO W 18-J6 TO W 18-J7 TO W 18-J8 TO W 18-J9 TO W 18-J10 TO W 18-J11 TO W 18-J12
TO OPP S&R TO OPP S&R TO 0,5M L DI LU TOR1 TO OPP A RM 1 TO OPP A RM 1 TO 0,5M L DI LU TOR2 TO OPP A RM 2 TO OPP A RM 2 TO OPP R&W TO OPP R&W TO OPP R&W
A SSEM BLY A SSEM BLY A SSEM BLY A SSEM BLY A SSEM BLY A SSEM BLY A SSEM BLY A SSEM BLY A SSEM BLY A SSEM BLY A SSEM BLY
( SA M PLE HOM E ( REA GEN T HOM E ( HOM E SEN SOR) ( Y-HOM E ( X-HOM E (HOM E SEN SOR) ( Y-HOM E ( X-HOM E (FLT-HOM E ( W SH-HOM E ( CV T-HOM E
SEN SOR) SEN SOR) SEN SOR) SEN SOR) SEN SOR) SEN SOR) SEN SOR) SEN SOR) SEN SOR)
51/288
Section 3

42
PA RT O F A 2
OPP CO N TRO LLER A SSEM BLY
P/N 10016-00-D
MOTDIL1_STEP
MOTDIL1_DIR
MOTDIL1_ENB
MOTDIL1_TRQ
MOTDIL2_STEP
MOTDIL2_DIR
MOTDIL2_ENB
MOTDIL2_TRQ
+5V
EGND
MOTA1X_STEP
MOTA1X_DIR
MOTA1X_ENB
MOTA1X_TRQ
MOTA1Y_STEP
MOTA1Y_DIR
MOTA1Y_ENB
MOTA1Y_TRQ
+5V
EGND
MOTA2X_STEP
MOTA2X_DIR
MOTA2X_ENB
MOTA2X_TRQ
MOTA2Y_STEP
MOTA2Y_DIR
MOTA2Y_ENB
MOTA2Y_TRQ
+5V
EGND
MOTCVT_STEP
MOTCVT_DIR
MOTCVT_ENB
MOTCVT_TRQ
MOTFLT_STEP
MOTFLT_DIR
MOTFLT_ENB
MOTFLT_TRQ
+5V
EGND
MOTWSH_STEP
MOTWSH_DIR
MOTWSH_ENB
MOTWSH_TRQ
MOTSPRMN_STEP
MOTSPRMN_DIR
MOTSPRMN_ENB
MOTSPRMN_TRQ
+5V
EGND
MOTSMP_STEP
MOTSMP_DIR
MOTSMP_ENB
MOTSMP_TRQ
MOTRGT_STEP
MOTRGT_DIR
MOTRGT_ENB
MOTRGT_TRQ
+5V
EGND

J5 J7 J8 J12 J13 J9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
W 19-P1 W 20-P1 W 21-P1 W 22-P1 W 23-P1 W 14-P1
W 19 W 20 W 21 W 22 W 23 W 14
FLAT 10 X A W G28 FLA T 10 X A W G28 FLA T 10 X A W G28 FLA T 10 X A W G28 FLA T 10 X A W G28 FLA T 10 X A W G 28

24V DC-2
PA RT O F W 07
24V DC-3
PA RT O F W 07
24V DC-4
PA RT OF W 07
24V DC-5
PA RT OF W 07
24V DC-6
PA RT OF W 07
24V DC-1
PA RT OF W 07
W 07-P2 W 19-P2 W 07-P3 W 20-P2 W 07-P4 W 21-P2 W 07-P5 W 22-P2 W 07-P6 W 23-P2 W 07-P1 W 14-P2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
J2 J1 J2 J1 J2 J1 J2 J1 J2 J1 J2 J1
+24V
EGND
MGND
STEP_1
DIR_1
ENB_1
TRQ_1
STEP_2
DIR_2
ENB_2
TRQ_2
+5V
EGND
+24V
EGND
MGND
STEP_1
DIR_1
ENB_1
TRQ_1
STEP_2
DIR_2
ENB_2
TRQ_2
+5V
EGND
+24V
EGND
MGND
STEP_1
DIR_1
ENB_1
TRQ_1
STEP_2
DIR_2
ENB_2
TRQ_2
+5V
EGND
+24V
EGND
MGND
STEP_1
DIR_1
ENB_1
TRQ_1
STEP_2
DIR_2
ENB_2
TRQ_2
+5V
EGND
+24V
EGND
MGND
STEP_1
DIR_1
ENB_1
TRQ_1
STEP_2
DIR_2
ENB_2
TRQ_2
+5V
EGND
+24V
EGND
MGND
STEP_1
DIR_1
ENB_1
TRQ_1
STEP_2
DIR_2
ENB_2
TRQ_2
+5V
EGND
A 10 A 11 A 12 A 13 A 14 A 15
LP STEP M OTOR DRI V ER V ER.00 LP STEP M OTOR DRI V ER V ER.02 LP STEP M OTOR DRI V ER V ER.02 LP STEP M O TOR DRI V ER V ER.03 LP STEP M O TOR DRI V ER V ER.04 LP STEP M OTOR DRI V ER V ER.01
P/N 10991-00-C P/N 10991-02-C P/N 10991-02-C P/N 10991-03-C P/N 10991-04-C P/N 10991-01-C
+PA1
-PA1
+PB1
-PB1
+PA2
-PA2
+PB2
-PB2
+PA1
-PA1
+PB1
-PB1
+PA2
-PA2
+PB2
-PB2
+PA1
-PA1
+PB1
-PB1
+PA2
-PA2
+PB2
-PB2
+PA1
-PA1
+PB1
-PB1
+PA2
-PA2
+PB2
-PB2
+PA1
-PA1
+PB1
-PB1
+PA2
-PA2
+PB2
-PB2
+PA1
-PA1
+PB1
-PB1
+PA2
-PA2
+PB2
-PB2
J3 J4 J3 J4 J3 J4 J3 J4 J3 J4 J3 J4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
SPARE
W 16-P3 W 16-P4 W 16-P5 W 16-P6 W 16-P7 W 16-P8 W 16-P9 W 16-P10 W 16-P11 W 16-P1 W 16-P2
PA RT O F W 16 PA RT O F W 16 PA RT O F W 16 PA RT O F W 16 PA RT OF W 16 PA RT O F W 16 PA RT OF W 16 PA RT O F W 16 PA RT OF W 16 PA RT OF W 16 PA RT O F W 16
A W G 18 A W G18 A W G 18 A W G18 A W G 18 A W G 18 A W G 18 A W G 18 A W G18 A W G18 A W G 18
SA M P-M OT REA G-M O T XA RM 1-M O T YA RM 1-M OT XA RM 2-M O T YA RM 2-M OT CV T-M OT FLT-M OT W SH-M O T DI L1-M OT DI L2-M OT
TO O PP S&R A SSEM BLY TO OPP S&R A SSEM BLY TO O PP A RM 1 A SSY TO O PP A RM 1 A SSY TO O PP A RM 2 A SSY TO O PP ARM 2 A SSY TO O PP R&W A SSEM BLY TO O PP R&W A SSEM BLY TO O PP R&W A SSEM BLY TO A RM DI LU TOR TO A RM DI LU TOR
( SA M PLE M OTO R ( REA G ENT M O TOR ( X-A XI S A RM 1 ( Y-A XI S A RM 1 ( X-A XI S A RM 2 ( Y-A XI S ARM 2 ( REA DI NG CU V ETTE ( FI LTER W HEEL ( W A SHI N G STA TI O N A SSEM BLY A SSEM BLY
A SSEM BLY) A SSEM BLY) M OTO R) M OTO R) M OTO R) M OTO R) M O TO R A SSEM BLY) M O TO R A SSEM BLY) M OTO R A SSEM BLY) ( A RM 1 DI LU TO R) ( A RM 2 DI LU TOR)
52/288
Section 3

42
PA RT OF A 2
OPP CON TRO LLER A SSEM BLY
P/N 10016-00-D
N.C.
HAL_LMP
N.C.
INC_HTR
N.C.
TEM_DRV
N.C.
TEM_OPT
N.C.
EGND
J14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
W 17-P1
TO OPP CO N TRO LLER W 17

O PTO _DI L2 PA RT OF W 18
A SSEM BLY FLA T 10 X A W G28
TO W 18-P3
24V DC-9

PA RT O F W 08
TO STEP M OTO R
DI L2-M OT
DRI V E 2X1.5A V ER.01 PA RT OF W 16
TO W 16-P2 A W G18 W 16-J2 W 18-J7
12V DC
PA RT O F W 08
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
P1 P2 HEA T SI N K FA N
( FI XED O N THE BA SE)
W 17-P2 W 08-P2 W 08-P1 A 35
N OT U SED
PHA+
PHA-
PHB+
PHB-

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
J1 J2 J6 J5
DIL_HOME
DIL_ANODE
+5V
EGND
500uL DI LU TER ARM DI LU TO R EV
-
+
N.C.
REG-ON
N.C.
SW-ON
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
EGND
BLUE
RED
+24V
+24V-RTN
N.C.
MGND
+12V
+12V-RTN
MGND
P1 J2
+12V_RMT
+12V_RMT-RTN
MGND
V TEM P+ A8 A W G22
1
LHP POW ER BOA RD
A 17 2 EGN D P/N 10762-00-A
ARM DI LU TER ASSEM BLY 3 +Vs
2
1
P/N 10358-01-C 4 M GND
TEM+
TEM+
TEM-
TEM-
FAN+
FAN+
FAN-
FAN-
EV-POS
EV-NEG
VSW-P
VSW-N
VREG
VREG-RTN
P1
TB2 TB1 J1
P1 J3 J4
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
2
1
E1 E2 E3 E4 E1 E2 E3 E4
W 08-P3 W 08-P4
ARM 2 DI LU TER W 18-J22
TEM+
TEM-
TEM+
TEM-
RED
RED
BLACK
BLACK
W 06
DI L2-EV A W G22
TO W 18-P12
TO OPP CO N TRO LLER
O PTO_ DI L1
A SSEM BLY PA RT OF W 18 TO OPP PU M PS & DRI V ERS A W G18
TO W 18-P2 A 7 [A 1-J8]
PA RT OF W 08 PA RT OF W 08
TO STEP M OTO R
DI L1-M O T
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
TO W 16-P1 A W G 18 W 16-J1 W 18-J4

RED
RED
BLACK
J2 J3 J4 J5
BLACK
P1 P1 P1 P1
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
P1 P2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
PHA+
PHA-
PHB+
PHB-
BLK RED BLK RED
DIL_HOME
DIL_ANODE
+5V
EGND
REA G_TEM P FLT-LM P CV T-I N C
BLUE
BLUE
BLUE
BLUE
RED
RED
500uL DI LU TER ARM DI LU TOR EV

RED
RED
TO A 3 TO W 08-J2 TO W 08-J1
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
-
TO OPP S&R TO O PP R&W TO O PP R&W

TEM +
TEM +
TEM +
TEM +
A SSEM BLY A SSEM BLY A SSEM BLY ( CU V ETTES

( REA G A SSY (HA LOG EN I N CU BA TI ON
A 16 TEM P SEN SO R) REA D I N G LA M P) HEA TER STRI P)
ARM DI LU TER ASSEM BLY A 27 A 28 A 29 A 30 A 31 A 32 A 33 A 34
P/N 10358-00-C
EV-POS
EV-NEG
8,5A @ 8,6V PELTI ER M O DU LES 4 X 10112-00-A PELTI ER COO LI N G FA N S
38.5W x 4 ( REA GEN T TRA Y CO OLER) 12V 60x 60 FA N A SSY ( REA G EN T TRA Y CO OLER)
P1
1
2
ARM 1 DI LU TER W 18-J21
DI L1-EV
TO W 18-P11
TO OPP PU M PS & DRI V ERS

A 7 [A 1-J4]
53/288
Section 3

42
PA RT OF A 2
P/N 10016-00-D
BUZZER
DIL1_EV
DIL1_PMP
WSH_PMP
ARM1_COIL
DIL2_EV
DIL2_PMP
ARM2_COIL
SPARE_ISE
EGND
SPRMN_OCOUT2-7
SPRMN_OCOUT2-5
SPRMN_OCOUT2-4
SPRMN_OCOUT2-3
SPRA1_OCOUT4-7
SPRA1_OCOUT4-5
SPRA2_OCOUT1-6
SPRRW_OCOUT2-7
SPRRW_OCOUT2-4
EGND
DIS0_PMP
ASP1_PMP
DIS2_PMP
ASP3_PMP
DIS4_PMP
ASP5_PMP
DIS6_PMP
ASP7_PMP
SCV_PMP
EGND
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
J11 J4 J10
W 24-P1 W 15-P1 SPARE OU TPU TS
W 24 FLAT 10 X A W G28 W 15 FLAT 10 X A W G28

W 15-P1 P7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
J1 J2
A1
W 07-P8 J1 PW R D RI V ER M ODU LE - 9X1A V ER.00
INP-01
INP-02
INP-03
INP-04
INP-05
INP-06
INP-07
INP-08
INP-09
EGND
+24V
EGND
+12V
EGND
1 V A 1+
24V D C-7 2 V A 1-

BU ZZER
24V D C-8 3 V A 2+
PA RT OF W 07 4 V A 2-
J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 J8 J9 J10 J11
1 OUT01-P
2 OUT01-N
1 OUT02-P
2 OUT02-N
1 OUT03-P
2 OUT03-N
1 OUT04-P
2 OUT04-N
1 OUT05-P
2 OUT05-N
1 OUT06-P
2 OUT06-N
1 OUT07-P
2 OUT07-N
1 OUT08-P
2 OUT08-N
1 OUT09-P
2 OUT09-N
W 18-P11 W 18-P6 W 18-P12 W 18-P7 SPA RE
V+
V-
V+
V-
V+
V-
V+
V- PA RT OF W 18
ARM 2-HCOI L
CHTR1-A
CHTR1-B
EV1-POS
EV1-NEG
EV2-POS
EV2-NEG
TO W 18-J14
TO OPP ARM 2 ASSY
CHTR2-A
CHTR2-B
(A RM 2 COI L HEA TER)
DI L2-EV
PA RT OF W 18
TO W 18-J22
TO A RM 2 DI LU TOR
ASSEM BLY ( DI L EV )
ARM 1-HCOI L
W 24-P2 P2 PA RT OF W 18
TO W 18-J13
TO OPP ARM 1 ASSY
(A RM 1 COI L HEA TER)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
J1 J2
A2
DI L1-EV
INP-01
INP-02
INP-03
INP-04
INP-05
INP-06
INP-07
INP-08
INP-09
EGND
PW R DRI V ER M OD U LE - 9X1A V ER.00 PA RT OF W 18
+24V
EGND
+12V
EGND
TO W 18-J21
TO A RM 1 DI LU TOR
ASSEM BLY ( DI L EV )
OUT01-P
OUT01-N
OUT02-P
OUT02-N
OUT03-P
OUT03-N
OUT04-P
OUT04-N
OUT05-P
OUT05-N
OUT06-P
OUT06-N
OUT07-P
OUT07-N
OUT08-P
OUT08-N
OUT09-P
OUT09-N
J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 J8 J9 J10 J11
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
SPARE SPARE
W 18-P13 W 18-P14
V+
V-
V+
V-
V+
V-
V+
V-
V+
V-
V+
V-
V+
V-
A7
OPP PU M PS & D RI V ERS NEEDLE 1
P/N 10217-00-E ASPI RA TI ON PU M P
D I SPENSI NG N EED LE 1 D I SPENSI NG N EED LE 2 D I SPENSI NG N EED LE 3 D I SPENSI NG N EED LE 4 D I SPENSI NG N EED LE 5 PA RT OF W 18 D I LU TOR 1 PU M P W ASHI NG SI NK PU M P D I LU TOR 2 PU M P
PU M P PU M P PU M P PU M P PU M P
V+
V-
P1 W 18-J23
1
2
1
2 W 25-J2 W 25-P1
W 25 PART OF W 18
W 25-J1 W 18-J24
1
2
1
2
P1 P1
A24 A25
ZRP3 2H-A SPI RA TI ON ZRP ASPI RA TI ON PU M P
PU M P
P/N 11047-00-A P/N 10938-01-A
A SPI RA TI ON N EED LES PU M P SU CTI ON TI P PU M P

54/288
Section 3

42
PA RT OF A 2
OPP CONTROLLER A SSEM BLY
P/N 10016-00-D
DIS_SNS
DIS_SNS-RTN
LIQ2_SNS
LIQ2_SNS-RTN
LIQ1_SNS
LIQ1_SNS-RTN
SPRMN_OCINP1-4
SPRMN_OCINP1-4-RTN
SPRMN_OCINP2-0
SPRMN_OCINP2-0-RTN
LIQC_SNS
LIQC_SNS-RTN
CVR_SNS
+5V
CVR_ANODE
EGND
VTEMP+
EGND
+Vs
MGND
EGND
VTMP_OUT
EGND
+5V
EGND
NTEM_ON
EGND
NCOOLALM
EGND
MGND
+5V
TX_RS232
EGND
RX_RS232
READ_TRIG
MGND
SPRMN_OCINP2-1
SPRMN_OCINP2-1-RTN
SPRMN_TTLINP4-5
SPRMN_TTLINP4-5-RTN
SPRMN_TTLINP4-4
SPRMN_TTLINP4-4-RTN
SPRMN_TTLINP4-3
SPRMN_TTLINP4-3-RTN
SPRMN_TTLINP4-2
SPRMN_TTLINP4-2-RTN
SPRMN_TTLINP4-1
SPRMN_TTLINP4-1-RTN
SPRMN_TTLINP4-0
SPRMN_TTLINP4-0-RTN
+5V
EGND
1
2
3
4
5
6
J1 J31 J26 J27 J16
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
P1 OPTI O N FOR EXTERN AL W 18-P10 P1 SPA RE TTL I NPU TS
COOLER CON TROL TO M AI N ASSEM BLY
TO STEP M OTOR
DRI V E 2X1.5A V ER.00

REAG -M OT
PA RT OF W 16 SHEA TED 5 CON D PART OF W 18
TO W 16-P4 A W G20 ( W I RI NG I NCLU DED I N
THE BA RCOD E READ ER)
TO STEP M OTOR
DRI V E 2X1.5A V ER.00

SA M P-M OT
PA RT OF W 16
TO W 16-P3 AW G20
W 18-J20
W 16-J3 W 16-J4
1
2
P1
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
+PA
-PA
+PB
-PB
+PA
-PA
+PB
-PB
CVR_SNS
EGND
+5V
RS232 TXD
GND
RS232 RXD
SW IN/OUT
SA M PLE M OTOR REAGEN T M OTO R
A SSEM BLY A SSEM BLY BA R-CODE REA DER
FI XED ON TOP O F A3 A 21
SA M PLE & REA GENTS P/N 10220-00-A M I CROSW I TCH A 20
OPP S&R A SSEM BLY COV ER LM 35 TEM P SEN SOR
ASSEM BLY & I N TOU CH P/N 11061-00-A P/N 10050-02-A
W I TH SA M PLE PLATE
FI XED ON BOTTOM OF W1 FI XED ON BOTTOM OF
M G ND REA GEN T PLA TE M G ND SAM PLE & REA GEN TS COV ER SENSOR ELECTRON I C
MM1 ASSEM BLY TEM PERATU RE
E1 E2 SENSO R
PLA CED U N D ER
REA GEN T TRAY
SA M PLE ASSEM BLY REA GENT A SSEM BLY REA GEN T ASSY
HOM E SEN SOR HOM E SEN SOR TEM P SEN SOR
W 18-J16 W 18-J17 W 18-J18
1
2
1
2
1
2
RED BLU E GREEN
OUTPUT
ANODE
+5V
EGND
OUTPUT
ANODE
+5V
EGND
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
W 18-J2 W 18-J3
RED BLU E GREEN
PART O F W 18 PART O F W 18
MSW
MSW-RTN
MSW
MSW-RTN
MSW
MSW-RTN
FLT-HOM E FLT-HO M E REAG_ TEM P
TO W 18-P1 TO W 18-P1 TO A 8
FLOA T LEV EL SEN SOR FLOA T LEV EL SEN SOR FLOA T LEV EL SEN SOR
TO OPP CONTROLLER TO OPP CON TROLLER TO LHP POW ER
A SSEM BLY A SSEM BLY BOA RD
A4 A3 A3
W A STE TAN K LI QU I D 2 TAN K LI QU I D 1 TA NK
CLEA NER SOLU TI ON SYSTEM I C SOLU TI ON
TA N K S OF LI QU I D PLA CED
OU TSI DE THE M ACHI NE
55/288
Section 3

42
PA RT OF A 2
P/N 10016-00-D
A1SW
A1SW-ANODE
A2SW
A2SW-ANODE
WSHLPOS
WSHLPOS-ANODE
+5V
EGND
SPRA1_OCINP1-4
SPRA1_OCINP1-4-RTN
ARM1_SNS
ARM1_SNS-RTN
SPRA2_OCINP1-4
SPRA2_OCINP1-4-RTN
ARM2_SNS
ARM2_SNS-RTN
WSH_SNS
WSH_SNS-RTN
SPRRW_OCINP1-7
SPRRW_OCINP1-7-RTN
MGND
+24V
+5V
EGND
SPRA1_OCINP2-1
SPRA1_OCINP2-1-RTN
SPRA1_OCINP2-0
SPRA1_OCINP2-0-RTN
SPRA2_OCINP1-7
SPRA2_OCINP1-7-RTN
SPRA2_OCINP1-6
SPRA2_OCINP1-6-RTN
SPRA2_OCINP2-0
SPRA2_OCINP2-0-RTN
SPRA2_OCINP2-2
SPRA2_OCINP2-2-RTN
SPRA2_OCINP2-1
SPRA2_OCINP2-1-RTN
+5V
EGND
J18 J24 J20
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
W 18-P5 W 18-P8 SPA RES I N PU T TO

A RM 1 A SSEM BLY A N D
A RM 2 A SSEM BLY

A RM 1-HCOI L
TO W 18-P6
TO PW R DRI V ER PA RT OF PA RT OF PA RT OF
M ODU LE - 9X1A V ER.00) W 18 W 18 W 18
A RM 2-HCOI L

TO W 18-P7
TO PW R DRI V ER W 18-J13 W 18-J14

M ODU LE - 9X1A V ER.00)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
W 04-P1 W 05-P1
FLEXI BLE W I RI N G FLEXI BLE W I RI N G

PA RT OF W 18
CHTR-A
SNS-EGND
MGND
+5V
OPTO-EGND
CHTR-B
V+
SNS-OUT
C-OUT
ANODE
M OV I N G W I TH A RM M OV I N G W I TH A RM
CHTR-A
SNS-EGND
MGND
+5V
OPTO-EGND
CHTR-B
V+
SNS-OUT
C-OUT
ANODE
W 04 W 05
W 04-P2 W 05-P2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
W SHLPOS
TO W 18-J15
TO OPP R&W A SSEM BLY
CHTR-A
CHTR-B
SNS-EGND
V+
MGND
SNS-OUT
+5V
C-OUT
OPTO-EGND
ANODE
CHTR-A
CHTR-B
SNS-EGND
V+
MGND
SNS-OUT
+5V
C-OUT
OPTO-EGND
ANODE
( W A SHI N G STATI ON
LOW POSI TI ON SEN SOR)
OPP A RM M ODU LE OPP A RM M ODU LE
A4 A5
OPP A RM 1 A SSEM BLY OPP A RM 2 A SSEM BLY
P/N 10198-00-A P/N 10200-00-A
X-A XI S A RM 1 X-A XI S A RM 1 Y-A XI S A RM 1 Y-A XI S A RM 1 X-A XI S A RM 2 X-A XI S A RM 2 Y-A XI S A RM 1 Y-A XI S A RM 2

M OTOR HOM E SEN SOR M OTOR HOM E SEN SOR M OTOR HOM E SEN SOR M OTOR HOM E SENSOR
A SSEM BLY A SSEM BLY A SSEM BLY A SSEM BLY
OUTPUT
ANODE
+5V
EGND
OUTPUT
ANODE
+5V
EGND
OUTPUT
ANODE
+5V
EGND
OUTPUT
ANODE
+5V
EGND
+PA
-PA
+PB
-PB
+PA
-PA
+PB
-PB
+PA
-PA
+PB
-PB
+PA
-PA
+PB
-PB
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
W 16-J5 W 18-J6 W 16-J6 W 18-J5 W 16-J7 W 18-J9 W 16-J8 W 18-J8
PA RT OF PA RT OF PART OF PA RT OF PA RT OF PA RT OF PA RT OF PA RT OF
W 16 W 18 W 16 W 18 W 16 W 18 W 16 W 18
XA RM 1-M OT A RM 1-XHOM E YA RM 1-M OT A RM 1-YHOM E XA RM 2-M OT A RM 2-XHOM E YA RM 2-M OT A RM 1-YHOM E
TO W 16-P5 TO W 18-P2 TO W 16-P6 TO W 18-P2 TO W 16-P7 TO W 18-P3 TO W 16-P8 TO W 18-P3
TO STEP M OTOR TO OPP CON TROLLER TO STEP M OTOR TO OPP CON TROLLER TO STEP M OTOR TO OPP CON TROLLER TO STEP M OTOR TO OPP CON TROLLER
DRI V E 2X1.5A V ER.02 A SSEM BLY DRI V E 2X1.5A V ER.02 ASSEM BLY DRI V E 2X1.5A V ER.02 A SSEM BLY DRI V E 2X1.5A V ER.02 A SSEM BLY
56/288
Section 3

42
PA RT OF A 2
O PP CO N TRO LLER A SSEM BLY
P/N 10016-00-D

BIT1(LSB)
BIT3
BIT5
BIT7
BIT9
BIT11
DIRECTION
+E VOLT
BIT2
BIT4
BIT6
BIT8
BIT10
BIT12(MSB)
EGND
VTEMP+
EGND
+Vs
MGND
VOUT-P
VOUT-N
VDC-P
EGND
VDC-N
MGND
J25 J15 J23
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
P1 SPA RE W 11-P2
W 11
( 5 CO N D

CV T-I N C SHI ELDED)

PA RT O F W 08
TO W 08-P4
PA RT OF W 08
CV T-HO M E
PA RT O F W 18
TO W 18-P4
RED
RED
CV T-M O T
PA RT O F W 16
TO W 16-J9 W 08-E2 W 08-E1
W 16-J9 W 18-J12 W 08-J1 W 11-P1
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
+PA
-PA
+PB
-PB
V_1
V_2
PROT-
PROT+
Vout-P
Vout-N
VDC-P
VDC-N
EGND
MGND
OUTPUT
ANODE
+5V
EGND
REA DI N G CU V ETTE CU V ETTE A SSEM BLY CU V ETTE A SSEM BLY CU V ETTES THERM A L PHOTO DI O DE
M OTOR A SSEM BLY HO M E SEN SO R TEM PERA TU RE I N CU BA TI ON PRO TECTI O N SEN SOR
SEN SOR HEA TER STRI P
O PP CU V ETTE A SSEM BLY
A6
O PP R&W A SSEM BLY
P/N 10208-01-B
O PP OPTI CA L GROU P O PP W A SHI N G STA TI O N
FI XED ON BO TTOM OF FI XED O N TO P OF

CU V ETTE PLA TE W1 R&W A SSEM BLY
M GN D W A SHI N G STA TI O N
HA LO GEN REA D I N G FI LTER W HEEL FI LTER W HEEL W A SHI N G STA TI O N W A SHI N G STA TI O N LO W PO SI TI ON
LA M P M O TO R A SSEM BLY HOM E SEN SO R E1 E2 M O TOR A SSEM BLY HO M E SEN SOR SEN SO R
FI XED ON TOP O F FI XED O N TO P OF
O PTI CA L GRO U P W2 R&W A SSEM BLY
M GN D
OUTPUT
ANODE
+5V
EGND
OUTPUT
ANODE
+5V
EGND
OUTPUT
ANODE
+5V
EGND
V+
V-
+PA
-PA
+PB
-PB
+PA
-PA
+PB
-PB
E3 E4
1
2
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
W 08-J2 W 16-J10 W 18-J10 W 16-J11 W 18-J11 W 18-J15
PA RT OF W 08 PA RT OF W 16 PA RT O F W 18 PA RT O F W 16 PA RT O F W 18 PA RT O F W 18
FLT-LM P FLT-M O T FLT-HOM E W SH-M OT W SH-HOM E W SHLPOS
TO W 08-P3 TO W 16-P10 TO W 18-P4 TO W 16-P11 TO W 18-P4 TO W 18-P8

57/288
Section 3

42
- WIRING FOR FLUIDS -

HYDRAU LIC SCHEM ATIC WASHING STATION, SINK AND WASTE
CIRCU IT
A4
SAM PLING CIRCU ITS OPP ARM 1
A SSEM BLY EXTERNAL
COOLI NG TI M ER A SSY
A1
OPP ARM FROM A35
M OD U LE REA GENT
TRA Y HM 4
OU TPU T M A NI FOLD
A1 HM 5
A RM 1 COI L RED
HM 1 HM 25 HM 22 HM 24
HM 8

M RED
A1
0.5M L DI LU TOR
A SSEM BLY W ASHI N G ASPI RATI ON D I SPENSI NG D I SPENSI NG D I SPENSI NG D I SPEN SI NG DI SPEN SI N G
D I LU TOR1 D I LU TOR2 SI NK NEED LE1 N EED LE5 N EEDLE4 N EEDLE3 N EEDLE2 NEEDLE1
A 29 A28 PU M P PU M P PU M P PU M P PU M P PU M P PU M P PU M P PU M P
A16 ZRP A SP. ZRP3 2H-ASP.
ARM 1 DI LU TOR PU M P PU M P A SSY A7 A7
ASSEM BLY V ER.00 OPP PU M PS &
A SSY

DRI V ERS
A2 V ER.01
3
A9 A 11 A10 A7 A6 A5 A3 A4
-
A5
OPP ARM 2 SU CTI ON SU CTI ON
2 1 + A SSEM BLY SU CTI ON TI P SU CTI ON NEED LES
HM 3 ARM D I LU TOR TI P PU M P NEEDLES PU M P
HM 2 LV M EV A1 PU M P PU M P
OPP ARM HT16
M OD U LE
HM 9
HM 6
BLU E
HM 10 HT8
A1
A RM 2 COI L HM 1 HT9 HM 7
HM 1 HM 26 I NPU T GREEN
M AN I FOLD
M
HM 2 HM 1 HM 11 HM 12 HM 13 HM 14 HM 15
A1 A RM 2 A RM 1 HM 21
0.5M L DI LU TOR PROBE PROBE
A SSEM BLY HT10 HT11 HT12 HT13 HT14 HT15
A17 HM 23
ARM 2 DI LU TOR HM 16 HM 17 HM 18 HM 19 HM 20
ASSEM BLY
HM 3
A2
3 W ASHI NG HM 9
SI N K W A SHI N G
GREEN
BLUE
RED
- STATI ON
M AN I FOLD A3
OPP W ASHI NG
2 1 + STATI ON
HM 3 ARM D I LU TOR
HM 2 LV M EV LI QU I D1 LI QU I D 2 W ASTE TAN K
TA NK TA NK ( D I SCHA RGE)
SYSTEM I C CLEAN ER
A26
I SE M OD U LE=> OPTI ONAL FU LL/EM PTY LI QU I D
TI P N EED LE6 N EEDLE5 N EEDLE4 NEEDLE3 NEEDLE2 NEED LE1 LEV EL M ONI TORED BY
I SE M ODU LE - 4-CHANN ELS I SE M ODU LE PU M P ASSEM BLY REAGEN T PACK FLOAT LEV EL SEN SORS
A6
CA L A CA LI BRAN T A OPP R&W ASSEM BLY
CA L B
I NLET
CA LI BRAN T B
W ASTE W ASTE
( NOT U SED )
58/288
Section 3

3.2. Schematics and Part Lists for the Double ARM Unit Sub-assemblies and
Wirings
This paragraph and its sub-paragraphs include electrical drawings and part lists for the Double ARM
Unit for the main instrument sub-assemblies including wirings. Part lists show only components
available for servicing. Schematics have also been given with the aim to help trouble shooting.
3.2.1. OPP Power Supply Assembly P/N 10369-00-B

This assembly is the Power Supply of the Unit; it includes a universal main AC/DC power supply
(SMPS) for the internal DC voltages generation (+24Vdc and +12Vdc). It must be connected to an
alternate stable supply in the range from 100Vac up to 240Vac, whose frequency ranges from 47Hz
to 63Hz without voltage selections required (on the other hand, remember that to verify if the PC
has a Vac selector).
The main switch block is placed on the back side of the unit and it includes:
 The main breaker.
 Two line protection fuses (into a sliding fuse-holder).
 One line filter and one suppressor.
 The supply cable inlet.
MAIN SWITCH POWER INLET

&
INPUT FILTER
FUSE DRAWER
POWER SUPPLY
AIR OUTLET
Figure 27: Main Switch Block
External main fuses on the main switch block:

 Fuse F1 and F2: size 5mmX20mm, rating 10A/250Vac, T-type (delayed).
WARNING
When replacing or controlling main fuses the instrument must be powered off and the power cable
must be disconnected from the instrument.

Part List Title: OPP Power Supply Assembly P/N: 10369-00-B

1 A1 1 PZ POWER SUPPLY, AC/DC SWITCHING, 650W, 90-264Vac@47- V607B3D
63Hz INP, +5Vdc@100mAmax AUX, +24Vdc@18Amax OUT1,
+12Vdc@18Amax OUT2, LOW LEAKAGE CURRENT
=300uA@264Vac-53Hz, INTERNAL FAN COOLER (FW), SCREW
TERMINAL, EN61010-1 COMPLIANT, VEGA650 SERIES
2 A2 1 PZ EMC FILTER, SINGLE-PHASE, SINGLE STAGE, FAST-ON 250Vac 20A 5500.2047
TERMINAL CONNECTIONS, 250Vac/50-60Hz/20A,
L=2X0.15mH, Cx=68NF, Cy=22nf, FMW2 SERIES
3 F1, F2 2 PZ FUSE, 5x20mm, GLASS BODY, TYPE T (DELAYED) 10A 250Vac S5096-10-R
4 SW1 1 PZ POWER INLET BLOCK, IEC/EN60320-1, WITH BIPOLAR KMF1.1193.11
BREAKER, READY FOR FUSEHOLDER 5x20mm 2-POLES, LINE
FILTER 10A, MEDICAL APPLICATIONS
5 1 PZ FUSEHOLDER, 2-POLES, EXTRA SAFE 4301.1403
6 W01 1 PZ OPP MAINPS WIRING 10057-00-B
The EMC Filter is placed near the Power Supply, fixed on the vertical wall, and it is connected
through full-protected fast-on terminals.
FRONT POWER
PS SUPPLY
COVER
REAR PS
COVER
EMC
OPP MAINPS +12VDC-OUT
FILTER
WIRING TRIMMING POT
Figure 28: OPP Power Supply Assembly
To replace this assembly power OFF the instrument, disconnect from main power line and remove
the instrument cabinet. Unfasten the screws fixing the Front PS Cover and the Rear PS Cover;
remove them.
Unfasten the two screws fixing the Power Supply on the instrument base (they are placed behind
these two covers); disconnect wirings from Power Supply.
Replace the Power Supply only with the same model following the instructions above from bottom
to top.
The +12Vdc output adjustment can be done by means of a potentiometer on +12Vdc section; it is
for trimming the voltage output value – it’s suggested to perform this operation in under-load
condition.
The +12Vdc output must be regulated in order to get about +13Vdc measured on the Peltier cell
terminal block TB2 of the LHP Power Board 10762-00-B, when under load condition (Peltier ON 
Blue LED ON) – pay attention not to go over +13.5Vdc on the terminal block TB1 of the same board
(fans).

42
+ 24V M ODU LE 1 + 24V M O DU LE 2

OPTI ON CON N ECTOR OPTI ON CO NN ECTO R
+24V +24 V
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
10
10
MO D 2 MO D 1
C TR L C TR L +24V O U T
DET #2 DET #2 +24V +

+ 24V @ 18A max
SHARE
INH -Ve
SHARE
SHARE
SHARE
INH -Ve
INH +Ve
INH +Ve
-V_SNS
-V_SNS
GOOD-C
UNUSED
GOOD-C
+V_SNS
(N OTE#1)
UNUSED
+V_SNS
UNUSED
UNUSED
GOOD_E
GOOD_E
+24V-RTN -
2 x FU SES = 10A DLY ( T-TYPE)
A N TI SU RGE GLA SS 3x 1,5mmq +24V MO D 1 SEN S
SHEA THED DET #3 -SNS_24V 1

RM T SENSI N G OF

CABLE
F1 + 24V M ODU LE 1
INPUT +SNS_24V 2
J1 SW 1 1,5mmq A2
EM I _ FI LTER_ FM W 2-20A E12 +24V MO D 2 SEN S
L
L' E1 L' BRN E4 L L' E6 BRN DET #3
L +SNS_24V 1
BRN A1 RM T SENSI N G OF
110-240V ac PE PE' E3 Y/G PE E8 Y/G E13 N -SNS_24V + 24V M ODU LE 2
BLU PS_ LA M BDA _V EGA 650 M A X TOT. 2
@ 47-63Hz

N' E2 N' BLU E5 N N' E7 BLU OU TPU T

N
Y/G E14 +12V OU T
PO W ER=650W
+12V +
MGND
M A I N BREA K ER + 12V @ 18A max
MGND
F2 W 01
MGND
(N OTE #2)
+12V-RTN -
1,5mmq
Y/G +12V SEN S
V in nom=100-240V ac DET #3 -SNS_12V 1

@ 47-63Hz RM T SENSI N G OF
M GN D E9,E10,E11 + 12V M ODU LE
------------------- +SNS_12V 2
INH +Ve
INH -Ve
SHARE
UNUSED
SHARE
GOOD-C
FI XED ON THE
UNUSED
-V_SNS
+5V_AUX
FAIL_C
+V_SNS
GOOD_E
INH_1IN
INH_0IN
0V_AUX
FAIL_E
LEAK . CU RR.<2.1mA DET #1 DET #2
BOTTO M OF THE CHA SSI S IN P +12V
C TR L C TR L
6
5
4
3
2
1
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
10
( SCREW M 4)
PRI M ARY M ODU LE + 12V M O DU LE

OPTI ON CON N ECTOR OPTI ON CO NN ECTO R
CONNECTORS FRONT VIEW
DET #1 DET #3
DET #2
6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2
10 9
8 7
6 5
4 3
2 1
N OTES:
1- A 1 "+ 24V OU TPU T": + 18,2V TO + 32,4V A DJU STA BLE RA NGE
2- A 1 "+ 12V OU TPU T": + 9,1V TO 16,2 A DJU STABLE RAN GE
3- REM OTE SEN SI N G= 0,75V max LI N E DRO P CO M PEN SA TI ON
61/288
Section 3
Electrical drawing Title: OPP Power Supply Assembly P/N: 10369-00-B Page 1 of 1
3.2.1.1. OPP MAINPS Wiring, P/N 10057-00-B

This is the power wiring that connects the instrument power inlet with the Power Supply. It carries on
high voltage line (100-240Vac @50-60Hz). Work on it only with power cable disconnected from
main line.
Part List Title: OPP MAINPS Wiring P/N: 10057-00-B

1 E1-E3 3 PZ TERMINAL, FAST-ON, FEMALE, TOTALLY PREINSULATED IN PC, RF-F-408P
PRE-TINNED BRASS BODY, RED (AWG22-16, 0,25-1,5mm2),
4,8x0,8mm
2 E4-E8 5 PZ TERMINAL, PLUG, FAST-ON, FEMALE, PREINSULATED IN PVC, RF-F-608P
PRE-TINNED BRASS BODY, YELLOW (AWG12-10, 4-6mm2),
6,35x0,8mm
3 E12-E14 3 PZ TERMINAL, FORK, PREINSULATED IN PVC, PRE-TINNED BRASS RF-U4
BODY, RED (AWG22-16, 0,25-1,5mmq), SCREW DIAM. 4mm
4 E9-E11 3 PZ TERMINAL, HOLED, PREINSULATED IN PVC, PRE.TINNED BRASS BF-M4
BODY, BLUE (AWG16-14, 1,5-2,5mmq), SCREW DIAM. 4,3mm
5 0,6 M CABLE, MULTIPOLES, 3 CONDUCTORS (BLUE + BROWN + Y/G) H05VV-F
3x1,5mm2 (3G1,5), COPPER, FLEXIBLE, EXTERNAL PVC BLACK 3G1,5
SHEATH, CENELEC HD 21.5 IEC/EN 60332-1, VW-1 T60°C,
300/500V, 3x1,5mmq (MARKING HAR, IMQ)
6 0,45 M CONDUCTOR, COPPER, FLEX, PVC, FLAME RETARDANT, CEE N07V-K
73/23, H07V-K, 2,5mm2 (50/0,25), FROM -40°C TO +70°C, 1,5 Y/G
Uo/U=450-750V, YELLOW/GREEN
73/23, H07V-K, 2,5mm2 (50/0,25), FROM -40°C TO +70°C, 1,5 BROWN
Uo/U=450-750V, BROWN
73/23, H07V-K, 2,5mm2 (50/0,25), FROM -40°C TO +70°C, 1,5 BLUE
Uo/U=450-750V, BLUE

42
TO SW 1-L' E1 1,5mmq BROW N

( L-POW ER I N LET)
110-220V ac @ 50-60Hz
POW ER I NLET TO SW 1-N' E2 1,5mmq BLU E

M AI N LI N E ( N-POW ER I NLET)
TO SW 1-PE'
( M GND - POW ER E3 1,5mmq Y/G
I NLET)

TO A2-L E4
110-220V ac @ 50-60Hz ( L-LI NE FI LTER)
M AI N LI N E TO
LI N E FI LTER I NPU T
TO A2-N E5
( N-LI NE FI LTER)
BROW N E12 TO A1-L

TO A2-L' AC/DC P.S.
( L'-POW ER I NLET) E6 BROW N
110-220V ac @ 50-60Hz
M AI N LI N E FROM TO A2-N ' TO A1-N
( N'-POW ER I NLET) E7 BLU E BLU E E13 AC/DC P.S. TO AC/D C POW ER
LI N E FI LTER OU TPU T
SU PPLY
TO A2-M GND E8 Y/G

( LI N E FI LTER)
Y/G E14 TO A1- M GND
AC/DC P.S
3x 1,5mmq PV C SHEA THED CABLE
M GND E9 Y/G
TO M GND
(FI XED ON THE BASE
M GND E10
OF THE CHA SSI S -
SCREW M 4)
M GND E11
63/288
Section 3
Electrical drawing Title: OPP MAINPS Wiring P/N: 10057-00-B Page 1 of 1

3.2.2. OPP Controller Assembly P/N 10016-00-D

This assembly includes a local DC/DC converter power supply, the controller boards of the unit and
a mother board A1 (OPP Controller Mother Board P/N 10030-00-C). This assembly is contained into a
rack and collects all small signals to/from sensors and driver boards.
The DC/DC power supply A6 (CNT Power Supply P/N 10028-01-A) converts the +24VDC into the DC
low voltages used by the digital and analog circuits.
The controller boards are four:
 A2 – R&W Controller P/N 10012-04-C, controls Read and Wash Assembly.
 A3 – MAIN Controller Ver.01 P/N 10012-01-D, controls the Unit and Sample and Reagent
Assembly.
 A4 – ARM1 Controller P/N 10012-02-D, controls ARM1 Assembly (Sample ARM).
 A5 – ARM2 Controller P/N 10012-03-D, controls ARM2 Assembly (Reagent ARM).
The controller boards are intra-connected through two busses: one for data and macro-command
(Rx/Tx bus) the other for synchronisms (SPI bus). The Rx/Tx bus is accessed also by the Personal
Computer through the Main Controller board that provides the adapter.
If the Unit is equipped with the ISE Module, the ARM1 controller board manages also the
communication with the ISE Module itself.
Figure 29: OPP Controller Assembly - Front View
If needed, it is possible to extract each of these five boards by sliding them away: pay attention not
to touch on-board electronic components as they can be ESD sensitive and not to bend or
damage boards. Use a standard hook extractor for Eurocards 100x160mm. When reassembling
boards pay attention not to damage the edge components and push the board to the end until
the “click”. Extract or insert boards ONLY with instrument in power off.
If needed, the Mother Board can be disassembled after having disconnected the wirings and
dismounted the rack from the mechanics. Screw away seven upper screws and seven lower
screws. During replacing with a new one, take care about the alignments to allow correct boards
insertion.
Refer to the following layout to find information on the connection of the wiring connectors into the
Controller Assembly backplane (Mother board).

Figure 30: OPP Controller Assembly - Back View, Connectors to Unit Wirings

Part List Title: OPP Controller Assembly P/N: 10016-00-D

1 A1 1 PZ OPP CONTROLLER MOTHER BOARD 10030-00-C
2 A2 1 PZ R&W CONTROLLER 10012-04-C
3 A3 1 PZ MAIN CONTROLLER VER.01 10012-01-D
4 A4 1 PZ ARM1 CONTROLLER 10012-02-D
6 A6 1 PZ CNT POWER SUPPLY 10028-01-A
7 1 PZ RACK, 3U/160/52TE SUBRACK SERIE
ARGENTO "A" MIL-
C-21097

67/288 I.S.E. S.r.l. – Sistemi Intelligenti Elettronici
1 +5V
2 TX_RS232
3 EGND
( RS-232)
READ ER
4 RX_RS232
TO/FROM
BA R-CODE
5 READ_TRIG
J1
6 MGND
1 N.C.
2 N.C.
3 RXD
4 RTS
Electrical drawing
5 TXD
A2
( RS-232)
SERV I CE
6 CTS
NOT U SED
ACTU A LLY
OPTI ON AL
7 N.C.
TO/FROM PC
P/N 10012-04-C
R&W CONTROLLER
CON NECTI ON
8 N.C.
9 SGND
J2
10 N.C.
J1
P1
1 N.C.
2 N.C.
3 RXD
4 N.C.
5 TXD
( RS-232)
6 N.C.
Title:
OPERA TI V E
7 N.C.
TO/FROM PC
CON NECTI ON
8 N.C.
9 SGND
A3
J3
10 N.C.
P/N 10012-01-D
1 BUZZER
2 DIL1_EV
M A I N CONTROLLER V ER.01
3 DIL1_PMP
J1
P2
4 WSH_PMP
LOAD
5 ARM1_COIL
D RI V ERS
6 DIL2_EV
OU TPU T TO
7 DIL2_PMP
8 ARM2_COIL
9 SPARE_ISE
J4
10 EGND
1 MOTSMP_STEP
A4
2 MOTSMP_DIR
3 MOTSMP_ENB
P/N 10012-02-D
4 MOTSMP_TRQ
ARM 1 CON TROLLER
5 MOTRGT_STEP
6 MOTRGT_DIR
M OTOR
D RI V ERS
7 MOTRGT_ENB
OU TPU T TO
SM P & RGT
J1
P3
OPP Controller Assembly

8 MOTRGT_TRQ
9 +5V
J5
10 EGND
PART OF A1
P/N 10030-00-C
1 VDCP
2 RXD-IN
3 TXD-OUT
MGND
OPP CONTROLLER M OTHER BOA RD
4
( RS-232) RS232-GND
TO/FROM
5
A5
I SE M OD U LE 6 VDCP-RTN
7 RTS
CTS
P/N 10012-03-D
J6 8
A RM 2 CONTROLLER
1 MOTA1X_STEP
J1
P4
2 MOTA1X_DIR
3 MOTA1X_ENB
4 MOTA1X_TRQ
5 MOTA1Y_STEP
M OTOR
DRI V ERS
6 MOTA1Y_DIR
OU TPU T TO
ARM 1 X & Y
7 MOTA1Y_ENB
8 MOTA1Y_TRQ
9 +5V
J7
10 EGND
P/N:
1 MOTA2X_STEP
SPARE SLOT
2 MOTA2X_DIR
3 MOTA2X_ENB
4 MOTA2X_TRQ
5 MOTA2Y_STEP
P5
6 MOTA2Y_DIR
M OTOR
DRI V ERS
7 MOTA2Y_ENB
OU TPU T TO
ARM 2 X & Y
8 MOTA2Y_TRQ
9 +5V
J8
10 EGND
1 MOTDIL1_STEP
10016-00-D
2 MOTDIL1_DIR
3 MOTDIL1_ENB
A6
4 MOTDIL1_TRQ
5 MOTDIL2_STEP
M OTOR
D RI V ERS
6 MOTDIL2_DIR
P/N 10028-03-A
OU TPU T TO
7 MOTDIL2_ENB
CNT POW ER SU PPLY

MOTDIL2_TRQ
A RM 2 D I LU TOR
8
A RM 1 D I LU TOR &
9 +5V
J1
J9
EGND
P6
10
1 SPRMN_OCOUT2-7
2 SPRMN_OCOUT2-5
3 SPRMN_OCOUT2-4
4 SPRMN_OCOUT2-3
5 SPRA1_OCOUT4-7
SPA RE
6 SPRA1_OCOUT4-5
OU TPU TS
NOT U SED
7 SPRA2_OCOUT1-6
ACTU ALLY
OPTI ONA L
8 SPRRW_OCOUT2-7
9 SPRRW_OCOUT2-4
10 EGND
J10
Page 1 of 2
Section 3 MIURA – Service Manual 42
1 SPRA1_OCINP2-1 DIS0_PMP 1
J11
2 SPRA1_OCINP2-1-RTN ASP1_PMP 2
PU M P
DRI V ERS
OU TPU T TO
W SH STA TI ON
ASSEM BLI ES
NOT U SED
ACTU ALLY
OPTI ONAL
9 SPRA2_OCINP2-0 SCV_PMP 9
ARM 1 & ARM 2
10 EGND 10
SPA RE I NPU TS TO
SPRA2_OCINP2-0-RTN
11 SPRA2_OCINP2-2
12 SPRA2_OCINP2-2-RTN
Electrical drawing
MOTCVT_STEP
J12
13 SPRA2_OCINP2-1
MOTCVT_DIR 1
MOTCVT_ENB 2
15 +5V
MOTCVT_TRQ 3
16 EGND
J20
MOTFLT_STEP 4
MOTFLT_DIR 5
M OTOR
DRI V ERS
CV T & FLT
1 DIL2_HOME MOTFLT_ENB 6
OU TPU T TO
2 DIL2_ANODE MOTFLT_TRQ 7
3 A2Y_HOME +5V 8
OPTO
4 A2Y_ANODE EGND 9
SENSORS
5 A2X_HOME 10
I NPU T FROM
6 A2X_ANODE
ARM 2 HOM E
7 +5V
MOTWSH_STEP 1
J13
8 EGND
MOTWSH_DIR 2
J21
MOTWSH_ENB 3
Title:
1 FLT_HOME MOTWSH_TRQ 4
D RI V ERS
2 FLT_ANODE MOTSPRMN_STEP 5
OU TPU T TO
3 WSH_HOME MOTSPRMN_DIR 6
W SH M OTOR
4 WSH_ANODE MOTSPRMN_ENB 7
& SPA RE M OTOR
5 CVT_HOME MOTSPRMN_TRQ 8
6 CVT_ANODE +5V 9
I NPU T FROM
FI LTER W HEEL,
7 +5V EGND 10
OPTO SENSORS
W SH STATI ON &
CU V ETTE HOM ES
8 EGND
J22
N.C. 1
J14
HAL_LMP 2
1 VOUT-P N.C. 3
2 VOUT-N INC_HTR 4
FROM
3 VDC-P N.C. 5
4 EGND SPRMN_OCOUT4-5 6
OU TPU T TO
5 VDC-N
REGU LATOR
N.C. 7
PHOTOD I ODE
6 MGND
PW R SW I TCH &
J23
N.C. 8
N.C. 9
1 A1SW EGND 10
2 A1SW-ANODE
3 A2SW
BIT1(LSB) 1
J15
4 A2SW-ANODE
BIT3 2
SEN SORS
5 WSHLPOS
BIT5 3
WSHLPOS-ANODE
I NPU T FROM
6
BIT7 4
PROTECTI ON &
7 +5V
BIT9 5
8 EGND
BIT11 6
J24
DIRECTION 7
OPP Controller Assembly

+E VOLT 8
1 VTMP1+
NOT U SED
ACTU ALLY
OPTI ONAL
BIT2 9
PART OF A1
2 EGND
P/N 10030-00-C
BIT4 10
SENSOR
3 +Vs
BIT6 11
SPARE (EX ENCOD ER)
4 MGND
BIT8 12
J25
TEM PERATU RE
FROM CU V ETTE
A SSY ASSEM BLY
BIT10 13
OPP CONTROLLER M OTHER BOARD
DIS_SNS BIT12(MSB) 14
1
DIS_SNS-RTN EGND 15
2
3 LIQ2_SNS
4 LIQ2_SNS-RTN
5 LIQ1_SNS SPRMN_OCINP2-1 1
J16
6 LIQ1_SNS-RTN SPRMN_OCINP2-1-RTN 2
7 SPRMN_OCINP1-4 SPRMN_TTLINP4-5 3
8 SPRMN_OCINP1-4-RTN SPRMN_TTLINP4-5-RTN 4
SEN SORS
9 N.C. SPRMN_TTLINP4-4 5
I NPU T FROM
10 EGND SPRMN_TTLINP4-4-RTN 6
LIQC_SNS
M A I N ASSEM BLY
11 SPRMN_TTLINP4-3 7
12 LIQC_SNS-RTN SPRMN_TTLINP4-3-RTN 8
NOT U SED
ACTU A LLY
CVR_SNS
OPTI ON AL
13 SPRMN_TTLINP4-2 9
14 +5V SPRMN_TTLINP4-2-RTN 10
SPARE TTL I NPU TS
15 CVR_ANODE SPRMN_TTLINP4-1 11
TO M AI N ASSEM BLY
J26 SPRMN_TTLINP4-0 13
SPRMN_TTLINP4-0-RTN 14
+5V 15
1 VTMP2+ EGND 16
FROM
2 EGND
SENSOR
3 +Vs
SPRMN_HOME 1
J17
MGND
P/N:
4
TEM PERATU RE
SPRMN2_ANODE 2
J27
SMP_HOME 3
EN V I RONM ENTAL
SMP_ANODE 4
RGT HOM E
RGT_HOME 5
I NPU T FROM
1 +24V RGT_ANODE 6
OPTO SENSORS
2 EGND +5V 7
I NPU T
SU PPLY
3 MGND EGND 8
SPARE, SM P HOM E &
+ 24V D CP
J28
SPRA1_OCINP1-4 1
J18
SPRA1_OCINP1-4-RTN 2
1 +12V
ARM1_SNS 3
2 EGND
ARM1_SNS-RTN 4
MGND
N OT U SED
3
A CTU ALLY
OPTI ONA L
SPRA2_OCINP1-4 5
10016-00-D
+ 12V DCP
(SERV I CE)
J29
ARM2_SNS 7
+ SPARES
ARM2_SNS-RTN 8
I NPU T FROM
+5V WSH_SNS 9
1
-5V WSH_SNS-RTN 10
2
EGND SPRRW_OCINP1-7 11
3
ARM 1, ARM 2 & R&W
ASSEM BLI ES SENSORS
NOT U SED
SPRRW_OCINP1-7-RTN 12
(SERV I CE)
ACTU ALLY
+ /-5V D CP
OPTI ONAL
4 MGND
MGND 13
J30
+24V 14
+5V 15
EGND 16
1 EGND
2 VTMP_OUT
DIL1_HOME 1
J19
3 EGND
4 +5V DIL1_ANODE 2
5 EGND A1Y_HOME 3
OPTO
6 NTEM_ON A1Y_ANODE 4
SENSORS
A1X_HOME 5
NOT U SED
7 EGND
ACTU ALLY
OPTI ONAL
A1Y_ANODE 6
I NPU T FROM
COOLER ASSEM BLY

8 NCOOLALM
ARM 1 HOM E
9 EGND +5V 7
EGND 8
COM M AN D & CONTROL

10 MGND
(OTI ONAL CON NECTI ON)

J31
Page 2 of 2
Section 3 MIURA – Service Manual 42
3.2.2.1. OPP Controller Mother Board P/N 10030-00-C

This board is the Mother Board of the Controller Assembly; it acts as a backplane interconnecting
the Controller Boards each other. It collects signals from remote sensors and distributes signals to
the drivers and peripherals through wirings.
Connectors P1 to P4 are for Controllers Board, connector P5 is not used and connector P6 is for the
local power supply.
Four green LEDs are placed on this board for monitoring of DC voltages:
 +5V
 -5V
 +24V
 +12V (actually not used)
when light is ON, voltage is there.
Figure 31: OPP Controller Mother Board - Front View
Note: No maintenance operations are foreseen at board level. Ask the producer for spare part.

3.2.2.2. CNT Power Supply P/N 10028-01-A Ver.01

This board is a DC/DC converter power supply for the controller boards of the unit. It is located into
the Controller assembly P/N 10016-00-D, inserted in the connector P6.
It generates two filtered voltages +5VDC and -5VDC.
The DC channels is protected against input over-current by a F (fast) type 5mmx20mm
4.0A/250Vac standard glass fuse.
Figure 32: CNT Power Supply
Note: No maintenance operations are foreseen at board level. Ask Producer for spare part.

3.2.2.3. MAIN Controller Ver.01 P/N 10012-01-D

This board is the Main Controller of the Unit. It is located in the Controller assembly P/N 10016-00-D,
in the slot corresponding to the connector P2.
It manages the Sample and Reagent Assembly and the data handshake with PC and BarCode
Reader. It controls the Sample wheel motor, the Reagent wheel motor, the liquid level floating
sensors of the tanks, the cover of the instrument, the buzzer, the Communication with the other
controllers and the SPI Synchro Bus (as master).
It is equipped with an embedded flash code memory micro-controller (U1). The firmware upgrade
is achieved by using a special Software Download program only and it is performed through the
RS232 serial link from the Personal Computer of the system; no hardware intervention is required.
This electronic board is provided with an external flash memory (U3 - on socket) for storing particular
data and also calibration parameters for all units’ assemblies. This chip must follow the unit in case
of board breakdown and replacing.
This board controls the cuvette incubation temperature and also measures the internal
temperature of the power electronic (motor drivers). Two potentiometer have been tuned at
factory:
 Potentiometer R154, devoted to the incubation temperature (cuvette) fine tuning and off-
set nulling.
 Potentiometer R160, devoted to internal electronic temperature fine tuning and off-set
nulling.
On the rear edge of the board are four LEDs that give the monitor status of this module:
 CR7 (green): +5V ON, if ON the board is powered.
 CR4 (green): BOARD TX, when ON the board is transmitting data.
 CR3 (yellow): PC TX, when ON the Personal Computer is transmitting data.
 CR2 (red): WD ALARM, if ON the board is out of order (watch-dog) and must be
replaced.
In particular, this board controls the following signals and functions:

Name Desciption Type of Signal
MOTRGT_STEP Reagent Motor, Step OUTPUT
MOTRGT_DIR Reagent Motor, Direction OUTPUT
MOTRGT_ENB Reagent Motor, Enable OUTPUT
MOTRGT_TRQ Reagent Motor, REDUCED TORQUE OUTPUT
RGT_HOME Reagent Motor, Home Sensor INPUT
MOTSMP_STEP Sample Motor, Step OUTPUT
MOTSMP_DIR Sample Motor, Direction OUTPUT
MOTSMP_ENB Sample Motor, Enable OUTPUT
MOTSMP_TRQ Sample Motor, REDUCED TORQUE OUTPUT
SMP_HOME Sample Motor, Home Sensor INPUT
CVR_OPT Cover Sensor INPUT
READ_TRIG BarCode Reading Trigger OUTPUT
LIQ1_SNS Systemic Solution Tank Level Sensor INPUT
LIQ2_SNS Cleaner Solution Tank Level Sensor INPUT
DIS_SNS Waste Tank Level Sensor INPUT
LIQC_SNS Cooling Liquid Level Sensor INPUT
BUZZER Buzzer (internal beeper) OUTPUT
INC_HTR Incubation Heater Strip OUTPUT
SPI SPI Synchro Bus INPUT/OUTPUT
Rx/Tx Data Rx/Tx Controller Boards Data INPUT/OUTPUT


RS232 PC Rx/Tx Rx/Tx Personal Computer Data INPUT/OUTPUT
RS232 BC Rx/Tx Rx/Tx BarCode Reader Data INPUT/OUTPUT
Figure 33: MAIN Controller Board

3.2.2.4. RW Controller P/N 10012-04-C

This board is the Read&Wash Controller of the Unit. It is located into the Controller assembly P/N
10016-00-D, inserted in the connector P1.
It manages the Read & Wash Assembly. It controls the Cuvette wheel motor, the Filter wheel motor,
the Washing Station motor, the Halogen Lamp, the Washing Station into cuvettes, the Washing
station dispensing pumps, the Washing Station aspirating pumps, the tip aspirating pump (for
drying), the Communication with the other controllers and the SPI Synchro Bus (as slave).
It is equipped with a flash code memory micro-controller (U1). The firmware upgrade is achieved by
using a special Software Download program only and it is performed through the RS232 serial link
from the Personal Computer of the system; no hardware intervention is required.
Characteristic calibration parameters of the R&W Assembly are stored in the external flash memory
of the Main Controller Board.
This board manages the optical group and provides the optical measurement of the reaction’s OD
by acquisition and conditioning of the photodiode analog signal. Analog-to digital conversion is
reached by a 16-bit AtoD Converter working in parallel mode.
Each wavelength filter works with its own gain. Automatic gain calibration is provided through a
digital potentiometer. Off-set is automatically nulled.
On the rear edge of the board are three LEDs that give the monitor status of this module:
 CR2 (red): WD ALARM, if ON the board is out of order (watch dog) and must be
replaced.

MOTCVT_STEP Cuvette Motor, Step OUTPUT
MOTCVT_DIR Cuvette Motor, Direction OUTPUT
MOTCVT_ENB Cuvette Motor, Enable OUTPUT
MOTCVT_TRQ Cuvette Motor, REDUCED TORQUE OUTPUT
CVT_HOME Cuvette Motor, Home Sensor INPUT
MOTWSH_STEP Washing Station Motor, Step OUTPUT
MOTWSH_DIR Washing Station Motor, Direction OUTPUT
MOTWSH_ENB Washing Station Motor, Enable OUTPUT
MOTWSH_TRQ Washing Station Motor, REDUCED TORQUE OUTPUT
WSH_HOME Washing Station Motor, Home Sensor INPUT
MOTFLT_STEP Filter Wheel Motor, Step OUTPUT
MOTFLT_DIR Filter Wheel Motor, Direction OUTPUT
MOTFLT_ENB Filter Wheel Motor, Enable OUTPUT
MOTFLT_TRQ Filter Wheel Motor, REDUCED TORQUE OUTPUT
FLT_HOME Filter Wheel Motor, Home Sensor INPUT
HAL_LMP Halogen Lamp (Photometer) OUTPUT
WSHLPOS Washing Station Low Position Sensor INPUT
DIS1_PMP Needle 1 Dispensing Pump (DIS1 - Position1) OUTPUT
DIS2_PMP Needle 2 Dispensing Pump (DIS2 – Position2) OUTPUT


ASP1-7_PMP Needle 1-5 and 7, Aspiration Pump (ASP1-5, OUTPUT
ASP7, Positions 1-5, 7)
SCV_PMP Tip Aspiration Pump (TIP – Position 8) OUTPUT
RW
Figure 34: Read&Wash Controller

3.2.2.5. ARM1 Controller P/N 10012-02-D

This board is the ARM1 Controller of the Unit. It manages the ARM1 Assembly. It is located into the
Controller assembly P/N 10016-00-D, inserted in the connector P3. Actually the ARM1 is supposed to
work mainly with samples.
It controls the ARM1 X-axis motor (rotation), the ARM1 Y-axis motor (elevation), the Diluter motor,
the Washing pump, the Electrovalve, the Liquid level detector, the Obstacle sensor, the Heater coil,
the Washing sink pump, the Communication with the other controllers and the SPI Synchro Bus (as
slave).
Characteristic calibration parameters of the ARM1 Assembly are stored in the external flash
memory of the Main Controller Board.
This board manages the ARM1 X-axis and Y-axis motions and the ARM1 Diluter metering.
During probe washing in the sink, the electrovalve is open, the washing pump and the washing sink
empty pump are enabled.
During sampling, the electrovalve is closed and the washing pump are disabled.
When probe is descending the firmware monitors the obstacle sensor in order to detect eventual
crashes.
When probe is descending into samples or reagents, the firmware monitors the liquid level detector
in order to control the depth of the probe into the liquid (reagents and/or sample).
The washing sink pump is devoted to empty the washing sink from waste. The heater coil is for liquid
warming and probe temperature conditioning. The heater coil is supposed to be used in eventual
special applications for liquid warming (warming resistor is actually not used).
If provided, this board manages the handshake of data and the commands to the ISE Module
through a RS232 serial link.
replaced.

MOTA1X_STEP ARM1 X-Axis Motor, Step OUTPUT
MOTA1X_DIR ARM1 X-Axis Motor, Direction OUTPUT
MOTA1X_ENB ARM1 X-Axis Motor, Enable OUTPUT
MOTA1X_TRQ ARM1 X-Axis Motor, 60% TORQUE OUTPUT
A1X_HOME ARM1 X-Axis Motor, Home Sensor INPUT
MOTA1Y_STEP ARM1 Y-Axis Motor, Step OUTPUT
MOTA1Y_DIR ARM1 Y-Axis Motor, Direction OUTPUT
MOTA1Y_ENB ARM1 Y-Axis Motor, Enable OUTPUT
MOTA1Y_TRQ ARM1 Y-Axis Motor, 60% TORQUE OUTPUT
A1Y_HOME ARM1 Y-Axis Motor, Home Sensor INPUT
MOTDIL1_STEP ARM1 Diluter Motor, Step OUTPUT
MOTDIL1_DIR ARM1 Diluter Motor, Direction OUTPUT
MOTDIL1_ENB ARM1 Diluter Motor, Enable OUTPUT
MOTDIL1_TRQ ARM1 Diluter Motor, 60% TORQUE OUTPUT
DIL1_HOME ARM1 Diluter Motor, Home Sensor INPUT


DIL1_EV ARM1 Electrovalve OUTPUT
DIL1_PMP ARM1 Probe Washing Pump OUTPUT
ARM1_SNS ARM1 Liquid Level Detector OUTPUT
A1SW ARM1 Y-Axis Obstacle Sensor (Crash sensor) INPUT
ARM1_COIL ARM1 Heater Coil OUTPUT
WSH_PMP Washing Sink Empty Pump OUTPUT
RS232 ISE Rx/Tx Rx/Tx ISE Module Data INPUT/OUTPUT
A1
Figure 35: ARM1 Controller

3.2.2.6. ARM2 Controller P/N 10012-03-D

This board is the ARM2 Controller of the Unit. It manages the ARM2 Assembly. It is located into the
Controller assembly P/N 10016-00-D, inserted in the connector P4. Actually the ARM2 is supposed to
work with reagents.
It controls the ARM2 X-axis motor (rotation), the ARM2 Y-axis motor (elevation), the Diluter motor,
the Washing pump, the Electrovalve, the Liquid level detector, the Obstacle sensor, the Heater coil,
the Washing sink pump, the Communication with the other controllers and the SPI Synchro Bus (as
slave).
Characteristic calibration parameters of the ARM2 Assembly are stored in the external flash
memory of the Main Controller Board.
This board manages the ARM2 X-axis and Y-axis motions and the ARM2 Diluter metering.
During probe washing in the sink, the electrovalve is open, the washing pump and the washing sink
empty pump are enabled.
During sampling, the electrovalve is closed and the washing pump are disabled.
When probe is descending the firmware monitors the obstacle sensor in order to detect eventual
crashes.
When probe is descending into samples or reagents, the firmware monitors the liquid level detector
too in order to enable the control the depth of the probe itself into the liquid.
The washing sink pump is devoted to empty the washing sink from waste liquid and it can be
enabled from both ARM2 and ARM1. The heater coil is for liquid warming.
replaced.

MOTA2X_STEP ARM2 X-Axis Motor, Step OUTPUT
MOTA2X_DIR ARM2 X-Axis Motor, Direction OUTPUT
MOTA2X_ENB ARM2 X-Axis Motor, Enable OUTPUT
MOTA2X_TRQ ARM2 X-Axis Motor, 60% TORQUE OUTPUT
A2X_HOME ARM2 X-Axis Motor, Home Sensor INPUT
MOTA21Y_STEP ARM2 Y-Axis Motor, Step OUTPUT
MOTA2Y_DIR ARM2 Y-Axis Motor, Direction OUTPUT
MOTA2Y_ENB ARM2 Y-Axis Motor, Enable OUTPUT
MOTA2Y_TRQ ARM2 Y-Axis Motor, 60% TORQUE OUTPUT
A2Y_HOME ARM2 Y-Axis Motor, Home Sensor INPUT
MOTDIL2_STEP ARM2 Diluter Motor, Step OUTPUT
MOTDIL2_DIR ARM2 Diluter Motor, Direction OUTPUT
MOTDIL2_ENB ARM2 Diluter Motor, Enable OUTPUT
MOTDIL2_TRQ ARM2 Diluter Motor, 60% TORQUE OUTPUT
DIL2_HOME ARM2 Diluter Motor, Home Sensor INPUT
DIL2_EV ARM2 Electrovalve OUTPUT
DIL2_PMP ARM2 Probe Washing Pump OUTPUT
ARM2_SNS ARM2 Liquid Level Detector OUTPUT


A2SW ARM2 Y-Axis Obstacle Sensor (Crash sensor) INPUT
ARM2_COIL ARM2 Heater Coil OUTPUT
WSH_PMP Washing Sink Empty Pump OUTPUT
A2
Figure 36: ARM2 Controller

3.2.3. LP Step Motor Driver, All Versions, P/N 10991-xx-C

This module is used as Stepping Motor Driver for all motor of the units. Each board is divided into two
sections and then it can drive one or two motors (one per every section).
It includes several versions depending on the size of the motors:
 Ver.00 – P/N 10991-00-C
 Ver.01 – P/N 10991-01-C
 Ver.02 – P/N 10991-02-C
 Ver.03 – P/N 10991-03-C
 Ver.04 – P/N 10991-04-C.
The board is provided with two LEDs for each section (Section1: CR1, CR2 - Section2: CR3, CR4):
 CR1 and CR3, green: when OFF, full motor torque is selected;
when ON, reduced motor torque is selected.
 CR2 and CR4, red: when OFF, motor is disabled;
when ON, motor is enabled.
MOTOR 1 MOTOR 2
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
SECTION 1 SECTION 2
CONTROLS POWER SUPPLY

CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
Figure 37: Step Motor Driver
Six of this boards are used in the instrument. They drive eleven stepper motors: 9 for motions and 2
belonging on the micro-metering pumps (two Diluters – one for each ARM). These six boards,
located over the bridge containing the Controller Assembly, are protected by a plexiglass cover
and cooled by the rear fan.
To access the boards, open the side panel of the unit and unfasten the plexiglass cover.
To replace a board, unfasten the two screws that fix it on the two supports paying attention not to
confuse them with ones fixing the integrated circuit on the heat sink; unplug connectors and rise up
the board. Repeat on the other way round the former instructions for assembling the new board.
Replace board only with the same model (they must have the same P/N) as boards are not
interchangeable.
Don’t disconnect motors with instrument in power on as both driver and motor can be damaged.

FIXING SCREWS
Figure 38: LP Step Motor Drivers, Fixing Points
The configuration and destination of each driver version is given in the following table “Step Motor
Drivers’ Configurations”.
LP Step Motor Driver Configurations

Version Size of Motor per Section Operat. Jumpers Destination
Current (Motor)
Sect. Size Configuration Mode
JMP3=A
Sample Wheel
#1 1.40A/ph, 1.75Nm, Bipolar, 1.8° 1.35A/ph JMP2=A Full Step
(SMP)
JMP1=B
10991-00-C
JMP6=B
Reagent Wheel
#2 1.40A/ph, 1.75Nm, Bipolar, 1.8° 1.35A/ph JMP5=A ½ Step
(RGT)
JMP4=B
JMP3=B
ARM1 Diluter
#1 0.82A/ph, Bipolar, 1.8° 0.63A/ph JMP2=A ½ Step
(DIL1)
JMP1=B
10991-01-C
JMP6=B
ARM2 Diluter
#2 0.82A/ph, Bipolar, 1.8° 0.63A/ph JMP5=A ½ Step
(DIL2)
JMP4=B
JMP3=B
ARM1 or ARM2
X-Axis
JMP1=B
10991-02-C
JMP6=B
ARM1 or ARM2
Y-Axis
JMP4=B
JMP3=A
Cuvette Wheel
#1 1.40A/ph, 1.17Nm, Bipolar, 1.8° 1.14A/ph JMP2=B ¼ Step
(CVT)
JMP1=B
10991-03-C
JMP6=B
Filter Wheel
(FLT)
JMP4=B
JMP3=A
Washing Station
#1 0.28A/ph, 0.20Nm, Bipolar, 1.8° 0.27A/ph JMP2=B ¼ Step
(WASH)
JMP1=B
10991-04-C
JMP6=Open
#2 Not Used --- JMP5=Open --- ---
JMP4=Open

P/N 10991-02-C P/N 10991-03-C P/N 10991-00-C

FOR ARM2 X-Y FOR CVT + FLT FOR SMP+RGT
ARM2-X ARM2-Y CVT FLT SMP RGT
DIL1 DIL2 WASH ARM1-X ARM1-Y
P/N 10991-01-C P/N 10991-04-C P/N 10991-02-C

FOR DIL1-DIL2 FOR WASH FOR ARM1 X-Y
Figure 39: LP Step Motor Drivers Array

3.2.4. LHP Power Board, P/N 10762-00-B

This module is used to drive the photometer Halogen Lamp, the Incubation Heater Strip and to
control the cooling temperature of the reagent tray (Peltier cell circuit).
It includes three sections: one section is the SMPS for halogen lamp supply (outJ3), the second
section is the driver for incubation heater strip switching and controlling at constant temperature
(outJ4), the third section enables the Peltier cell circuit (outTB2) and its fans (outTB1)of the
reagent tray cooler.
The lamp driver consists in a switching mode power supply (SMPS) generating a DC voltage @
+12V; the LED CR5 (green) is ON when lamp is enabled. The firmware enables the lamp at
instrument power on. The voltage has been fine tuned to +12.00V at factory under load conditions
(lamp on). In case of voltage modification, tune to +12.00V +/- 0,01V by trimming R2 potentiometer.
It’s status is controlled by the R&W Controller’s firmware.
The heater strip driver doesn’t need any calibration; it is enabled when LED CR6 (green) is ON. Its
status is controlled by the MAIN Controller’s firmware.
The cooler section regulates reagent refrigeration temperature. It includes the potentiometer R16,
tuned at factory, that allows the control of reagent tray temperature; it modifies the threshold.
Temperature is measured on the bottom of the bulk reagent tray. When measured temperature is
above the threshold Peltier are enabled; when it is below, Peltier are disabled. The range of the
threshold goes from about +9.5°C up to about +12.3°C, that means from +10°C to +14°C on
reagents. Turning potentiometer R16 CW (clockwise) temperature decreases, turn completely CCW
(counter-clockwise) to get about 13°C. The cooler doesn’t assure more than 14°C below the
ambient temperature.
Figure 40: LPH Power board
The board is placed next a +24Vdc cooler fan for optimum operation when lamp, heater and
cooler are on.
To access the board, open the top cover on the reagent tray, it is placed just on the instrument
base in the middle of the trays.
To replace a board, unfasten the screw that fix it on the supports; unplug connectors and remove.
Replace board only with the same model.

When replacing that board provide tuning of the lamp voltage by trimming at +12.00V +/- 0,01V
the R2 potentiometer (monitor the voltage with a multimeter on the lamp connector side).
When replacing that board provide also tune the potentiometer R16 according with the
temperature desired for the cooler (see above).
For the regulation of the voltage +12Vdc on the power supply, see the paragraph related to the
OPP Power Supply Assembly given previously.
To
Halogen
Lamp To Peltier
Cells (4-
terminals)
To
Heater
Strip To Peltier
Fans (4-
terminals)
From +24Vdc From From +12Vdc

Power Supply Mother Board Power Supply
Figure 41: LHP Power Board
As already said the Cooler section is powered by the +12Vdc only; it is independent from the
Controller boards and manages the cooling of reagents tray. It can be powered independently
from the rest of the electronics: this allows the operator to leave cooling ON overnight without the
need of the PC controlling. This refrigeration unity preserves reagents at constant temperature of
about 12°C ± 2°C (anyway not less than a maximum of 14°C below the ambient temperature).
The command for turning ON/OFF the refrigeration unit is separate and independent from that
dedicated to the power ON/OFF of the electronics; in this way, with the main breaker of the
instrument in ON position, it is possible to turn ON or OFF the refrigeration unity independently from
the rest of the instrument.
The Cooler assy is composed by the following main parts:

 four Peltier Cells for cooling, placed under the reagent tray;
 one temperature sensors (LM35 Temp Sensor Ver.01, P/N 10050-01-B), for reagent tray
temperature control;
 four +12Vdc smaller fans, for the ventilation of the four heatsinks.

3.2.5. OPP S&R Assembly, P/N 10220-00-C

This assembly is controlled by the MAIN Controller P/N 10012-01-D. It includes the sample wheel and
the reagent wheel each of them moved by a stepping motor (1.75NM 1.8 Motor Assy P/N 10039-00-
A) and a home sensor (Opto Sensor Ver.00 P/N 10045-00-A).
The barcode (option) is controlled by the Main Controller Board through a RS232 link.
REAGENT TRAY
REAGENT WHEEL
OPTO SENSOR
SAMPLE TRAY
SAMPLE WHEEL
BELT SAMPLE WHEEL
OPTO SENSOR
CLEANER
SAMPLE WHEEL
MOTOR
BARCODE
READER
LHP POWER
BOARD
Figure 42: S&R Assembly, top view
Four Peltier cells have been fixed under the reagent tray to keep it cool. Each of the Peltier is fixed
on a heatsink, aired by a 60x60mm fan that’s conveying heat outside the instrument through a pvc
outlet. Peltier cells, fans and heatsinks are listed in the part list of the Double ARM Unit 10034-01-F
(see above).

REAGENT WHEEL
MOTOR
MGND BRUSH
PELTIER CELL
HEATSINK (1 OF 4)
FAN
Figure 43: S&R Assembly, bottom left side view
REAGENT TRAY DRAIN (FOR REAGENT WHEEL MGND JUMPER

CONDENSATION) TEMPERATURE SENSOR
COOLER TIMER ASSY FOR

REAGENT TRAY
CONDENSATION DRAIN TO
THE WASTE TANK
Figure 44: S&R Assembly, bottom rear view
The temperature of the reagent tray is monitored by a potted temperature sensor (LM35 Temp
Sensor Ver.01 P/N 10050-01-B) fixed on the bottom side of the reagent tray; this sensor is controlled

by the LHP Power Board P/N 10762-00-B (placed under the reagent tray) in order to control the
refrigeration temperature of reagents when cooling is ON.
A special assembly named Cooler Timer Assy is provided for the reagent tray condensation drain; it
channels the condensation directly to the waste tank. The draining operation is automatic and
belongs on the refrigeration on/off status: it works only when +12Vdc is on and then only when
refrigeration is active (blue button); it doesn’t depend on electronic on/off status (green button).
A Jumper (W1) and a MGND Brush (MM1) assure the electrical grounding of the reagent and
sample wheels; electrical grounding assure save operation and the correct liquid level detection
into tubes, cups and vials.
Part List Title: OPP S&R Assembly P/N: 10220-00-C

1 A1, A3 2 PZ 1.75NM1.8 MOTOR ASSY 10039-00-A
2 A2, A4 2 PZ OPTO SENSOR 10045-00-A
3 A5 1 PZ BARCODE READER ASSY 11011-00-A
4 A6 1 PZ LM35 TEMP SENSOR VER.01 10050-01-B
5 W1 1 PZ OPP 100M3 MGND JUMPER 10410-00-A
6 MM1 1 PZ OPP MGND BRUSH 10413-00-A

42
+PA
-PA
+PB
-PB
OUTPUT
ANODE
+5V
EGND
+PA
-PA
+PB
-PB
OUTPUT
ANODE
+5V
EGND
+5V
RS232 TXD
GND
RS232 RXD
SW IN/OUT
VTEMP+
EGND
+Vs
MGND

1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
P1 P1
P1 P1 P1 P1

A6
LM 35 TEM P SENSOR
V ER.01
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 P/N 10050-01-B
1.75N B1.8 M O TO R A SSY OPTO SENSOR 1.75N B1.8 M OTO R ASSY O PTO SEN SO R BARCOD E REA DER ASSY
P/N 10039-00-A P/N 10045-00-A P/N 10039-00-A P/N 10045-00-A P/N 11011-00-A
PLA CED
U NDER REAGENT
A SSEM BLY
SAM PLE M OTOR SA M PLE A SSEM BLY REA GENT M OTOR REA GENT ASSEM BLY BAR CODE READ ER REAGENT ASSEM BLY
A SSEM BLY HOM E SEN SO R ASSEM BLY HOM E SENSOR TEM PERATU RE SENSOR
FI XED ON TOP OF
SAM PLE & REA GENTS
ASSEM BLY & I N TOU CH
W I TH SAM PLE PLA TE
FI XED ON BOTTOM OF W1 FI XED ON BO TTOM O F
M GND REAGEN T PLA TE M GND SAM PLE & REAGENTS
A SSEM BLY
MM1 E1 E2
OPP M GND BRU SH OPP 100M 3 M GND JU M PER

87/288
Section 3
Electrical drawing Title: OPP S&R Assembly P/N: 10220-00-C Page 1 of 1

3.2.5.1. Opto Sensor Ver.00 P/N 10045-00-A

This is the home opto-sensor used for both Sample Wheel and Reagent Wheel motions.
RED
W HI TE
BLU E
P1
1 OU TPU T
2 A NOD E
3 V cc
4 EGND
GREEN
BLA CK
Figure 45: Opto Sensor
Sample wheel home sensor is placed behind the OPP Pumps & Drivers Assembly of the instrument.
It is convenient to disassemble the cabinet for replacing; the sensor is fixed by two screws and a
holed cable tie.
FIXING SCREWS
FLAG
HOLED
CABLE TIE
Figure 46: Sample Wheel home sensor
Reagent wheel home sensor is placed below the Cooler Assembly cover near the Cooler Assembly.
To replace it, remove the cooler cover; the sensor is fixed by two screws, pull the cable up to
extract the connectors placed in the bottom.
FIXING SCREWS
FLAG
Figure 47: Reagent Wheel home sensor

3.2.5.2. 1.75NM 1.8 Motor Assy P/N 10039-00-A

This is the stepping motor assembly used for the Sample Tray and for the Reagent Tray motions.
M1
A+ BLACK
A+ YELLOW
A- ORAN GE
A- GREEN P1
1 + PA
2 -PA
3 + PB
B+
B+
B-
B-
4 -PB
RED
W HI TE
BROW N
BLU E
Figure 48: 1.75NM 1.8 Motor Assy
To access motors, disassemble the cabinet.

Sample wheel motor is placed on the left front side of the instrument. It is fixed on a sliding support.
Reagent wheel motor is placed on the left rear side of the instrument. Sensor is fixed on the bottom
of the plate.
Figure 49: Sample Wheel Motor Assy, Fixing
Figure 50: Reagent Wheel Motor Assy, Fixing

3.2.5.3. LM35 Temp Sensor Ver.01, P/N 10050-01-B

This is the temperature sensor used for monitoring the reagent tray cooling temperature.
+ 4 TO + 30 V dc
A1
P/N 10121-01-A
LM 35 FI LTER M ODU LE V ER.01
P1
W HI TE W HI TE
TEM P E2 1 V TEM P
BROW N BLA CK
V+ E1 2 EGND
BROW N
3 +Vs
EGN D E3 4 N .C.
SHI ELD
AW G24 4-PI N POLARI ZED
2x A W G26 + BLA CK CON NECTOR
SCHI ELD W I TH LOCK
V out = 0mV + 10mV /°C LI N EAR
Reagent tray temperature sensor is placed on the rear side of the instrument, below the Reagent
tray plate. To access it remove the cabinet; the sensor is fixed by one screw together with the
grounding jumper giving MGND ground connection to the mechanical parts. The sensor is
connected to the LHP Power Board (cooling section) through a connector.
REAGENT
TRAY
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
FIXING SCREW &
TRAY GROUND
CONNECTION
Figure 51: Reagent Tray Temperature Sensor
Part List Title: LM35 Temp Sensor Ver.01 P/N: 10050-01-B

1 A1 1 PZ LM35 FILTER MODULE VER01 10121-01-A
2 P1 1 PZ CONNECTOR, RECEPTACLE, FEMALE, STRAIGHT, CRIMP 280359-0
CONTACT, SINGLE ROW 1x4PIN, POLARIZATION, LOCK,
AMPMODU SERIES, PITCH 2,54mm, UL94-V1
3 3 PZ CONTACT, CRIMP, FEMALE, 22-26AWG, FOR TYCO-AMP 181270-2
MODU
4 0,33 M MULTI-CONDUCTOR CABLE, SHIELDED ULTRA-FLEX, 0028 880
CONDUCTOR PCV 2x0,14mmq (AWG26), (CONDUCTORS:
WHITHE/BROWN), POLIURETAN SHEAT, FLAME RETARDANT,
TIN PLATED COPPER SHIELD, NOM. DIAM.=3,9mm, FROM -
40°C TO +70°C, TYPE LAPP UNITRONIC-FD CP PLUS, 0,25A,
70°C, 250Vac
5 0,05 M CONDUCTOR, COPPER, FLEX, PVC, FLAME RETARDANT, CAV1007/24NE
UL1007, AWG24 (11/0,16), Tmax=+80°C, Vmax=300V, BLACK
6 2 ML SILICON ADHESIVE, PROTECTION, RTV744 744

3.2.5.4. OPP 100M3 MGND Jumper P/N 10410-00-A

This jumper is used to connect the bottom of reagent tray with ground.
It is located under the sample and reagent assembly, connecting the base of the trays with the
bottom of the reagent wheel (into the big hole).
It is mainly needed for a correct ARMs’ liquid level detector operation.
FI XED ON BOTTOM OF E1 E2 FI XED ON BOTTOM OF

SA M PLE & REA GEN TS REA GEN T ASSEM BLY
ASSEM BLY
2,5mmq Y/G
JUMPER
Figure 52: OPP 100M3 MGND Jumper and its location

3.2.5.5. OPP MGND Brush P/N 10413-00-A

This jumper is used to connect the turning sample tray with ground.
It is located on the rear side of the assembly and connects the tray with the base.
It is mainly needed for a correct ARMs’ liquid level detector operation when descending into the
samples.
SO LD ERED I N TO THE
COPPER BRU SH E1 E2
FI XED ON O NE
( FI XED ON TO P OF
OF THE FI XI N G
SA M PLE & REAGENT
SCREW
ASSEM BLY)
AW G20 Y/G
Figure 53: OPP MGND Brush and its location

3.2.5.6. BarCode Reader

The barcode reader is placed on the left side of the instrument. To access it disassemble the
cabinet. It is fixed on its own bracket by two screws on the bottom that allow mechanical
calibration. In case of misalignment, unfasten the screws and align it. To replace it, disconnect the
wiring from motherboard.
FIXING SCREWS
Figure 54: BarCode Reader
B: Indicators LEDs B1= status LED

B2= decode LED
Figure 55: BarCode Reader LEDs, Top View
After power on, the BCL 8 performs an automatic "Power On" function test. Then, the green status
LED on the top side of the BCL 8 lights up (if not, check and tight interface connector).
Two 3-colour LEDs at the top of the case show the device and reading status:
LED Color meaning
Green flashing initialisation phase
Green continuous ready for operation
Status LED Red flashing (200ms) warning
Red continuous error, no function
Orange flashing (200ms) service operation
Green (200ms on) reading successful
Decode LED Red (200ms off) no reading result
Orange continuous reading gate active

3.2.6. OPP ARM1 Assembly, P/N 10198-00-A

This assembly is controlled by the ARM1 Controller P/N 10012-02-D. It includes the X-axis (0.48NM1.8
Motor Assy P/N 10041-00-A ), the Y-axis (0.43NM1.8 Motor Assy P/N 10252-00-C ) and the Diluter
stepping motors (integrated into the Diluter itself).
Two home opto-sensors controls respectively the X-axis (Opto Sensor Ver.00 P/N 10045-00-A) and
the Y-axis (Opto Sensor Ver.02 P/N 10045-02-A). The Diluter home opto-sensor is integrated in the
Diluter itself.
On top of the ARM is placed the board OPP ARM Module P/N 10205-00-B; it includes the Liquid
Detector sensor, the Obstacle sensor and the Heater Coil (heater actually not used) and it is
connected through a flexible wiring to the electronics.
OPP ARM
MODULE
Figure 56: ARM1 Assembly
Part List Title: OPP ARM1 Assembly P/N: 10198-00-A

1 A1 1 PZ OPP ARM MODULE 10205-00-D
2 A2 1 PZ 0.48NM1.8 MOTOR ASSY 10041-00-A
3 A3 1 PZ OPTO SENSOR VER.00 10045-00-A
4 A4 1 PZ 0.43NM1.8 MOTOR ASSY 10252-00-C

OPTO-EGND
SNS-EGND
Page 1 of 1
SNS-OUT
CHTR-A
CHTR-B
ANODE
MGND
C-OUT
+5V
V+
10
J1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A1
OPP A RM M ODU LE
P/N 10205-00-D
10198-00-A
1
2
3
4
SNS-OUT
MGND
EGND
V+
LI QU I D DETECTOR
P/N:
PROTECTI ON
SNS-IN
EGND
Y-A XI S A RM 1
OBSTACLE
SEN SOR
1
2
A RM 1 LI QU I D
DETECTOR
CHTR-A
CHTR-B
1
2
OPTI O N A L CON N ECTI ON TO BE D O N E

E1 I N CA SE OF CA RTRI DGE RESI STOR
( ON LY FOR REA GEN T W A RM I N G)
OPP ARM1 Assembly

TO BE FI XED ON THE
N EEDLE OF A RM 1
CHTR-A 1
CHTR-B 2
A2 A3 A4 A5
0.48N B1.8 M OTOR A SSY OPTO SENSOR 0.43N B1.8 M OTOR A SSY OPTO SEN SOR
P/N 10041-00-A P/N 10045-00-A P/N 10252-00-C P/N 10045-02-A
A6
Title:
PCB COI L HEA TER

P/N 10209-01-A
A RM 1 COI L HEA TER
P1 P1 P1 P1
Electrical drawing
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
+PA
+PA
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
ANODE
ANODE
+PB
+PB
-PA
-PA
-PB
-PB
EGND
EGND
+5V
+5V
X-A XI S A RM 1 A RM 1 X-A XI S Y-A XI S A RM 1 A RM 1 Y-A XI S

M OTOR HOM E SEN SOR M OTOR HOM E SEN SOR
A SSEM BLY A SSEM BLY

3.2.6.1. 0.48NM 1.8 Motor Assy P/N 10041-00-A

This is the stepping motor assembly used for ARM1 X-axis (rotation).
M1
A+ BLACK
A+ YELLOW
A- ORAN GE
A- GREEN P1
1 + PA
2 -PA
3 + PB
B+
B+
B-
B-
4 -PB
RED
W HI TE
BROW N
BLU E
To access motors, disassemble the cabinet and the complete ARM.

ARM1 X-axis motor is placed on the front side of the instrument. It is fixed on a plate.
MOTOR
Figure 58: ARM1 X-axis Motor Assy

3.2.6.2. 0.43NM 1.8 Motor Assy P/N 10252-00-C

This is the stepping motor assembly used for ARM1 Y-axis (elevation).
M1
A+ BLACK
A YELLOW
A- GREEN
P1
1 + PA
2 -PA
B+
B-
B
3 + PB
4 -PB
RED
W HI TE
BLU E
A W G24
( PROTECT W I TH SHEATH)
To access to the motos, disassemble the cabinet and the complete ARM.
ARM1 Y-axis motor is placed on the front side of the instrument inside a mechanical protection.
MOTOR,
INSIDE
PROTECTION
Figure 60: ARM1 Y-axis Motor Assy

3.2.6.3. Opto Sensor, All Versions P/N 10045-xx-A

This is the home opto-sensor of the ARM1 stepping motor assemblies.
There are several versions that refer to the same electrical drawing, they differ for length and for
external wiring protection:
 Version 00 (P/N 10045-00-A) is used for ARM1 X-axis home.
 Version 02 (P/N 10045-02-A) is used for ARM1 Y-axis home.
To access to the opto-sensors, disassemble the cabinet.
To replace it disassemble the pump assembly; it is fixed by two screws and a holed cable tie.
RED
W HI TE
BLU E
P1
1 OU TPU T
2 A NOD E
3 V cc
4 EGND
GREEN
BLA CK
Y-AXIS
HOME SENSOR -
VER.02
X-AXIS
HOME SENSOR -
VER.00
Figure 62: ARM1 Home Sensors

3.2.6.4. OPP ARM Module P/N 10205-00-D

This board, located on top of the ARM under a protection cover, includes the Liquid Level
capacitive sensor for detection of fluid’s level, the Obstacle sensor (to detect crashes along Y-axis
travelling) and the Heater Coil (actually not used). The Liquid Level sensor includes two LEDs:
 one green LED, it lights ON when instrument is in power on and the board is powered,
 one red LED, it lights ON when the probe detects a fluid giving a capacitance variation.
The Liquid Level sensor is in contact with the probe through a jumper soldered on the board.
The Obstacle sensor detects when the probe crashes on its way down: a flag, fixed on the probe,
enters the opto-coupler on the board and activates the alarm.
The Heater Coil connects the probe with the Diluter through a Teflon tubing. One end is plugged on
the very top of the probe, the other end is fitted onto the top acrylic head of the Diluter.
It is possible to replace the Coil, after having disconnected tubing from probe and Diluter, by
removing it from the clamps. If during instrument power on the green led is OFF or flashes/blinks,
replace the board. It is possible to replace this board by removing the screws that fix the wiring
clamp and the board itself.
HEATING ELEMENT
CONDUCTORS
(ACTUALLY NOT USED,
NOR PROVIDED)
HEATER COIL
LIQUID LEVEL LIQUID LEVEL

DETECTOR – DETECTOR POWER ON
ON WHEN ACTIVATED (GREEN LED)
(RED LED)
JUMPER FROM PROBE

TO THE LIQUID
OBSTACLE SENSOR -
OPTOCOUPLER LEVEL DETECTOR
(SOLDERED ON THE
BOARD)
CAP
HEATER COIL
SPRING
TO DILUTER
TUBING
CONNECTION
HEATER COIL
TO PROBE
TUBING
CONNECTION
Figure 63: OPP ARM Module

3.2.7. OPP ARM2 Assembly, P/N 10200-00-A

This assembly is controlled by the ARM2 Controller P/N 10012-03-D. It includes the X-axis (0.48NM1.8
Motor Assy P/N 10041-00-A ), the Y-axis (0.43NM1.8 Motor Assy P/N 10252-00-C ) and the Diluter
stepping motors (integrated into the Diluter itself).
Two home opto-sensors controls respectively the X-axis (Opto Sensor Ver.00 P/N 10045-00-A) and
the Y-axis (Opto Sensor Ver.01 P/N 10045-01-A). The Diluter home opto-sensor is integrated in the
Diluter itself.
On top of the ARM is placed the board OPP ARM Module P/N 10205-00-B; it includes the Liquid
Detector sensor, the Obstacle sensor and the Heater Coil (heater actually not used) and it is
connected through a flexible wiring to the electronics.
Figure 64: ARM2 Assembly, without probe
Part List Title: OPP ARM2 Assembly P/N: 10200-00-A

1 A1 1 PZ OPP ARM MODULE 10205-00-D
4 A4 1 PZ 0.43NM1.8 MOTOR ASSY 10252-00-C

Page 1 of 1
OPTO-EGND
SNS-EGND
SNS-OUT
CHTR-A
CHTR-B
ANODE
MGND
C-OUT
+5V
V+
10
J1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A1
OPP A RM M ODU LE
P/N 10205-00-D
10200-00-A
1
2
3
4
SNS-OUT
MGND
EGND
V+
P/N:
LI QU I D DETECTOR
PROTECTI ON
SNS-IN
EGND
Y-A XI S A RM 2
OBSTACLE
SEN SOR
1
2
A RM 2 LI QU I D
DETECTOR
CHTR-A
CHTR-B
1
2
O PTI ON A L CON N ECTI ON TO BE D O N E

E1 I N CA SE OF CA RTRI DGE RESI STOR
OPP ARM2 Assembly

( ON LY FOR REA GEN T W A RM I N G)
TO BE FI XED ON THE
N EEDLE OF A RM 2
CHTR-A 1
CHTR-B 2
A2 A3 A4 A5
0.48N B1.8 M OTOR A SSY OPTO SENSOR 0.43N B1.8 M OTOR A SSY OPTO SENSOR
P/N 10041-00-A P/N 10045-00-A P/N 10252-00-C P/N 10045-02-A
Title:
A6
PCB COI L HEA TER
P/N 10209-01-A
A RM 2 COI L HEA TER

Electrical drawing
P1 P1 P1 P1
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
+PA
+PA
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
ANODE
ANODE
+PB
+PB
-PA
-PA
-PB
-PB
EGND
EGND
+5V
+5V
X-A XI S A RM 2 A RM 2 X-A XI S Y-A XI S A RM 2 A RM 2 Y-A XI S

M OTOR HOM E M OTOR HOM E
A SSEM BLY SEN SOR A SSEM BLY SEN SOR

3.2.7.1. 0.48NM 1.8 Motor Assy P/N 10041-00-A

This is the stepping motor assembly used for ARM2 X-axis (rotation).
M1
A+ BLACK
A+ YELLOW
A- ORAN GE
A- GREEN P1
1 + PA
2 -PA
3 + PB
B+
B+
B-
B-
4 -PB
RED
W HI TE
BROW N
BLU E

ARM2 X-axis motor is placed on the rear side of the instrument. It is fixed on a plate.
MOTOR
Figure 66: ARM2 X-axis Motor Assy

3.2.7.2. 0.43NM 1.8 Motor Assy P/N 10252-00-C

This is the stepping motor assembly used for ARM2 Y-axis (elevation).
M1
A+ BLACK
A YELLOW
A- GREEN
P1
1 + PA
2 -PA
B+
B-
B
3 + PB
4 -PB
RED
W HI TE
BLU E
A W G24
( PROTECT W I TH SHEATH)

ARM2 Y-axis motor is placed on the rear side of the instrument inside a mechanical protection.
MOTOR,
INSIDE
PROTECTION
Figure 68: ARM2 Y-axis Motor Assy

3.2.7.3. Opto Sensor, All Versions P/N 10045-xx-A

This is the home sensor of the ARM2 stepping motor assemblies.
There are several versions that refer to the same electrical drawing, they differ for length and for
external wiring protection:
 Version 00 (P/N 10045-00-A) is used for ARM2 X-axis home.
 Version 01 (P/N 10045-01-A) is used for ARM2 Y-axis home.
RED
W HI TE
BLU E
P1
1 OU TPU T
2 A NOD E
3 V cc
4 EGND
GREEN
BLA CK
Y-AXIS
X-AXIS
HOME SENSOR -
HOME SENSOR -
VER.02
VER.00
Figure 70: ARM2 Home Sensors

3.2.7.4. OPP ARM Module P/N 10205-00-D

This module is controlled by the ARM2 Controller P/N 10012-03-D.
For configuration, refer to ARM1 Assembly which adopts the same module.

3.2.8. OPP R&W Assembly Ver.01, P/N 10208-01-B

This assembly is controlled by the Read&Wash Controller P/N 10012-04-C. It includes the cuvette
tray, the Filter wheel and the Washing Station, each of them moved by a stepping motor and
controlled through a home sensor. It is composed by the following sub-assemblies:
 OPP Cuvette Assemblies Ver.02, P/N 10210-02-A;
 OPP Optical Group Ver.01, P/N 10212-01-A;
 OPP Washing Station, P/N 10211-00-B.
ANALOG SECTION DIGITAL SECTION
A/D
Halogen Interferential Photo- Pre-Amp Filtering R&W Controller

lamp filters and diode (Gain + Off-set) Auto-gain & A/D Conversion
focal system trimming
OPP Optical Group Read&Wash Controller board
Figure 71: Optical Measurement Functional Diagram
The OPP Cuvette Assemblies includes: the reading cuvette tray and the photodiode module for
photometric readings. The photodiode board is connected through a wiring with the mother
board.
The OPP Optical Group includes the halogen lamp light source, the optical lenses and the filter
wheel.
The OPP Washing Station is devoted to cuvettes washing and includes needles and tip for
aspiration/dispensing and a manifold for fluid distribution.
Part List Title: OPP R&W Assembly Ver.01 P/N: 10208-01-B

1 A1 1 PZ OPP CUVETTE ASSEMBLY VER.02 10210-02-A
2 A2 1 PZ OPP OPTICAL GROUP VER.01 10212-01-A
3 A3 1 PZ OPP WASHING STATION 10211-00-B

OPTICAL
WASHING GROUP
STATION
CUVETTE
ASSEMBLY
READING
CUVETTE
Figure 72: R&W Assembly, shown without cuvettes cover
CUVETTE
ASSEMBLY:
EXTERNAL
INSULATION
INCUBATION
TEMPERATURE 100M3 MGND 100M4 MGND
SENSOR JUMPER JUMPER
Figure 73: R&W Assembly, front side view

42
OUTPUT
ANODE
+5V
EGND
VTEMP+
EGND
+Vs
MGND
PROT-
+PA
-PA
+PB
-PB
PROT+
Vout-P
Vout-N
VDC-P
VDC-N
EGND
MGND
V_1
V_2
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
1.17N B1.8 M OTOR A SSY I NCU BA TI ON THERM AL SW I TCH
HEA TER STRI P N C / 70-55°C

P/N 10040-00-A P/N 10043-00-A 2455R-L70C PHOTODI OD E M OD U LE
OPTO SEN SOR LM 35 TEM P SEN S. V ER02 P/N 10011-00-A

P/N 10045-00-A P/N 10050-02-A
CU V ETTE ASSEM BLY CU V ETTES

READ I NG CU V ETTE CU V ETTE ASSEM BLY TEM PERA TU RE I N CU BA TI ON THERM AL PHOTOD I ODE
M OTOR ASSEM BLY HOM E SENSOR PROTECTI ON SEN SOR

SENSOR HEA TER STRI P
A1
OPP CU V ETTE ASSEM BLY

P/N 10210-02-A
A2 A3
OPP OPTI CA L GROU P OPP W A SHI N G STA TI ON

P/N 10212-01-A P/N 10211-00-B
FI XED ON BOTTOM OF W1 FI XED ON TOP OF
CU V ETTE PLATE R&W A SSEM BLY
M GN D
E1 E2
HALOGEN REA DI N G FI LTER W HEEL FI LTER W HEEL W A SHI N G STA TI ON W A SHI N G STATI ON W A SHI N G STA TI ON
LA M P M OTOR A SSEM BLY HOM E SEN SOR M OTOR A SSEM BLY HOM E SEN SOR LOW POSI TI ON SEN SOR OPP 100M 3 M GN D JU M PER
20W HA LOGEN
LA M P A SSY OPTO SEN SOR OPTO SEN SOR OPTO SEN SOR
1.17NB0.9 M OTOR ASSY P/N 10045-00-A P/N 10045-00-A P/N 10045-00-A
P/N 10749-00-A 0.20NB1.8 M OTOR ASSY
P/N 10042-00-A P/N 10055-00-A
FI XED ON TOP OF W2 FI XED ON TOP OF

OPTI CA L GROU P R&W A SSEM BLY
M GN D
E1 E2
OPP 100M 4 M GND JU M PER
1
2
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
V+
V-
+PA
-PA
+PB
-PB
+PA
-PA
+PB
-PB
OUTPUT
ANODE
+5V
EGND
OUTPUT
ANODE
+5V
EGND
OUTPUT
ANODE
+5V
EGND
108/288
Section 3
Electrical drawing Title: OPP R&W Assembly Ver.01 P/N: 10208-01-B Page 1 of 1
3.2.8.1. OPP Cuvette Assembly, P/N 10210-02-A

This sub-assembly, controlled by the Read&Wash Controller P/N 10012-04-C, includes the cuvette
wheel that is moved by a stepping motor assembly (1.17NM1.8 Motor Assy P/N 10040-00-A), and
controlled through a home sensor (Opto Sensor Ver.00 P/N 10045-00-A). The OPP Cuvette Assembly
includes 80 semi-disposable cuvettes and:
 the Incubation Eater Strip, P/N 10043-00-A;
 the LM35 Temperature Sensor, P/N 10050-02-B;
 the Photodiode module, P/N 10011-00-B.
The Incubation Eater Strip is controlled by the Read&Wash Controller board and it is driven by the
LHP Power Board P/N 10762-00-B; it allows the heating of the aluminium bulk structure enclosing the
cuvettes and, consequently, the incubation at constant temperature of the reaction fluids into the
cuvettes themselves.
The LM35 Temperature Sensor returns to the controller the temperature of the assembly to be
regulated; on the base of the temperature measurement the heater strip is turned ON and OFF to
regulate incubation temperature.
The photodiode module is placed under the cuvette tray and allows the photometric
measurement of the incident light crossing the cuvette under test. It is located into a special
enclosure and includes two potentiometers: one for photodiode pre-amplifier Gain calibration, the
other for Off-set nulling.
CUVETTE
ASSEMBLY
COVER
Figure 74: Cuvette Assembly with cover

CUVETTE TRAY, TEMPERATURE SENSOR PROTECTION HEATER STRIP HEATER STRIP

WITHOUT THERMOSTAT CONNECTOR
CUVETTES
CUVETTE WHEEL
BELT
CUVETTE WHEEL
STEPPING MOTOR
CUVETTE WHEEL
HOME SENSOR
Figure 75: Cuvette Assembly, Top, Side & Bottom Views – Without cover
Part List Title: OPP Cuvette Assembly P/N: 10210-02-A

1 A1 1 PZ 1.17NM1.8 MOTOR ASSY VER.01 10040-01-A
2 A2 1 PZ OPTO SENSOR 10045-00-A
3 A3 1 PZ LM35 TEMP SENSOR VER.02 10050-02-B
4 A4 1 PZ INCUBATION HEATER STRIP ASSY 10043-00-A
5 A6 1 PZ PHOTODIODE MODULE 10011-00-B
6 SW1 1 PZ THERMOSTAT, MULTIPURPOSE, OPEN @ 70°C+/-3°C,CLOSES 2455R-T147-B201A-
@ 55°C+/-4°C, CONTACTS N/C, 250V, 10A BA13-L70C

42

OUTPUT
ANODE
+5V
EGND
VTEMP+
EGND
+Vs
MGND
PROT-
+PA
-PA
+PB
-PB
PROT+
Vout-P
Vout-N
VDC-P
VDC-N
EGND
MGND
V_1
V_2
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
P1 P1 P1 P1 J1

A1 A2 A3 A4 SW 1
1.17NB1.8 M OTOR A SSY OPTO SEN SOR LM 35 TEM P SENSOR I NCU BATI ON THERM AL SW I TCH
V ER.02 HEATER STRI P NC / 70-55°C A6
P/N 10040-01-A P/N 10045-00-A P/N 10043-00-A 2455R-L70C
P/N 10050-02-A PHOTODI ODE M OD U LE
P/N 10011-00-B
CU V ETTE A SSEM BLY CU V ETTES

REA DI NG CU V ETTE CU V ETTE A SSEM BLY TEM PERATU RE I NCU BATI ON THERM AL PHOTODI ODE
M OTOR ASSEM BLY HOM E SEN SOR SEN SOR HEATER STRI P PROTECTI ON SEN SOR
111/288
Section 3
Electrical drawing Title: OPP Cuvette Assembly Ver.02 P/N: 10210-02-A Page 1 of 1
3.2.8.1.1. 1.17NM 1.8 MOTOR ASSY P/N 10040-00-A

This is the stepping motor assembly used for the cuvette assembly.
M1
A+ BLACK
A+ YELLOW
A- ORAN GE
A- GREEN P1
1 + PA
2 -PA
3 + PB
B+
B+
B-
B-
4 -PB
RED
W HI TE
BROW N
BLU E
To access to the motor, disassemble the cabinet. It is placed under the cuvette assembly on the
rear side of the instrument inside a mechanical protection. The rotor is moved through a belt; the
motion is controlled by means of a home opto-sensor.
CUVETTE WHEEL HOME CUVETTE WHEEL BELT

OPTO-SENSOR
CUVETTE WHEEL
STEPPING MOTOR
Figure 77: Cuvette Motor Assy

3.2.8.1.2. Opto Sensor, All Versions P/N 10045-00-A

This is the home sensor of the Cuvette Wheel stepping motor assemblies.
It is placed under the assembly and can be accessed from the front cover.
RED
W HI TE
BLU E
P1
1 OU TPU T
2 A NOD E
3 V cc
4 EGND
GREEN
BLA CK
CUVETTE WHEEL
HOME SENSOR -
VER.00
Figure 79: Cuvette Wheel Home Sensors

3.2.8.1.3. LM35 Temp Sensor Ver.01 P/N 10050-02-B

This is the temperature sensor used to control the incubation temperature.
P1
W HI TE W HI TE
TEM P E2 1 V TEM P
BROW N BLA CK
V+ E1 2 EGN D
BROW N
3 +Vs
EGN D E3 4 N .C.
SHI ELD
A W G24
2x A W G26 + BLA CK
SCHI ELD
Figure 80: LM35 Temp Sensor Ver.02
Incubation temperature sensor is placed under the cuvette assembly in the front side. To access it,
open the front panel; sensor is fixed by one screw near the thermostat protection switch. The sensor
is connected to the Mother Board through a connector and a shielded cable.
TEMPERATURE TEMP. SENSOR PROTECTION HEATER

SENSOR FIXING SCREW THERMOSTAT STRIP
Figure 81: Cuvette Wheel temperature sensor and Protection Thermostat

3.2.8.1.4. Incubation Heater Strip Assy P/N 10043-00-A

This is the heater used to warm up the cuvette assembly in order to reach the constant incubation
temperature.
P1
ORAN GE
1 V_1
ORAN GE
2 V_2
Figure 82: Incubation Heater Strip
Incubation heater strip is placed under the cuvette assembly. To access its connector, open the
front panel. It is driven by the LHP Power board p/n 10762-00-B – no regulations required.
HEATER STRIP HEATER STRIP

CONDUCTORS CONNECTOR
Figure 83: Heater Strip

3.2.8.1.5. Photodiode Module P/N 10011-00-B

This module is used to measure the light crossing the cuvette to be read: it is the photo-sensor pre-
amplifier. It is placed at the end of the optical path and it’s part of the photometer.
It includes two potentiometers, one for Gain calibration (R2), the other for off-set nulling (R3):
 R2 has been regulated at factory to give readings of about 20,000 counts at 340nm
wavelength over the full dynamic (65,535 counts) and Gain = 1 (corresponding to 15H on
digital potentiometer).
 R3 has been regulated at factory to decrease eventual signal off-set to give 5÷15 counts
over the full dynamic (65,535 counts).
These potentiometers have been trimmed at factory. They do not require any further calibration
during normal operation. In case of replacing photodiode board or in case of modification of
lighting conditions (replacement of lamp, filter set, replacement of lens) there could be the need of
re-calibrating Gain, in this case potentiometers can be gently turned without disassembling parts
through the upper cover of the cuvette wheel: two holes have been provided for reaching
potentiometers when cuvette number 32 is placed in reading position; Gain = left potentiometer,
Off-set = right potentiometer.
Figure 84: Photodiode Module
To access the boards, remove the cuvette wheel cover, remove the whole cuvette tray support
and open the enclosure; unfasten the fixing screw and replace the board only with the same
model. Assemble back all parts and perform Gain and Off-set calibration. See the procedure
below.

PUSH UP
TO THE VERY
TOP THE
WASHING
STATION HEAD
REMOVE BOTH THE

CUVETTE COVER
AND THE
WASHING STATION
COVER
UNFASTEN THE SIX

SCREWS THAT FIX
THE CUVETTE
SUPPORT TO THE
TRAY DISASSEMBLE
THE CUVETTE
SUPPORT FROM
THE TRAY
UNFASTEN PHOTODIODE MODULE SUPPORT

REPLACE MODULE TAKING IT
OUT FROM THE SUPPORT
Figure 85: Photodiode Module Replacing Procedure

3.2.8.2. OPP Optical Group Ver.01, P/N 10212-01-A

This sub-assembly, controlled by the Read&Wash Controller P/N 10012-04-C, includes the filter wheel
that is moved by a stepping motor assembly (1.17NM0.9 Motor Assy P/N 10042-00-A), and
controlled through the related home sensor (Opto Sensor Ver.00 P/N 10045-00-A).
The OPP Cuvette Assembly includes:
 the 20W Halogen Lamp Assy, P/N 10749-01-A,
 the set of 8 interferential filters (10 positions available: 8 filters + 1 free for customization + 1
for dark offset measurement),
 the optical lens.
The filter wheel is managed by the Read&Wash Controller in order to position the requested
wavelength on the optical path. Every machine cycle includes an home positioning of the wheel
for on-line controlling.
Filter Detector
AMP
METER
Light
source Lens Cuvette
OPP Optical Group
Figure 86: Photometer
FILTER WHEEL
HALOGEN
OPTO HOME
LAMP
SENSOR
(INSIDE
COVER)
HALOGEN
FILTER WHEEL LAMP
MOTOR CONNECTOR
Figure 87: OPP Optical Group, back view

Part List Title: OPP Optical Group P/N: 10212-01-A

1 A1 1 PZ 20W HALOGEN LAMP ASSY 10749-01-A
2 A2 1 PZ 1.17NM0.9 M MOTOR ASSY VER.01 10042-00-A
3 A3 1 PZ OPTO SENSOR 10045-00-A
4 1 PZ SET OF INTERFERENTIAL FILTERS, 8 MATCHED FILTERS + CAP
FOR OFFSET, λ=505nm, 546nm, 578nm, 630nm, 700nm,
340nm, 405nm, 492nm (standard config)

42
V+
V-
+PA
-PA
+PB
-PB
OUTPUT
ANODE
+5V
EGND

1
2
3
4
1
2
1
2
3
4
P1 P1 P1

A1 A2 A3
20W HA LOGEN 1.17N B0.9 M OTOR A SSY OPTO SENSOR

LA M P A SSY P/N 10042-00-A P/N 10045-00-A
P/N 10749-00-A
HA LOGEN REA D I N G FI LTER W HEEL FI LTER W HEEL

LA M P M OTOR A SSEM BLY HOM E SEN SOR
120/288
Section 3
Electrical drawing Title: OPP Optical Group Ver.01 P/N: 10212-01-A Page 1 of 1
3.2.8.2.1. 20W Halogen Lamp Assy, P/N 10749-01-A

This is the lamp used as light source for the photometric system.
P1
1
1 V+
2 V-
Figure 88: 20W Halogen Lamp Assy
The lamp is placed into its support on the Optical Group.
The Photometer Lamp must be replaced when the instrument is OFF; wait at least 5 minutes from
the shutdown to allow the bulb to cool down and to avoid any burnings. The new lamp (provided
by the Manufacturer with its own code) includes the fixing support; don’t remove the lamp from its
support: the lamp hight has been calibrated at factory.
LAMP
FIXING
KNOB
LAMP
LAMP
CONNECTOR
Figure 89: 20W Halogen Lamp
To replace the photometer lamp simply open the wicket protecting the lamp assembly and follow
the steps below:
 Unscrew and save the phillips screw that fixes the lamp wiring to the optical group main
body.

 Unplug the lamp connector from the main wiring (pay attention do not let it slide inside the
machine).
 Unfasten the lamp knob.
 Take out the lamp with its support.
 Place a new lamp, with its support, in the slot and tight the fastening knob.
 Plug the connector back to the fixed wiring.
 Screw up the phillips screw to fasten the lamp conductors to the optical group main body
and close the wicket.
 Switch the instrument on, start the software and wait the end of the warm up.
 Run a Gain Calibration Cycle from the Status menu. The cycle includes an auto-zero cycle
that allows the instrument to level the different wavelength gains and update the zero
values of all the reading Cuvettes.
 Note that: n case the 340nm filter gain is higher than 25 (that means G≈1.8) could be
convenient to trim the photodiode gain potentiometer in order to have about 20,000
counts with gain = 15 (that means G≈1.0) measured with 300µL H2O into cuvette #32.
WARNING
Do not touch the lamp bulb with your fingers: grease and damp could affect lamp life.

3.2.8.2.2. 1.17NM 0.9 MOTOR ASSY, P/N 10042-00-A

This is the stepping motor assembly used for the filter wheel motion.
M1
A+ BLACK
A+ YELLOW
A- ORAN GE
A- GREEN P1
1 + PA
2 -PA
3 + PB
B+
B+
B-
B-
4 -PB
RED
W HI TE
BROW N
BLU E
To access the motor, disassemble the cabinet. It is placed behind the optical group. The filter wheel
is moved through a belt.
0.9°
STEPPING
MOTOR
BELT
Figure 91: Filter Wheel Stepping Motor

3.2.8.2.3. Opto Sensor Ver.00 P/N, 10045-00-A

This is the home opto-sensor used for Filter Wheel motion control.
RED
W HI TE
BLU E
P1
1 OU TPU T
2 A NOD E
3 V cc
4 EGND
GREEN
BLA CK
The Filter wheel home sensor is placed into the Optical Group behind a plastic back cover.
To replace it remove the cabinet and then remove the black plastic cover, that is fixed with one
screw on the rear side; unfasten the screws fixing the support and replace the sensor. Align it on the
wheel, replace back all parts and proceed with mechanical calibration of the filters (by using the
service software BCServer). After replacing control filter wheel mechanical calibration and then
run a Gain Calibration Cycle.
COVER
SUPPORT
FIXING
SCREWS
HOME SENSOR
Figure 93: Sample Wheel home sensor
Replace sensor only with the same model.

3.2.8.2.4. Interferential Filters

The optical group includes a 10-positions filter wheel: interferential filters are 8, the wavelengths are
included within 340nm and 700nm; one position is devoted to the auto-zero resetting of the off-set.
One more position is free for possible optional wavelengths and isn’t used in the standard
configuration.
Positions on the filter wheel are numbered to easily recognize filters.
The cross-reference table between the physical wheel position and the filter wavelength located in
that position is the following:
 Filter pos.0 505nm

 Filter pos.5 black cap (off-set)
 Filter pos.7 not used
In order to replace a filter, remove the cover, remove the Optical group, disassemble it and
carefully unplug the wheel. On the wheel, unfasten the big holed screw fixing the filter, remove the
o-ring and extract the filter itself. Repeat the above steps on the other way round to assemble back
the group.
Filters are special “matched” devices: replace them only with original ones got by the instrument
Producer.

3.2.8.3. OPP Washing Station, P/N 10211-00-B

This sub-assembly, controlled by the Read&Wash Controller P/N 10012-04-C, includes the washing
station of the reading cuvettes; it is moved by a stepping motor assembly (1.20NM1.8 Motor Assy
P/N 10055-00-A), and it is controlled through one home sensor for the upper positioning and one
opto-sensor for the lower positioning (Opto Sensor Ver.00 P/N 10045-00-A). The lower positioning
sensor flags when needles have entered cuvettes; in this way the washing pumps can be activated
for dispensing systemic solution.
The washing station washes all of the cuvettes using particular dedicated washing solutions and
respecting an internal optimized scheduling. During the routine a cuvette begins its washing cycle
when it reaches the first washing station position (DIS1/ASP1 couple of needles).
The Washing Station needles configuration includes:

 5 couples of needles, the bigger for aspiration the smaller for dispensing;
 1 aspirating needle, big size;
 1 drying tip (white Teflon).
TIP DISP.1/ASP.1
POSITION #8 POSITION #1
Figure 94: Washing Station
The washing station architecture is shown in the following picture:

TIP ASP6 ASP5/DIS5 ASP4/DIS4 ASP3/DIS3 ASP2/DIS2 ASP1/DIS1
POS.8 POS.7 POS.6 POS.5 POS.4 POS.3 POS.2 POS.1

Not Used
Figure 95: Washing Station Scheme
The washing station pumps configuration includes:

 5 peristaltic pumps, for dispensing the washing solution (all peristaltic pumps are placed
behind the front panel of the instrument);
 1 peristaltic pump for aspiration of the reaction in position #1 (placed behind the front
panel of the instrument);
 2 diaphragm pumps, one single-head for the drying tip and one double-head for the
aspiration needles (these pumps are placed behind the back panel of the instrument).
Each of the 5 dispensing peristaltic pumps is directly connected to only one dispensing needle
(from position 1 to position 5 - short ones) of the washing station.
One additional peristaltic pump is on the aspiration needle in position 1; it aspirates reaction fluids
limiting the foam generation (and then the impedance) along the waste path to enhance the
flow.
The double-heads (single motor) diaphragm pump is connected in parallel to 5 of the 6 aspirating
needles (long and smaller ones): one head aspirates in parallel from needle 2 and 3, the other
aspirates from needles 4, 5 and 6. The single-head diaphragm pump is dedicated to the drying tip
only.
During the washing cycle all cuvettes progressively run under each of the needles from position 1
up to position 8, moving one position on at any machine cycle. During the washing cycle,
composed from a descent phase, a waiting phase and a rising phase, the needles, placed in the
different positions, behave as follow:
 Positions 1 (couple of needles): the cuvette is fully discharged of the reaction fluid
and then filled with Systemic Solution; solution level
left is about 450ul;
 Positions 2 (couple of needles): the cuvette is fully discharged and then filled with
Cleaner Solution; solution level left is about 400ul;
 Positions 3÷4 (couple of needles): the cuvette is fully discharged and then filled with
Systemic Solution; solution level left is about 450ul;
 Position 5 (couple of needles): the cuvette is fully discharged and then filled with
Systemic Solution; solution level left is about 450ul. It
is optically measured and checked (transparent or
zero-value updating);
 Position 6 (single needle): the cuvette is fully discharged;
 Position 7 (no needle): no actions;
 Position 8 (tip): the cuvette is dried from residual liquid.

Dedicated Start Up cycle is automatically run by the system during the power-up of the instrument,
or on operator request, to assure the cleaning and control of each cuvette and the current
updating of the auto-zero values. It includes washing and reading of all cuvettes.
Cuvette that is showing absorbance out of the admissible range is automatically “marked” by the
system and skipped in subsequent sampling cycles. When that “marked” cuvette reaches once
more the washing station, it is washed and read again; this up it is reaching an acceptable
absorbance. In case that after three times the cuvette is still dirty, the instrument alerts the user to
replace it by colouring it in red.
The instrument doesn’t guarantee the declared performances, in terms of throughput, when more
“marked” cuvette have been detected, and in any case dirty cuvettes must be substituted when
their number exceeds 20 units or when there are more “marked” cuvettes following each other.
PERISTALTIC PERISTALTIC PERISTALTIC PERISTALTIC PERISTALTIC PERISTALTIC

PUMP NEEDLE PUMP NEEDLE PUMP NEEDLE PUMP NEEDLE PUMP NEEDLE PUMP NEEDLE
“DIS1”, “DIS3”, “DIS4”, “DIS5”, “ASP1”, “DIS2”,
DISPENSING DISPENSING DISPENSING DISPENSING ASPIRATING DISPENSING
SYSTEMIC SOL. SYSTEMIC SOL. SYSTEMIC SOL. SYSTEMIC SOL. REACTION CLEANER SOL.
Figure 96: Washing Station Peristaltic Pumps (Included in OPP Pumps & Drivers)

2-HEADS DIAPHRAGM SINGLE HEAD DIAPHRAGM

ASPIRATION PUMP FOR ASPIRATION PUMP FOR TIP
NEEDLES
Figure 97: Washing Station, Aspiration Pumps
OUTLET
INLET
HEAD FOR “ASP4”, “ASP5” HEAD FOR “ASP2” AND

AND “ASP6” NEEDLES IN “ASP3” NEEDLES IN
PARALLEL PARALLEL
Figure 98: Washing Station, 2-Heads Diaphragm Pump for Aspiration Needles
Part List Title: OPP Washing Station P/N: 10211-00-B

1 A1, A2 2 PZ OPTO SENSOR 10045-00-A
3 HM1-HM5 5 PZ NEEDLE PAIR DISPENSING (NARROW)-ASPIRATION (LARGE)
4 HM6 1 PZ ASPIRATION NEEDLE (LARGE)
5 HM7 1 PZ NOT USED
6 HM8 1 PZ TIP
7 HM9 1 PZ WASHING STATION MANIFOLD

Part List Title: OPP Washing Station P/N: 10211-00-B

8 HT1, HT3, HT5, 0,8 M FLEXIBLE TUBE, PTFE (TEFLON), INT. DIAM.=1,0mm, PTFE ID=1.0
HT7, HT9 WALL=0,5mm, PTFE METRIC 0.5MM WALL SERIES WALL=0.5
9 HT2, HT4, HT6, 0,9 M FLEXIBLE TUBE, PLASTIC- TYGON, INT. DIAM.=1/16" (1,6mm), AAC00002
HT8, HT10, HT11 EXT. DIAM.=1/8" (3,2mm), WALL=1/32" (0,8mm), TYPE TYGON (T3602-13)
R3603
10 HT13 0,15 M FLEXIBLE TUBE, PLASTIC TYGON, INT. DIAM.=3/32" (2,4mm), AAC00004
EXT. DIAM.=5/32" (4mm), WALL =1/32" (0,8mm), TYPE TYGON
R3603

42
OUTPUT
ANODE
+5V
EGND
OUTPUT
ANODE
+5V
EGND
+PA
-PA
+PB
-PB
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
P1 P1 P1

0.20N B1.8 M OTOR A SSY

P/N 10055-00-A
A1 A2 A3
OPTO SEN SOR OPTO SEN SOR

P/N 10045-00-A P/N 10045-00-A
W A SHI N G STATI ON W A SHI NG STA TI ON W ASHI N G STA TI ON

M OTOR A SSEM BLY HOM E SEN SOR LOW POSI TI ON SENSOR
131/288
Section 3
Electrical drawing Title: OPP Washing Station P/N: 10211-00-B Page 1 of 2

42

ASPI RA TI ON A SPI RA TI ON D I SPEN SI N G DI SPEN SI N G ASPI RA TI ON DI SPEN SI N G DI SPEN SI N G ASPI RA TI ON DI SPEN SI N G

TI P N EEDLES N EEDLE5 NEED LE4 NEEDLES NEEDLE3 NEEDLE2 NEEDLE #1 NEEDLE1
PU M P PU M P PU M P PU M P PU M P PU M P PU M P PU M P PU M P
HEA D #1 HEA D#2
HM 9
W A SHI N G
STA TI ON
M AN I FOLD
HT13 HT11 HT10 HT9 HT8 HT7 HT6 HT5 HT4 HT3 HT2 HT1
HM 8 HM 6 HM 5 HM 4 HM 3 HM 2 HM 1
TI P N EEDLE6 N EEDLE5 NEEDLE4 NEEDLE3 NEEDLE2 NEED LE1

132/288
Section 3
Electrical drawing Title: OPP Washing Station P/N: 10211-00-B Page 2 of 2

3.2.8.3.1. 0.20NM 1.8 MOTOR ASSY, P/N 10055-00-A

This is the stepping motor assembly used for the washing station motion.
M1
A+ BLACK
A YELLOW
A- GREEN
P1
1 + PA
2 -PA
B+
B-
B
3 + PB
4 -PB
RED
W HI TE
BLU E
To access the motor, disassemble the cabinet. Motor is placed behind the washing station. The
group of needles is moved through a belt.
WASHING
STATION
STEPPING
MOTOR
Figure 100: Washing Station Stepping Motor

3.2.8.3.2. Opto Sensor Ver.00 P/N, 10045-00-A

This is the home opto-sensor used for Filter Wheel motion control.
RED
W HI TE
BLU E
P1
1 OU TPU T
2 A NOD E
3 V cc
4 EGND
GREEN
BLA CK
Two Washing Station opto-sensors are placed in the rear side: one home sensor (upper limit
position) and one low limit position sensor.
To replace them remove the cabinet.
HOME
SENSOR
LOW POSITION
SENSOR
Figure 102: Washing Station Stepping Motor
Replace sensor only with the same model.

3.2.8.4. OPP 100M3 MGND Jumper P/N 10410-00-A and OPP 100M4 MGND
Jumper
These jumpers are used to connect the bottom of the cuvette tray and the optical group with the
mechanical ground for protection and shielding.
The 100M3 MGND Jumper is located under the cuvette tray.
The 100M4 MGND Jumper connects the cuvette tray mechanical support with the optical group.
FI XED ON BOTTOM OF E1 E2 FI XED ON BOTTOM OF

SA M PLE & REA GEN TS REA GEN T ASSEM BLY
ASSEM BLY
2,5mmq Y/G
MGND JUMPER
Figure 103: OPP 100M3 MGND Jumper
MGND JUMPER
Figure 104: 100M4 MGND Jumper, from Optical Group

3.2.9. OPP Pumps & Drivers, P/N 10217-00-F

This assembly is connected to the motherboard of the OPP Controller Assembly P/N 10016-00-D and
includes two boards (Power Driver Module – 9x1A, P/N 10006-00-C) for powering loads. It includes
the following main parts:
 2 Power Driver Module boards;
 6 peristaltic pumps for washing station needles dispensing;
 2 peristaltic pumps for ARM probe rinsing (two sampler probes – one pump for each ARM);
 1 peristaltic pump for probe washing sink aspiration.
The pumps are connected to the power boards respecting the pictures below.
For replacing peristaltic pumps please refer to the maintenance periodic scheduling given later in
this manual.
Peristaltic pumps need replacing of the head (cartridge) once a year; replace head only with
same model.
In case of older instruments, mounting different washing station peristaltic pump models form the
last ones, note that the dispensing pumps marked with DIS1, DIS2, DIS3, DIS4 and DIS5 must be
always same model and type, never mix different modes to avoid cuvette overflow and unreliable
operation.
Refer to the picture below for pumps location.
“ARM2” PROBE “ARM1” PROBE PROBE WASHING SINK

SYSTEMIC SOL. SYSTEMIC SOL. ASPIRATING WASTE
78ML PUMP 78ML PUMP 120ML PUMP
W.S. NEEDLE W.S. NEEDLE W.S. NEEDLE W.S. NEEDLE W.S. NEEDLE W.S. NEEDLE
“DIS1” “DIS3” “DIS4” “DIS5” “ASP1”, “DIS2”
SYSTEMIC SOL. SYSTEMIC SOL. SYSTEMIC SOL. SYSTEMIC SOL. ASPIRATING CLEANER SOL.
78ML PUMP 78ML PUMP 78ML PUMP 78ML PUMP WASTE REACTION 57ML PUMP
120ML PUMP
Figure 105: OPP Pumps & Drivers, Peristaltic pumps layout

Figure 106: OPP Pumps & Drivers, “Connectors to Loads” Correspondence
Signal to Power Output cross-reference tables (W.S.=Washing Station):

Ref.Des.: A1, Power Driver Module – 9x1A board
Output Load Driven by Connector
OUT01 Buzzer Main Controller Ver.01 J3
OUT02 ARM1 Diluter Electrovalve ARM1 Controller J4
OUT03 Diluter ARM1 Rinsing Pump ARM1 Controller J5
OUT04 Washing Sink Aspiration Pump ARM1 & ARM2 Controller J6
OUT05 ARM1 Coil Heater ARM1 Controller J7
OUT07 Diluter ARM2 Rinsing Pump ARM2 Controller J9
OUT09 Spare Output --- J11

OUT01 W.S. Dispensing Needle1 Pump Read & Wash Controller J3
OUT08 Aspiration Needles Pumps Read & Wash Controller J10
(including W.S. Needle 1 waste
reaction aspiration pump)
OUT09 Aspiration Tip Pump Read & Wash Controller J11

Part List Title: OPP Pumps & Drivers P/N: 10217-00-F

1 A1, A2 2 PZ PWR DRIVER MODULE - 9X1A 10006-00-C
2 A3, A5-A7, A9, 6 PZ WPM1 78ML 2.5 24V PUMP 11053-00-A
A11
3 A4 1 PZ WPM1 57ML 2.0 24V PUMP 11052-00-A
4 A8, A10 2 PZ WPM1 120ML 3.0 24V PUMP 11048-00-A
5 A12 1 PZ NOT USED
6 A13 1 PZ BUZZER ASSY 10058-00-A
7 W1 1 PZ CABLAGGIO OPP PUMPS & DRIVERS 10514-00-A
8 HM1 1 PZ MANIFOLD
9 HM1, HM3, 7 PZ THROUGH-HOLE FITTING, BARBED FOR TUBE 1/8", PVC, TBD-08_04_24-01
HM5, HM7, THREAD 1/4-28UNF, FOR FERULE FOR PTFE TUBE
HM9, HM13, EXT.DIAM.=1/8"
HM15
10 HM2, HM4, 10 PZ THROUGH-HOLE FITTING, TUBE/TUBE I.D.=3mm 1/4 28 UNF, PMS230-06
HM6, HM8, POLIPROPILEN
HM10, HM11,
HM12, HM14,
HM16, HM17,
HM18

42
W1
1
2
3
4
TO OPP CONTROLLER ASSEM BLY
1
2
3
4
P1
A 13
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
BU ZZER ASSY J1 J2
TO POW ER SU PPLY P/N 10058-00-A A1
PW R DRI V ER M ODU LE - 9X1A V ER.00
P/N 10006-00-C
INP-01
INP-02
INP-03
INP-04
INP-05
INP-06
INP-07
INP-08
INP-09
EGND
+24V
EGND
+12V
EGND
J1
V A1+
-
+
1
V A1- 2
V A2+ 3
V A2- 4
OUT01-P
OUT01-N
OUT02-P
OUT02-N
OUT03-P
OUT03-N
OUT04-P
OUT04-N
OUT05-P
OUT05-N
OUT06-P
OUT06-N
OUT07-P
OUT07-N
OUT08-P
OUT08-N
OUT09-P
OUT09-N
J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 J8 J9 J10 J11

1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
P1 P1 P1 TO OPP A RM 1 A SSY P1 TO OPP ARM 2 ASSY SPARE OU TPU T

BU ZZER TO A RM 1 DI LU TOR EV (COI L HEATER) TO ARM 2 DI LU TOR EV (COI L HEATER)
V+
V-
V+
V-
V+
V-
V+
V-

W1
W1
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
TO OPP CONTROLLER ASSEM BLY P2
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
J1 J2
A2
PW R DRI V ER M OD U LE - 9X1A V ER.00
INP-01
INP-02
INP-03
INP-04
INP-05
INP-06
INP-07
INP-08
INP-09
EGND
P/N 10006-00-C
+24V
EGND
+12V
EGND
OUT01-P
OUT01-N
OUT02-P
OUT02-N
OUT03-P
OUT03-N
OUT04-P
OUT04-N
OUT05-P
OUT05-N
OUT06-P
OUT06-N
OUT07-P
OUT07-N
OUT08-P
OUT08-N
OUT09-P
OUT09-N
J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 J8 J9 J10 J11
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 SPA RE OU TPU T SPARE OU TPU T TO ASPI RATI ON 2
TO A SPI RATI ON
NEED LES PU M P TI P PU M P
JU M PER
V+
V-
V+
V-
V+
V-
V+
V-
V+
V-
TO JU M PER OF
ASPI RATI ON PU M P
P1
V+
V-
- - -
+
+
+
P P P
A9 A10 A11
W PM 1 78M L 2.5 W PM 1 120M L 3.0 W PM 1 78M L 2.5
24V PU M P 24V PU M P 24V PU M P
P/N 11053-00-A P/N 11048-00-A P/N 11053-00-A

- - - - - -
+
+
+
+
+
+
P P P P P P DI LU TER 1 PU M P W ASHI NG SI NK PU M P DI LU TER 2 PU M P
(78M L/M I N ) (120M L/M I N) ( 78M L/M I N )
A4 A3 A5 A6 A7 A8
W PM 1 78M L 2.5 W PM 1 57M L 2.0 W PM 1 78M L 2.5 W PM 1 78M L 2.5 W PM 1 78M L 2.5 W PM 1 120M L 3.0
24V PU M P 24V PU M P 24V PU M P 24V PU M P 24V PU M P 24V PU M P
P/N 11053-00-A P/N 11052-00-A P/N 11053-00-A P/N 11053-00-A P/N 11053-00-A P/N 11048-00-A HYDRAU LI C CONNECTI ON S TO A RM S AND
W ASHI N G SI NK
DI SPENSI NG NEEDLE 1 D I SPEN SI NG N EEDLE 2 DI SPENSI N G NEEDLE 3 DI SPEN SI NG N EEDLE 4 DI SPENSI N G NEED LE 5 NEED LE #1 ASPI RA TI ON
PU M P (78M L/M I N - PU M P (57M L/M I N - PU M P ( 78M L/M I N - PU M P (78M L/M I N - PU M P ( 78M L/M I N - PU M P ( 120M L/M I N)
W HI TE) W HI TE) W HI TE) W HI TE) W HI TE)
HYDRAU LI C CONNECTI ONS TO W A SHI NG STA TI ON

139/288
Section 3
Electrical drawing Title: OPP Pumps & Drivers P/N: 10217-00-F Page 1 of 2
42

HYDRAU LIC SCHEM ATIC

A SPI RATI ON D I SPENSI NG DI SPEN SI NG DI SPENSI N G D I SPEN SI NG DI SPENSI N G
DI LU TER1 W A SHI NG DI LU TER2 N EEDLE1 N EEDLE5 NEEDLE4 NEED LE3 N EEDLE2 NEED LE1

PU M P SI NK PU M P PU M P
PU M P PU M P PU M P PU M P PU M P PU M P
A9 A 10 A11 A8 A7 A6 A5 A3 A4
HM 13 HM 14 HM 17 HM 18 HM 15 HM 16 HM 11 HM 12 HM 9 HM 10 HM 7 HM 8 HM 5 HM 6 HM 3 HM 4 HM 1 HM 2
TO TO TO TO TO TO TO TO TO
DI LU TER1 EV W ASTE DI LU TER2 EV W ASTE DI SPENSI NG D I SPEN SI NG DI SPENSI N G D I SPENSI NG DI SPEN SI NG
M ANI FOLD NEED LE5 N EEDLE4 NEED LE3 N EEDLE2 NEEDLE1
FROM
W ASHI NG SI N K
FROM
A SPI RA TI ON N EEDLE1
O F W A SHI N G STATI ON
FROM CLEA NER CHARGE TANK
( LI Q U I D2 TAN K CO NNECTI ON)
FROM SYSTEM I C CHARGE TANK

( LI Q U I D1 TAN K CO NNECTI ON)
HM 19
I N PU T
M ANI FOLD
140/288
Section 3
Electrical drawing Title: OPP Pumps & Drivers P/N: 10217-00-F Page 2 of 2
3.2.9.1. Power Driver Module - 9x1A, P/N 10006-00-C

This module is used to drive most of the peripheral loads of the instrument.
The board includes nine sections, one for each load. Two of these boards are included in the M100
Pumps Assembly and they are interchangeable.
Loads will be enabled by signals generated in the Controller Boards (see previous paragraph):
loads are enabled when the respective lamp is ON.
Figure 107: Power Driver Module – 9x1A
To access the boards, open the side panel of the unit, both of them have been placed on the
upper part of the pumps bracket.
To replace a board, remove the cabinet, unplug connectors, unfasten the screw that fix it on the
support and replace it with a new one.

3.2.9.2. WPM1 78ML 2.5 24V Pump, P/N 11053-00-A

This is the peristaltic pump used for:
 dispensing needle nr.1;
 ARM1 diluter rinsing;
 ARM2 diluter rinsing.
RED
1 V+
BLU E
2 V-
+
PERI STA LTI C

P
78mL/min
Tube 2.5mm
-
24V /250mA max

W HI TE ROTOR
Figure 108: WPM1 78mL 24V Pump
Peristaltic pumps are placed behind the instrument front panel on the pumps
bracket.
To replace pump head, disconnect external instrument charge tubing (green
one), unplug pump tubing from manifold nipples, turn the pump head 25° CCW
and remove it from the motor keyed shaft. Replace with the new head being
careful to insert the shaft in the keyed shaft and turn the head 25° CW until the
“click”; plug tubing on the manifold nipple and connect back the external
instrument charge tubing. Tube ID size is 2.5mm.
To replace the entire pump, including dc motor unfasten the two fixing screw,
unplug electrical connectors, extract the pump and replace with the new one.
Replace pump only with the same model.

Do not mix and assemble together different parts coming from different pump
models.
Below pump is a detailed pump block diagram.
In case of tubing internal walls gluing by long inactivity (limiting the normal flow), open the head
extract and gently massage the tubing and assemble all back.

3.2.9.3. WPM1 57ML 2.0 24V PUMP, P/N 11052-00-A

This is the peristaltic pump used for:
 dispensing needle nr.2.
RED
1 V+
BLU E
2 V-
+
PERI STA LTI C

P
57ml/min
Tube 2.0mm
-
24V /250mAmax
BLU E ROTOR
bracket.

models.

3.2.9.4. WPM1 120ML 3.0 24V PUMP, P/N 11048-00-A

This is the peristaltic pump used for draining the probe washing sink and for aspirating from needle
#1 of the cuvette washing station:
 ARM diluter washing sink aspiration pump.
 Washing station #1 aspiration needle pump.
WARNING
Take care when handling waste tubes and pump as they are POTENTIALLY INFECTED.
RED
1 V+
BLU E
2 V-
+
PERI STA LTI C

P
90ml/min
Tube 3.0mm
-
24V /250mAmax
RED ROTOR
bracket.

models.

3.2.9.5. Buzzer Assy, P/N 10058-00-A

This is the buzzer used as sound beeper of the instrument; it is activated in case of alarms, at the
end of analysis working sessions and at the end of warming-up.
P1
RED
+ 1 V+
BLACK
- 2 V-
Figure 111: Buzzer Assy
Buzzer is placed behind the instrument front panel on the left side of the pumps bracket.
To replace it, remove the cabinet, unplug connectors, unfasten the screw that fix it on the support
and replace it with a new one.
Replace the buzzer only with the same model.

3.2.9.6. OPP Pumps & Drivers Wiring, P/N 10514-00-A

This is the wiring connects PWR Module boards power connectors to the assembly power
connector. It carries on +24Vdc power.
Part List Title: OPP MAINPS Wiring P/N: 10514-00-A

1 J1 1 PZ CONNECTOR, RECEPTACLE, PANEL, STRAIGHT, CRIMP 350780-1
CONTACTS, SINGLE ROW, 4X1PIN, POLARIZATION, LOCK,
PITCH 6.35, TYPE UNIVERSAL MATE-N-LOCK
2 4 PZ CONTACT, CRIMPING TYPE, MALE, 20-14AWG (0,5-2,0mm2), 926894-1
FOR TYCO AMP UNIVERSAL MATE-N-LOCK, TINNED BRASS,
19A
3 L1 1 PZ FERRITE, EMI SUPPRESSOR, CORE, FOR CABLE, EXT. TPFA26435400021
DIAM.=14.3mm, INT. DIAM.=6.35mm, L=28.6mm, Z=171Ohm
@25MHz, BROADBAND=25-300MHz
4 P1, P2 2 PZ CONNECTOR, PLUG, STRAIGHT, CRIMPING CONTACTS, 350779-1
SINGLE ROW, 4X1PIN, POLARIZATION, LOCK, PITCH 6.35, TYPE
UNIVERSAL MATE-N-LOCK
5 4 PZ CONTACT, CRIMPING TYPE, FEMALE, 20-14AWG (0,5- 926893-1
2,0mm2), FOR TYCO AMP UNIVERSAL MATE-N-LOCK, TINNED
BRASS, 19A
6 0,8 M CONDUCTOR, COPPER, FLEXIBLE, PVC, FLAME RETARDANT, CAV1007/18NE
7 0,8 M CONDUCTOR, COPPER, FLEXIBLE, PVC, FLAME RETARDANT, CAV1007/18RO
UL1007, AWG18 (34/0,18), Tmax=+80°C, Vmax=300V, RED

42

P1

ROSSO 1
1 + 24V
NERO 2 TO PW R D RI V ER
2 EGN D
3 M OD U LE
3 + 12V
4
4 EGN D
J1 L1
V A1+ 1
V A1- 2
V A2+ AW G18
3
V A2- 4
P2
ROSSO 1
1 + 24V
NERO 2 TO PW R D RI V ER
2 EGN D
3 M OD U LE
3 + 12V
4
4 EGN D
147/288
Section 3
Electrical drawing Title: OPP Pumps & Drivers Wiring P/N: 10514-00-A Page 1 of 1
3.2.10. ARM Diluter Assembly Ver.00 (ARM1), P/N 10358-00-C

This assembly includes the diluter assembly and the electrovalve for ARM1 (Sample ARM).
The diluter assembly is a high-resolution micro-metering pumps equipped with an integrated home
sensor (bench-mark sensor). It allows the dosing of micro-volumes of fluid (sampling). Home sensor is
connected to the Controller Assembly (through the OPP Sensor Wiring), motor is connected to its LP
Step Motor Driver board (through OPP MOTDRV Wiring). The assembly is controlled by the ARM1
Controller board.
The electrovalve is used to separate the fluid to be dosed from the column of systemic solution
used for probe washing.
Electrovalve is driven by PWR Driver Module A1 (through OPP Sensor Wiring) and controlled by the
ARM1 Controller board.
ELECTROVALVE
500UL DILUTER
Figure 112: ARM Diluter Assembly Ver.00 (ARM1)
Part List Title: ARM Dilutor Assembly Ver.00 (ARM1) P/N: 10358-00-A
1 A1 1 PZ 500uL DILUTER VER.00 10911-00-A
2 A2 1 PZ 2-WAY EV ASSY 10051-00-B
3 0,15 M FLEX TUBING, PTFE (TEFLON), AWG19 (INNER DIAM.= 0,9mm, PTFE TW19
OUTER DIAM.=1,7mm)
To replace electrovalve, unplug connector and tubing and unfasten the fixing screws.
To replace diluter, unplug both home sensor and motor connectors, unfasten the support and
replace it. Replace both parts only with same models.
To fix bigger 3.2mm OD teflon tube use a ¼-28UNF fitting for ferule (P-300) and tube 1/8”.
To fix smaller AWG19 teflon tube use a ¼-28UNF fitting for ferule (P-200) and tube 1/16”.

42
A1
P/N 10911-00-A
500uL DI LU TER
C ORA NGE P2
A BROW N

1 OU TPU T
2 A N OD E
3 N .C.
K RED 4 EGND
E YELLOW PLU G

A+ BLACK
A COM YELLOW P1
A- GREEN 1 + PA
2 -PA
B+ RED 3 + PB
HM 1
4 -PB
B COM W HI TE RECEPTA CLE
B- BLU E
M
A1
500uL D I LU TER
HM 2
HT1
A2
HM 1
P/N 10051-00-B
2-W A Y EV A SSY
-
2 P1
+
RED
+ 1 V+
BLACK
2 V-
ARM DI LU TER -
LV M EV
HM 2 1
149/288
Section 3
Electrical drawing Title: ARM Diluter Assly Ver.00 and Ver.01 P/N: 10358-00-A Page 1 of 1
3.2.11. ARM Diluter Assembly Ver.01 (ARM2), P/N 10358-01-C

This assembly includes the diluter assembly and the electrovalve for ARM2 (Sample ARM).
The diluter assembly is a high-resolution micro-metering pumps equipped with an integrated home
sensor (bench-mark sensor). It allows the dosing of micro-volumes of fluid (sampling). Home sensor is
connected to the Controller Assembly (through the OPP Sensor Wiring), motor is connected to its LP
Step Motor Driver board (through OPP MOTDRV Wiring). The assembly is controlled by the ARM2
Controller board.
The electrovalve is used to separate the fluid to be dosed from the column of systemic solution
used for probe washing.
Electrovalve is driven by PWR Driver Module A1 (through OPP Sensor Wiring) and controlled by the
ARM2 Controller board.
HOME SENSOR
ELECTROVALVE
STEP MOTOR
DILUTER
HEAD
Figure 113: ARM Diluter Assembly Ver.01 (ARM2)
Part List Title: ARM Dilutor Assembly Ver.01 (ARM2) P/N: 10358-01-A
1 A1 1 PZ 500uL DILUTER VER.00 10911-00-A
2 A2 1 PZ 2-WAY EV ASSY 10051-00-B
3 0,15 M FLEX TUBING, PTFE (TEFLON), AWG19 (INNER DIAM.= 0,9mm, PTFE TW19
OUTER DIAM.=1,7mm)
To replace electrovalve, unplug connector and tubing and unfasten the fixing screws.
To replace diluter, unplug both home sensor and motor connectors, unfasten the support and
replace it. Replace both parts only with same models.
To fix bigger 3.2mm OD teflon tube use a ¼-28UNF fitting for ferule (P-300) and tube 1/8”.
To fix smaller AWG19 teflon tube use a ¼-28UNF fitting for ferule (P-200) and tube 1/16”.
For the electrical drawing refer to the previous schematic given for the Ver.00.

3.2.12. ISE Module Assembly, P/N 10726-00-A (Option)

This assembly is composed by the ISE Module itself including the conditioning electronic, the pump
assembly (substantially a support with the three pumps for Calibrant A, Calibrant B and Waste) and
the Reagent Button (connecting the Reagent Pack to the module).
The ISE Module has its own hardware and software and it is controlled by the instrument through an
RS232 serial link.
It provides automatically the analysis of the sample and gives back the results (one for each of the
four electrodes). The sample will be dispensed into the inlet upper cup by the sampling probe
(ARM). Calibrant A and B are moved by two of the three peristaltic pumps from the reagent pack
to the inlet cup. The third pump draws the waste to the external waste tank (reagent pack waste
not used). The peristaltic pumps are controlled by the ISE Module directly and have stepping
motors.
The module is connected to the calibrants and waste through the reagent button hydraulic internal
fittings. It also provides the 2-wires electrical connection to the Dallas reagent pack internal chip for
data storing and reading (calibrant actual volumes, expiring date, total volumes).
Refer to the User Manual for ISE Module operation and theory.
ISE MODULE FROM ISE

WIRING MODULE
(WASTE)
ISE MODULE
(WITHOUT
TO ISE
ELECTRODES)
MODULE
ISE MODULE FROM
WASTE (TO WASTE REAGENT
WASTE TANK) CAL B PACK
(CALIBRANTS)
ISE MODULE CAL A
REAGENT
BUTTON
ISE MODULE
PUMP
ASSEMBLY
Figure 114: ISE Module

ISE MODULE
FLAT WIRING
ISE MODULE
(WITH
ELECTRODES)
Figure 115: ISE Module & Electrodes
Part List Title: ISE Module Assembly P/N: 10726-00-A

1 A1 1 PZ 4-CHANNEL ISE MODULE (REWORKED) 5008
2 A2 1 PZ ISE MODULE REAGENT BUTTON 10785-00-A
3 A3 1 PZ ISE MODULE PUMP ASSEMBLY 10784-00-B
4 1 PZ Na ELECTRODE, PER 4-CHANNEL ISE MODULE P/N 5008 5201
5 1 PZ K ELECTRODE, PER 4-CHANNEL ISE MODULE P/N 5008 5202
6 1 PZ Cl ELECTRODE, PER 4-CHANNEL ISE MODULE P/N 5008 5203
7 1 PZ Li ELECTRODE, PER 4-CHANNEL ISE MODULE P/N 5008 5205
8 1 PZ REFERENCE ELECTRODE, PER 4-CHANNEL ISE MODULE P/N 5204
5008
9 1 PZ 4 CHANNEL RIGHT ANGLE ADAPTER KIT 5615
10 1 PZ TUBING ADAPTER (4 CHANNEL TUBING CONNECTOR KIT) 5612
11 1 PZ 4 CHANNEL A/B/WASTE TUBING KIT 5611
12 1 PZ PUMP TUBING KIT 5610
13 1 PZ 4 CHANNEL COMPRESSION PLATE 5618
14 1 PZ 4 CHANNEL BUBBLE DETECTOR KIT 5621
15 1 PZ 4 CHANNEL SAMPLE CUP KIT 5617
Electrodes, reagent pack, cleaning solution and urine diluent are considered consumables.
Replace parts only with same original models.

42
TO W 13-P1 TO W 13-J1 TO W 13-J2 TO W 13-J3 TO W 13-J4 TO W 13-P2

CABLAGGI O CABLA GGI O CA BLAGGI O CA BLA GGI O CABLA GGI O CABLAGGI O
I SE M ODU LE I SE M ODU LE I SE M OD U LE I SE M OD U LE I SE M ODU LE I SE M ODU LE
DATA
MBPHA
MBPHD
MWPHB
MWPHC
GND
MAPHB
MAPHC
MBPHB
MBPHC
MAPHA
MAPHD
MWPHA
MWPHD
+24V
+24V-RET
+24V
+24V-RET

P1 P2 P3 P4 J2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
1
2
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
J1
1
2
GND
DATA
MAPHA
MAPHA
MAPHB
MAPHB
MAPHC
MAPHC
MAPHD
MAPHD
MBPHA
MBPHA
MBPHB
MBPHB
MBPHC
MBPHC
MBPHD
MBPHD
MWPHA
MWPHA
MWPHB
MWPHB
MWPHC
MWPHC
MWPHD
MWPHD
+24V
+24V
+24V-RET
+24V-RET
GND
N.C.
CPU_RESET
RTS
RXD_IN
CTS
TXD_OUT
N.C.
RESERV.
RESERV.
WHITE
BLACK
A1
RED
RED
BLACK
BLACK
4-CHA NN EL I SE M OD U LE - CON TROLLER

FROM M EDI CA CORPORA TI ON TO
DA LLAS
GREEN
GREEN
GREEN
RED
BLUE
BLUE
BLUE
BLACK
RED
RED
BLACK
YELLOW
YELLOW
BLACK
YELLOW
WHITE
WHITE
WHITE
CHI P ON
REAGEN T
A+
A
A-
A+
A
A-
A+
A
A-
PA CK
B+ B+ B+
B B B
B- B- B-
A2 GREEN
P/N 10785-00-A
I SE M ODU LE
REAGEN T CA L A CA L B W A STE I SE M ODU LE
BU TTON ON/OFF
LA M P
FROM M ED I CA
CORPORA TI ON A3
I SE M OD U LE PU M P A SSEM BLY
P/N 10784-00-B
( PU M PS FROM M ED I CA CORPORA TI ON )
153/288
Section 3
Electrical drawing Title: ISE Module Assembly P/N: 10726-00-A Page 1 of 1

3.2.13. 24V Fan Assy, P/N 10110-00-A

Two of this fans are used for instrument cooling.
P1
+ RED
1 + 24V
BLA CK
2 EGN D
One fan is placed on the base of the instrument; the other on the back side of the instrument for
the ventilation of the stepping motor drivers (power channel).
To replace them, remove the cabinet, unplug connector and unfasten fixing screws.
Replace only with same parts.
Figure 116: 24V Fan Assy, on the instrument base
Figure 117: 24V Fan Assy, on the power channel

3.2.14. 12V Fan Assy, P/N 10111-00-A

This fan is used to cool down the heatsink of the LHP Power Board P/N 10762-00-B.
P1
+ RED
1 + 24V
BLA CK
2 EGN D
It is placed on the base of the instrument, just under the board.

12V FAN
UNDER
LHP POWER
BOARD
HEATSINK
Figure 118: 12V Fan Assy

3.2.15. 12V 60x60 Fan Assy, P/N 10112-00-A

Four of this fans are used for cooling down the heatsinks placed on the Peltier under the reagent
tray and dedicated to the reagent refrigeration.
P1
+ RED
1 + 24V
BLA CK
2 EGN D
Each of them is placed on the a plastic channel conveying the hot air under the base, outside the
instrument.
PELTIER
HEATSINK
PELTIER FAN
Figure 119: 12V60x60 Fan Assy, under the Reagent tray

3.2.16. Microswitch Cover, P/N 11061-00-A

This is the sensor used to detect when cover of the instrument is open. It is composed by two parts:
one part is the microswitch placed in the internal back side of the instrument, it is fixed on the
cabinet and connected to the OPP Sensor Wiring through a connector; the other is the flag, fixed
on the cover of the instrument, that activates the tactile switch lever when the cover is closed.
P1
1 C
2 C-RET
To replace sensor, remove the rear panel, unplug connector and remove the cabinet; then
replace microswitch. To replace flag, just unscrew it from the cover.
The flag can be regulated in correct position through the screws fixing it on the cover.
Replace only with same original parts.
Figure 120: Microswitch Cover sensor

3.2.17. ZRP3 2H-Aspiration Pump, P/N 11047-00-A

This is the vacuum pump for the aspiration needles of the cuvette washing station.
It is fixed on the base of the instrument, rear side, and it can be accessed by the back instrument
panel – it is the one on the left.
It is a double head diaphragm vacuum pump connected to all cuvette aspiration needles of the
washing station through two channels, one for each head, reaching the upper washing station
manifold.
P1
RED
1 V+
BLU E
2 V-
+
P
-
To replace this pump, remove the instrument rear panel, disconnect the flexible tubes and unplug
connectors, unfasten the four screws fixing the pump on the base and then replace the pump.
Replace only with same parts; it’s impossible to confuse pump connector with the one belonging
on the washing station aspiration tip pump because they have been polarized by reversing the
type on the wiring (male/female and female/male).
OUTLET
INLET

PARALLEL PARALLEL
Figure 121: ZRP3 2H-Aspiration Pump

DOUBLE HEAD
DIAPHRAGM PUMP
FOR
THE WASHING
STATION ASPIRATION
NEEDLES
(TWO-HEADS DRIVEN
BY THE SAME
DC MOTOR)
Figure 122: Two-Heads Washing Station Needle Aspiration Pump

3.2.18. ZRP Aspiration Pump Ver.01, P/N 10938-01-A

This is the vacuum pump for the aspiration tip of the cuvette washing station.
It is fixed on the base of the instrument, rear side, and it can be accessed by the back instrument
panel – it is the one on the right.
It is a single head diaphragm vacuum pump connected to the cuvette aspiration white tip of the
washing station reaching the upper washing station manifold.
P1
RED
1 V+
BLU E
2 V-
+
P
-
To replace this pump, remove the instrument rear panel, disconnect the flexible tubes and unplug
connectors, unfasten the four screws fixing the pump on the base and then replace the pump.
Replace only with same parts; it’s impossible to confuse pump connector with the one belonging
on the washing station aspiration needle pump because they have been polarized by reversing
the type on the wiring (male/female and female/male).
ASPIRATION
WASTE
FITTING (FROM TIP)
FITTING (TO
WASTE TANK)
DIAPHRAGM PUMP
FOR DRYING TIP
P/N 10938-01-A
Figure 123: ZRPAspiration Pumps

SINGLE HEAD
DIAPHRAGM PUMP
FOR
THE WASHING
STATION TIP
Figure 124: Single Head Washing Station Tip Aspiration Pump

3.2.19. OPP ON-OFF Breaker Ver.00, P/N 10368-00-A

This is the switch used to turn ON and OFF the instrument control and power electronic section. It is
the green button fixed on the upper right side of the cabinet; it is connected to the OPP 24VDC
AND AUXPS Wiring.
SW 2 J1
A RED
4 A -LED
BLA CK
K 3 C-SW
BLU E
2 K -LED
BLA CK
2 1 N O-SW
1
To replace this switch, unplug connectors, remove the cabinet, remove contacts from the
connector receptacle, unscrew and extract the green button from top of cabinet. When replacing
it, fix the new part on the cabinet and re-insert contacts in the right place of the receptacle
connectors.
Replace only with same parts; it’s impossible to confuse Ver.00 and ver.01 breakers because they
are reversed to the wiring (male/female and female/male).
OPP ON-OFF OPP ON-OFF

BREAKER VER.00 BREAKER VER.01
Figure 125: OPP ON-OFF Breaker Ver.00 and Ver.01
Part List Title: OPP ON-OFF Breaker Ver.00 P/N: 10368-00-A

1 SW2 1 PZ BREAKER, STABLE (ST) OFF-ON, PANEL MOUNTING, ROUND IPR1 FAD3 L0G
WITH GREEN LED IP67, 100mA/24V, POLYAMMIDE GREEN
KEY, BLACK BODY PA-6T UL94-V0,WITH AWG20
CONDUCTORS LENGHT.=500mm, 200.000 CILCLES,
2 J1 1 PZ CONNECTOR, RECEPTACLE, STRAIGHT, CRIMP CONTACTS, 39-01-2040
DOUBLE ROWS 2X2PIN, POLARIZATION, LOCK, MOLEX 5557
MINI-FIT JR SERIES, 94V-2
3 4 PZ CONTACTS, CRIMP, FEMALE, 24-18AWG, FOR RECEPTACLE 39-00-0038
MOLEX 5557 SERIES, BRASS (PRE-PLATED TIN OVER COPPER),
5556 SERIES, REEL

3.2.20. OPP ON-OFF Breaker Ver.01, P/N 10368-01-A

This is the switch used to turn ON and OFF the instrument refrigeration section. It is the blue button
fixed on the upper right side of the cabinet; it is connected to the OPP 24VDC AND AUXPS Wiring.
SW 3 J1
A RED
4 A -LED
BLA CK
K 3 C-SW
BLU E
2 K -LED
BLA CK
2 1 N O-SW
1
To replace this switch, unplug connectors, remove the cabinet, remove contacts from the
connector receptacle, unscrew and extract the blue button from top of cabinet. When replacing
it, fix the new part on the cabinet and re-insert contacts in the right place of the receptacle
connectors.
Replace only with same parts; it’s impossible to confuse Ver.00 and ver.01 breakers because they
are reversed to the wiring (male/female and female/male).
Part List Title: OPP ON-OFF Breaker Ver.01 P/N: 10368-01-A

1 SW2 1 PZ BREAKER, STABLE (ST) OFF-ON, PANEL MOUNTING, ROUND IPR1 FAD1 L0B
WITH BLUE LED IP67, 100mA/24V, POLYAMMIDE BLUE KEY,
BLACK BODY PA-6T UL94-V0,WITH AWG20 CONDUCTORS
LENGHT.=500mm, 200.000 CILCLES,
2 J1 1 PZ CONNECTOR, PLUG, STRAIGHT, CRIMP CONTACTS, DOUBLE 39-01-2041
ROW 2X2PIN, POLARIZATION, LOCK, MOLEX 5559 MINI-FIT JR
SERIES, 94V-2
3 4 PZ CONTACTS, CRIMP, MALE, 24-18AWG, FOR PLUG MOLEX 39-00-0041
5559 SERIES, BRASS (PRE-PLATED TIN OVER COPPER), 5556
SERIES

3.2.21. Cooling Timer Assy Ver01, P/N 11027-01-B

This assembly is fixed behind the sample and the reagent trays on the back side of the instrument. It
provides condensation draining from reagent tray.
Condensation is the change of the physical state of matter from gaseous phase into liquid phase:
water vapor condenses onto another surface when that surface is cooler than the dew point
temperature, or when the water vapor equilibrium in air has been exceeded. The excess of liquid
creating during refrigeration of reagents in the instrument is removed by this device.
This device is automatically ON when the reagent cooler is ON. It is powered by the 12Vdc power
supply and it doesn’t need the electronic switch in ON status to work.
It works when the refrigeration is ON and it is composed of a peristaltic pump driven by a self-
counting electronic circuit. The pump is automatically activated for about 160sec any 42 minutes
without the need to keep ON the Personal Computer and/or general electronics (green switch).
Two LEDs show the status of the timer: the GREEN LED (CR4) blinks at about 5sec period when in
operation (cooling ON), the RED LED (CR3) is ON only when the peristaltic pump is running. A tactile
switch (SW1) on the circuit allows the manual activation of the pump in case of need or test by
service personnel.
Condensation is wasted directly in the external waste tank.
12VDC / 57ML DRAIN TUBE FORM SLT1 TIMER WASTE TUBE

PERISTALTIC PUMP REAGENT TRAY BOARD
Figure 126: Cooling Timer Assy for Condensation Draining
To replace the pump, remove the rear panel and replace the assembly or the pump head if
needed.

Replace only with same original parts.
Part List Title: Cooling Timer Assy Ver.01 P/N: 11027-01-B

1 A1 1 PZ SLT1 TIMER BOARD 11024-00-B
2 A2 1 PZ WPM1 57ML 2.5 12V PUMP 11057-00-A
3 W1 1 PZ SLT1 TIMER WIRING 11028-01-B

42

A1
P/N 11024-00-B
SLT1 TI M ER
1 + A2
2 1 1 M GND
RED
3 2 2 N.C. OU T-P 1 1
TO + 12V dc E2 BLACK BLU E 11057-00-A
EGN D 3 3 EGND OU T-N 2 2
P
POW ER 4
+ 12V 4 4 + 12V
SU PPLY E1 RED J1 P1 57ml/min
W1 P2 J2 @12V dc
-
P/N 11028-01-B AW G22

SLT1 TI M ER W I RI N G
166/288
Section 3
Electrical drawing Title: Cooling Timer Assy Ver.01 P/N: 11027-01-B Page 1 of 1
3.2.21.1. SLT1 Timer Board, P/N 11024-00-B

This module is used to drive automatically the peristaltic pump that must drain the reagent tray
from condensation.
It activates the pump periodically for 160sec every 42 minutes about.
Figure 127: STL1 Timer Board
Don’t remove jumper JMP1 as used during board testing only.

To have a little higher frequency of intervention (around 35 minutes against 42 minutes) set the
potentiometer R1 completely CW; that will give also a shorter activation time (about 130sec
instead of 160sec).
To access the boards, open the instrument back panel of the unit, it has been placed on a support
fixed on the reagent tray base through two screws.
Disconnect the wiring, unfasten the four screws that fix the board on the support and replace the
circuit.

3.2.21.2. WPM1 57ML 2.5 12V PUMP, P/N 11057-00-A

This is the peristaltic pump used for draining the condensation form reagent tray.
It is used in the Cooling Timer Assy.
RED
1 V+
BLU E
2 V-
+
PERI STA LTI C

P
57ml/min
Tube 2.5mm
-
12V /250mA max

ORA N GE ROTOR
This peristaltic pumps is placed behind the instrument rear panel.

To replace the pump head unplug pump tubing from nipples, turn the pump
head 25° CCW and remove it from the motor keyed shaft. Replace with the new
head being careful to insert the shaft in the keyed shaft and turn the head 25°
CW until the “click”; plug tubing on the. Tube ID size is 2.5mm.

models.

3.2.22. Wirings of the Unit

This section includes the wirings of the unit.
3.2.22.1. OPP VDCPS-TB Wiring, P/N 10159-00-A

This is the wiring linking the DC voltages generated by the OPP Power Supply Assembly to the
protection fuses and to the distribution terminal blocks. It carries on low voltage DC power.
Part List Title: OPP VDCPS-TB Wiring P/N: 10159-00-A

1 E1-E4 4 PZ CRIMP SPADE TERMINAL, PRE-INSULATED, PVC, TIN PLATED GF-U4
BODY COPPER, YELLOW (AWG12-10, 4-6mmq), SCERW
DIAM.= 4mm
2 E5, E6, E8, E9, 10 PZ CRIMP FASTON TERMINAL, FEMALE, PRE-INSULATION, PC, TIN RF-F 405
E11, E12, E14, PLATED BODY COPPER, RED (AWG22-16, 0,25-1,5mmq),
E15, E17, E18 2,8x0,5mm
3 E7, E10, E13, 5 PZ CRIMP PIN TERMINAL, PRE-INSULATED, PVC, TIN PLATED RF-P 10
E16, E19 BODY COPPER, RED (AWG22-16, 0,25-1,5mmq), L=10mm
4 E20, E23, E24 3 PZ CRIMP PIN TERMINAL, PRE-INSULATED, PVC, TIN PLATED GF-P 10
BODY COPPER, YELLOW (AWG12-10 4-6mmq), L=10mm
5 E21, E22 2 PZ CRIMP FASTON TERMINAL, FEMALE, PRE-INSULATION, PC, TIN GF-F 608
PLATED BODY COPPER, YELLOW (AWG22-10, 4-6mmq),
6,35x0,8mm
6 0,8 M CONDUCTOR, COPPER, FLEX, PVC, FLAME RETARDANT, CEE 4520043
73/23, H07V-K, 4mm2 (56/0,3), FROM -40°C TO +70°C,
Uo/U=450-750V, RED
73/23, H07V-K, 4mm2 (56/0,3), FROM -40°C TO +70°C,
Uo/U=450-750V, BLACK
8 5,4 M CONDUCTOR, COPPER, FLEX, PVC, FLAME RETARDANT, CAV1007/18RO
9 24 PZ CABLE TIE, LENGHT=92mm, WIDTH=2,3mm, DIAM.=2-16mm TYB23M
Figure 129: OPP VDCPS-TB Wiring, P/N 10159-00-A

42
E5
RED - A W G18 TO F4-1 OF
OPPORTU N I TY
E7 E6
TO TB14 OF RED - A W G18 TO F4-2 OF
OPPORTU N I TY U N I T OPPORTU N I TY
E8
OPPORTU N I TY
E10 E9

E11
OPPORTU N I TY
E13 E12

E14
OPPORTU N I TY
E16 E15
E1 E17
TO TERM I N A L + 24V OF A 1 + 24V RED - A W G18 TO F8-1 OF
A C/DC POW ER SU PPLY OPPORTU N I TY
E19 E18
E2 E20
TO TERM I N A L + 24V -RTN O F A 1 + 24V -RTN BLA CK - 4mmq TO TB9-2 OF
E3 E21
TO TERM I N A L + 12V OF A 1 + 12V RED - 4mmq TO F3-1 OF
E23 E22
TO TB20 OF RED - 4mmq TO F3-2 OF
E4 E24
TO TERM I N A L + 12V -RTN O F A 1 + 12V -RTN BLA CK - 4mmq TO TB18-1 OF
170/288
Section 3
Electrical drawing Title: OPP VDCPS-TB Wiring P/N: 10159-00-A Page 1 of 1

3.2.22.2. Cooler Fans Wiring, P/N 10113-00-A

This is the wiring linking the five fans of the refrigeration circuit to the LHP Power Board. Four of the
fans (60x60mm @ 12Vdc) are placed under the Peltier cell heatsink, the fifth (92x92mm @ 12Vdc) is
under the LHP Power board, for heatsink cooling.
Part List Title: Cooler Fans Wiring P/N: 10113-00-A

1 E1-E4 4 PZ CRIMP PIN TERMINAL, PRE-INSULATED, PVC, TIN PLATED BF-P 10
BODY COPPER, BLUE (AWG16-14, 1,5-2,5mmq), L=10mm
2 J1-J5 5 PZ CONNECTOR, PLUG, STRAIGHT, CRIMP CONTACT, SINGLE 39-01-2021
SERIES, 94V-2
3 10 PZ CONTACT, CRIMP, MALE, 24-18AWG, FOR PLUG MOLEX 5559 39-00-0040
SERIES, BRASS (PRE-PLATED TIN OVER COPPER), 5556 SERIES
7 1 PZ CABLE TIE, HOLE DIAM. 5mm, LUNGH.=198,4mm, TY535M
WIDTH=4,7mm
Figure 130: Cooler Fans Wiring, P/N 10113-00-A

42
AW G18

RED + 12V J5
TO A 33 OF
1 + 12V
2 EGN D OPPORTU N I TY U NI T
BLA CK + 12V -RTN
(12V 60x 60 FA N

ASSY - PELTI ER)
TO TB1-2 OF
LHP POW ER BOA RD + 12V _F E2 RED + 12V J4
TO A 31 OF
1 + 12V
TO TB1-4 OF + 12V _F-RTN E4 BLA CK + 12V -RTN (12V 60x 60 FA N ASSY
LHP POW ER BOA RD
RED + 12V J3
TO A 32 OF
1 + 12V
BLA CK + 12V -RTN
(12V 60x 60 FA N ASSY
TO TB1-1 OF
LHP POW ER BOA RD + 12V _F E1 RED + 12V J2
TO A 35 OF
1 + 12V
TO TB1-3 OF + 12V _F-RTN E3 BLA CK + 12V -RTN (12V FA N ASSY - BOT
LHP POW ER BOA RD
RED + 12V J1
TO A 34 OF
1 + 12V
BLA CK + 12V -RTN
(12V 60x 60 FA N ASSY
172/288
Section 3
Electrical drawing Title: Cooler Fans Wiring P/N: 10113-00-A Page 1 of 1

3.2.22.3. OPP 24VDC AND AUXPS Wiring, P/N 10161-00-C

This is the power wiring that links the DC voltages from the distribution terminal blocks to each
assembly to be supplied. It carries on low voltage DC power.
Part List Title: OPP 24VDC AND AUXPS Wiring P/N: 10161-00-C
1 J1, J2 2 PZ CONNECTOR, PLUG, STRAIGHT, CRIMP CONTACT, SINGLE 39-01-2021
SERIES, 94V-2
2 P1-P7 7 PZ CONNECTOR, PLUG, STRAIGHT, CRIMP CONTACT, SINGLE 350766-1
ROW, 3X1PIN, POLARIZATION, LOCK, PITCH 6.35, TYPE
3 P8 1 PZ CONNECTOR, PLUG, STRAIGHT, CRIMP CONTACT, SINGLE 350779-1
4 P9 1 PZ NOT USED
5 29 PZ CONTACT, CRIMP, FEMALE, 20-14AWG (0,5-2,0mmq), FOR 926893-1
TYCO AMP UNIVERSAL MATE-N-LOCK, TIN PLATED BRASS,
19A
6 P10 1 PZ CONNECTOR, PLUG, STRAIGHT, CRIMP CONTACTS, DOUBLE 39-01-2041
SERIES, 94V-2
8 P11 1 PZ CONNECTOR, RECEPTACLE, STRAIGHT, CRIMP CONTACTS, 39-01-2040
9 4 PZ CONTACT, CRIMP, FEMALE, 24-18AWG, FOR RECEPTACLE 39-00-0038
5556 SERIES, REEL
10 P12-P14 3 PZ CONNECTOR, HOUSING, FEMALE, STRAIGHT, CRIMP 51110-1060
CONTACTS, DOUBLE ROWS 5X2PIN, 2mm, POLARIZATION,
LOCK, MOLEX 51110 SERIES
11 30 PZ CONTACT, CRIMP, FEMALE, 24-30AWG, FOR HOUSING 50394-8100
MOLEX 51110
12 P15 1 PZ CONNECTOR, HOUSING, FEMALE, STRAIGHT, CRIMP 50-37-5063
CONTACTS, SINGLE ROW 6X1PIN, 2,50mm, POLARIZATION,
LOCK, MOLEX SPOX SERIES
13 6 PZ CONTACT, CRIMP, FEMALE, 22-28AWG, FOR HOUSING 08-70-1039
MOLEX SPOX
14 E7, E11, E12, E14 4 PZ CRIMP PIN TERMINAL, PRE-INSULATED, PVC, TIN PLATED BF-P 10
15 E2, E3, E5, E6, 6 PZ CRIMP PIN TERMINAL, PRE-INSULATED, PVC, TIN PLATED GF-P 10
E9, E10 BODY COPPER, YELLOW (AWG12-10 4-6mmq), L=10mm
16 E1, E4, E8, E13, 7 PZ CRIMP PIN TERMINAL, PRE-INSULATED, PVC, TIN PLATED RF-P 10
E15, E16, E17 BODY COPPER, RED (AWG22-16 0,25-1,5mmq), L=10mm
17 L1 1 PZ FERRITE, EMI SUPPRESSOR, CORE, EXT.DIAM.=14.3mm, TPFA26435400021
INT.DIAM.=6.35mm, L=28.6mm, Z=171Ohm @25MHz,
BROADBAND=25-300MHz
18 R1 1 PZ RESISTOR, AXIAL, METALLIC FILM, 0,6W, 1% 2K20 0,6W 1% TPFA26435400021
19 R2 1 PZ RESISTOR, AXIAL, METALLIC FILM, 0,6W, 1% 910R 0,6W 1% MRS25 2K2 1%
21 9 M CONDUCTOR, COPPER, FLEX, PVC, FLAME RETARDANT, CAV1007/18NE
22 4,35 M CONDUCTOR, COPPER, FLEX, PVC, FLAME RETARDANT, CAV1007/18GI/VE
UL1007, AWG18 (34/0,18), Tmax=+80°C, Vmax=300V,
YELLOW/GREEN
25 3,9 M CONDUCTOR, COPPER, FLEX, PVC, FLAME RETARDANT, CAV1007/24BL
UL1007, AWG24 (11/0,16), Tmax=+80°C, Vmax=300V, BLUE
26 42 M CABLE TIE, LENGHT=92mm, WIDTH=2,3mm, DIAM.=2-16mm TYB23M
27 24 M CABLE TIE, LENGHT =140mm, WIDTH =3,5mm TYB24M
WIDTH=4,7mm

Figure 131: OPP 24VDC AND AUXPS Wiring, P/N 10161-00-C

42
+ 24V _1 RED AW G18
P1 TO J2 OF A7
1 + 24V STEP M OTOR DRI V E - 2x 1.5A V ER.01
+ 24V _1-RTN BLA CK
2 EGND
ARM 1 DI LU TOR
3 M GND
ARM 2 DI LU TOR
M GND_1 YELLOW /GREEN
TO TB13 OF E9
OPPORTU NI TY U NI T + 24V + 24V _2 RED AW G18
P2 TO J2 OF A19
TO TB7 OF E5 STEP M OTOR DRI V E - 2x 1.5A V ER.00
+ 24V _2-RTN 1 + 24V
OPPORTU NI TY U NI T + 24V -RTN BLA CK
2 EGND
SAM PLE M OTOR
3 M GND
REAGENT
TO TB2 OF E2 M OTOR
OPPORTU NI TY U NI T M GN D M GND_2 YELLOW /GREEN
+ 24V _3 RED AW G18

P3 TO J2 OF A20
+ 24V _3-RTN BLA CK
2 EGND
X-AXI S ARM 1 M O TOR
3 M GND
Y-AXI S ARM 1 M O TOR

+ 24V _4 RED AW G18
P4 TO J2 OF A21
+ 24V _4-RTN BLA CK
2 EGND
X-AXI S ARM 2 M O TOR
3 M GND
Y-AXI S ARM 2 M O TOR
TO TB14 OF E10
OPPORTU NI TY U NI T + 24V + 24V _5 RED AW G18
P5 TO J2 OF A22
TO TB8 OF E6 STEP M OTOR DRI V E - 2x 1.5A V ER.03
+ 24V _5-RTN 1 + 24V
OPPORTU NI TY U NI T + 24V -RTN BLA CK + 24V SU PPLY LI NES TO PERI PHERALS
2 EGND
READ. CU V ETTE M OTOR ( LHP PO W ER BO ARD + 24V dc EXCLU D
3 M GND
FI LTER W HEEL M OTOR
TO TB3 OF E3
OPPORTU NI TY U NI T M GN D M GND_5 YELLOW /GREEN
+ 24V _6 RED AW G18
P6 TO J2 OF A23
+ 24V _6-RTN BLA CK
2 EGND
W ASHI NG STAT. M OTOR
3 M GND
SPARE M OTOR
TO TB12 OF E8
OPPORTU NI TY U NI T + 24V + 24V _C RED AW G18
P7 TO J28 OF A2
TO TB6 OF E4 OPP CONTRO LLER ASSEM BLY
+ 24V _C-RTN 1 + 24V
OPPORTU NI TY U NI T + 24V -RTN BLA CK
2 EGND
CONTROLLER
3 M GND
ASSEM BLY
TO TB1 OF E1
OPPORTU NI TY U NI T M GN D M GND_C YELLOW /GREEN
+ 24V _7 RED AW G18
L1 P8
TO J1 OF A7
+ 24V _7-RTN 1 + 24V
TO TB15 OF E11 BLA CK OPP PU M PS & DRI V ERS
+ 24V _8 2 EGND
OPPORTU NI TY U NI T + 24V RED
3 + 24V
4 EGND
ARM 1/2 PERI PHERA LS &
TO TB9 OF E7 W ASHI NG PU M PS
OPPORTU NI TY U NI T + 24V -RTN + 24V _8-RTN BLA CK
175/288
Section 3
Electrical drawing Title: OPP 24VDC AND AUXPS Wiring P/N: 10161-00-C Page 1 of 2
42
P13
U N U SED 1
G OOD-E 2
N OTE: W I RES ARE A W G24 I F N OT OTHERW I SE SPECI FI ED
+ V _SN S 3
G OOD-C 4
TO + 24V M O D1 CTRL OF A1
SHA RE 5
A C/DC POW ER SU PPLY U N U SED 6
SHA RE 7 + 5V _A U X-RTN
I NH-V e 8
P10
-V _SN S 9 + 24V _I N H + 24V _I N H
BLU E
I NH+ V e 10 1
TO SW 2 OF
+ 5V _A U X 2
3 OPPO RTU N I TY U N I T
4

P12
BLK
U N U SED 1
AW G18
G OOD-E 2
+ V _SN S 3
24VLED_K
24VLED_A
R1
G OOD-C 4
TO + 24V M O D2 CTRL OF A1 2K 20 E15
SHA RE 5
A C/DC POW ER SU PPLY + 24V LED - AN O DE TO TB11 O F OPP U N I T
U N U SED 6
RED CON N ECTORS DETA I L
I NH-V e 8
E13

-V _SN S 9
+ 24V _I N H BLU E BLK + 24V LED - CA THODE TO TB5 O F OPP U N I T V I EW FROM BA CK ( W I RE SI DE)
I NH+ V e 10
RED P12-P14 P15
BLK
10 9 1
P15
8 7 2
P11
FA I L_C 1 3
FA I L_E 2 1 6 5 4
TO I N P CTRL OF A 1 + 5V _A U X-RTN BLK EX TO SW 3 OF
0V _A U X 3 + 5V _A U X + 5V _A U X 2 4 3 5
A C/DC POW ER RED OPPO RTU N I TY U N I T 6
+ 5V _A U X 4 3 2 1
SU PPLY I NH_0I N 5 4
I NH_1I N 6
AW G18
BLK
P14
U N U SED 1
G OOD_E 2
12VLED_A
12VLED_K
+ V _SN S 3
R2
G OOD_C 4
TO + 12V CTRL O F A 1 910R E17
SHA RE 5
A C/DC POW ER + 12V LED - AN O DE TO TB19 O F OPP U N I T
U N U SED 6
SU PPLY RED
I NH-V e 8
E16
-V _SN S 9 + 12V _I N H BLU E BLK + 12V LED - CA THODE TO TB17 O F OPP U N I T
I NH+ V e 10
A W G 18
TO TB10 OF
O PPORTU N I TY U N I T + 24V _2F E14 RED + 24V J2
TO A 26 OF
1 + 24V
2 EGN D OPPO RTU NI TY U NI T
TO TB4 OF + 24V _2F-RTN E12 BLA CK + 24V -RTN ( 24V FA N A SSY - REAR OF U N I T)
O PPORTU N I TY U N I T
RED + 24V J1
TO A 25 OF
1 + 24V
2 EGN D OPPO RTU NI TY U NI T
BLA CK + 24V -RTN
( 24V FA N A SSY - BO TTOM OF U N I T)
176/288
Section 3
Electrical drawing Title: OPP 24VDC AND AUXPS Wiring P/N: 10161-00-C Page 2 of 2
3.2.22.4. OPP ARM Ver.00 Wiring, P/N 10204-00-B

Two of this wirings are used to connect the OPP ARM Module board on top of both sampler ARMs
with the OPP Sensors wiring. It carries on both signals and low voltage DC power.
Part List Title: OPP ARM Ver.00 Wiring P/N: 10204-00-B

1 P1 1 PZ CONNECTOR, PLUG, STRAIGHT, CRIMP CONTACT, SINGLE 39-01-2101
SERIES, 94V-2
3 P2 1 PZ CONNECTOR, CRIMP, RECEPTACLE, STRAIGHT, 10X1PIN, 1-281838-0
PITCH 2.54, TYPE HE14
4 10 PZ CONTACT, CRIMP, FEMALE, 28-24AWG, FOR TYCO AMP TYPE 182734-2
HE14
8 0,5 M CONDUCTOR, COPPER, FLEX, PVC, FLAME RETARDANT, CAV1007/24MA
BROWN
9 0,5 M CONDUCTOR, COPPER, FLEX, PVC, FLAME RETARDANT, CAV1007/24BI
UL1007, AWG24 (11/0,16), Tmax=+80°C, Vmax=300V, WHITE
10 0,5 M CONDUCTOR, COPPER, FLEX, PVC, FLAME RETARDANT, CAV1007/24GI
YELLOW
11 0,5 M CONDUCTOR, COPPER, FLEX, PVC, FLAME RETARDANT, CAV1007/24AR
ORANGE
12 0,5 M CONDUCTOR, COPPER, FLEX, PVC, FLAME RETARDANT, CAV1007/24VE
UL1007, AWG24 (11/0,16), Tmax=+80°C, Vmax=300V, GREEN
13 0,5 M CONDUCTOR, COPPER, FLEX, PVC, FLAME RETARDANT, CAV1007/24GR
UL1007, AWG24 (11/0,16), Tmax=+80°C, Vmax=300V, GREY
14 0,5 M CONDUCTOR, COPPER, FLEX, PVC, FLAME RETARDANT, CAV1007/24VI
PURPLE
15 0,41 M TUBE, ULTRA-FLEX, POLYAMMIDE 6, UL94-HB, IP68, OUTER 151941
DIAM.= 10mm, INNER DIAM.= 6,5mm, CURVE= 13mm,
BLACK, FLEXA QUICK-SYSTEM SERIES, TYPE PA 6-S AD10
Figure 132: OPP ARM Ver.00 Wiring, P/N 10204-00-B

42

P2 P1
ORA NGE ORA NGE

CHTR-A 1 1 CHTR-A
BLU E GREEN
CHTR-B 2 2 SNS-EGND
GREEN BROW N
SNS-EGN D 3 3 M GND
TO GREY RED
V+ 4 4 + 5V
A RM M ODU LE BROW N BLACK
M GN D 5 5 OPTO-EGND
BOA RD V I OLET BLU E TO CA BLA GGI O OPP SEN SORS
SNS-OU T 6 6 CHTR-B
RED GREY
+ 5V 7 7 V+
YELLOW V I OLET
C-OU T 8 8 SNS-OU T
BLACK YELLOW
OPTO-EGND 9 9 C-OU T
W HI TE W HI TE
A NOD E 10 10 A N OD E
10-PI N FEM A LE AW G24 10-PI N M A LE

POLA RI ZED CON NECTOR POLA RI ZED CONN ECTOR
W I TH LOCK W I TH LOCK
W I RI N G I NTO A PROTECTI N G TU BE
178/288
Section 3
Electrical drawing Title: OPP ARM Ver.00 Wiring P/N: 10204-00-B Page 1 of 1
3.2.22.5. RS232 FS9F Cable Assy, P/N 10162-00-A

This is the serial wiring linking the Controller Assembly (Mother Board) with the external RS-232
connector; it is a flat cable. It carries on serial communication signals.
Part List Title: RS232 FS9F Cable Assy P/N: 10062-00-A

1 J1 1 PZ CONNECTOR, SUB-D,9PIN, FOR FLAT CABLE, FEMALE, 747303-4
METALLIC FRONT, LOW PROFILE HDF
2 P1 1 PZ CONNECTOR, FEMALE, 10 POLI, IDC, FOR FLAT CABLE 0918 510 6813
AWG28, DIN 41651, PITCH 1,27mm, WITH STRAIN RELIEF
3 0,77 M CABLE, FLAT, 10 CONDUCTORS, PVC, PITCH 1,27mm, 1-0057040-3
AWG28 (7/36), 108Ohm, 300V, GREY
Figure 133: RS232 FS9F Cable Assy, P/N 10162-00-A

42

J1 P1
N .C. 1 1 N .C.
RXD 2 2 N .C
TXD 3 3 RXD
TO RS232 HOST
N .C. 4 4 RTS
CONN ECTI ON TO A 2
SGN D 5 5 TXD
( EXTERN A L N .C. 6 6 CTS OPP CON TROLLER A SSEM BLY
RTS 7 7 N .C. ( FOR RS232 CON NECTI ON S)
PC)
CTS 8 8 N .C.
N .C. 9 9 SGN D
10 N .C.
1.27 PI TCH FLA T CA BLE - AW G28

180/288
Section 3
Electrical drawing Title: RS232 FS9F Cable Assy P/N: 10062-00-A Page 1 of 1
3.2.22.6. OPP Photodiode Wiring, P/N 10148-00-B

This is the shielded cable linking the Photodiode module to the Controller Assembly (Mother Board).
It carries on the analog signals from photodiode.
Part List Title: OPP Photodiode Wiring P/N: 10148-00-B

CONTACTS, SINGLE ROW 6X1PIN, 2.54, POLARIZATION,
LOCK, TYCO-AMP MODU SERIES
MODU
3 P2 1 PZ CONNACTOR, WIRE-TO-BOARD, RECEPTACLE, CRIMP 51021-0600
CONTACT, SINGLE ROW 6X1PIN, 1.25, POLARIZATION, LOCK
4 6 PZ CONTACT, CRIMP, FEMALE, 28-32AWG, FOR RECEPTACLE 50058-8100
MOLEX 51021 SERIES
5 0,4 M MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE, 6 CONDUCTORS, PCV, 7/0.1mm 860180 25M
INSULATED, NOM. AREA PER CONDUCTOR=0,055mm2,
SHIELDED, PVC GREY SHEAT, MAX DIAM.=3,8mm, TYPE 7-2-
6C, DEF 61-12, 0,25A, 70°C, 250Vac (CORES:
RED/GREEN/YELLOW/WHITE/BLACK/BLUE)
6 0,08 M CONDUCTOR, COPPER, FLEX, PVC, UL1213, AWG28 (7/36), 5852-BR005
300V, BROWN
Figure 134: OPP Photodiode Wiring, P/N 10148-00-B

42

P1 P2
W HI TE W HI TE
V out -P 1 GREEN GREEN 1 V out -P
V out -N 2 RED RED 2 V out -N
TO J23 OF A 2 TO A66
V D C-P 3 BLU E BLA CK 3 V D C-P
OPP CON TROLLER A SSEM BLY V D C-N 4 4 EGN D PHOTOD
BLA CK BLU E
EG ND 5 5 V D C-N
M G ND 6 6 M GN D
6x 0.05mmq SHI ELDED
BROW N [ON E CORE NOT U SED ] BROW N
A W G28 AW G28
182/288
Section 3
Electrical drawing Title: OPP Photodiode Wiring P/N: 10148-00-B Page 1 of 1

3.2.22.7. 10X-FLAT Ver.00 Wiring, P/N 10145-00-A

Seven of this flat cables are used to link the six Step Motor Driver and the PWR Switch and Regulator
to the Controller Assembly (Mother Board). They carry on control signals.
Part List Title: 10X-FLAT Ver.00 Wiring P/N: 10145-00-A

1 P1, P2 2 PZ CONNECTOR, FEMALE, 10 POLES, IDC, FOR FLAT CABLE 0918 510 6813
AWG28 (7/36), 108Ohm, 300V, GREY
3 2 PZ LOCK FOR FEMALE CONNECTOR 0918 000 9905 01
Figure 135: 10X-Flat Ver.00 Wiring, P/N 10145-00-A

42

P2 P1
FLAT_01 1 1 FLA T_01

TO A 2
TO PERI PHERAL A SSYs OPP CO NTROLLER A SSEM BLY
FLAT_10 10 10 FLA T_10
1.27 PI TCH FLA T CA BLE - AW G28

300V /1A 300V /1A
184/288
Section 3
Electrical drawing Title: 10X-FLAT Ver.00 Wiring P/N: 10145-00-A Page 1 of 1


This flat cables links the PWR Driver Module A1 (ARMs and washing sink pumps and loads) to the
Controller Assembly (Mother Board). It carries on control signals.
Its difference from Ver.00 consists in the length only.

AWG28 (7/36), 108Ohm, 300V, GREY

42

P2 P1
FLA T_01 1 1 FLA T_01

FLA T_02 2 2 FLA T_02
FLA T_03 3 3 FLA T_03
FLA T_04 4 4 FLA T_04
TO A 2
FLA T_05 5 5 FLA T_05
TO PERI PHERA L A SSYs OPP CON TROLLER A SSEM BLY
FLA T_06 6 6 FLA T_06
FLA T_07 7 7 FLA T_07
FLA T_08 8 8 FLA T_08
FLA T_09 9 9 FLA T_09
FLA T_10 10 10 FLA T_10
1.27 PI TCH FLA T CA BLE - A W G28

300V /1A 300V /1A
186/288
Section 3


This flat cables links the PWR Driver Module A2 (Washing Station pumps) to the Controller Assembly
(Mother Board). It carries on control signals.
Its difference from Ver.00 consists in the length only.

AWG28 (7/36), 108Ohm, 300V, GREY

42

P2 P1
FLA T_01 1 1 FLAT_ 01

FLA T_02 2 2 FLAT_ 02
FLA T_03 3 3 FLAT_ 03
FLA T_04 4 4 FLAT_ 04
TO A2
FLA T_05 5 5 FLAT_ 05
TO PERI PHERAL ASSYs OPP CON TROLLER A SSEM BLY
FLA T_06 6 6 FLAT_ 06
FLA T_07 7 7 FLAT_ 07
FLA T_08 8 8 FLAT_ 08
FLA T_09 9 9 FLAT_ 09
FLA T_10 10 10 FLAT_ 10
1.27 PI TCH FLA T CABLE - AW G28

300V /1A 300V /1A
188/288
Section 3

3.2.22.10. OPP ISE Module Wiring, P/N 10165-00-A (Option)

This wiring connects the ISE Module if included in the instrument to the Controller Assembly (mother
board). It carries on power and small signals.
Part List Title: OPP ISE Module Wiring P/N: 10165-00-A

1 J1 1 PZ CONNECTOR, PLUG, STRAIGHT, CRIMP CONTACT, SINGLE 39-01-2021
SERIES, 94V-2
2 J2, J3, J4 3 PZ CONNECTOR, PLUG, STRAIGHT, CRIMPING CONTACTS, 39-01-2041
DOUBLE ROW 2X2PIN, POLARIZATION, LOCK, MOLEX 5559
SERIES, BRASS (PRE-PLATED TIN OVER COPPER), 5558 SERIES,
REEL
4 P2 1 PZ CONNECTOR, RECEPTACLE, STRAIGHT, CRIMP CONTACTS, 39-01-2040
SERIE 5556, REEL
6 P1 1 PZ CONNETCTOR, FEMALE, 40-POLES, IDC, FOR AWG28 FLAT 0918-540-6813
CABLE, DIN 41651, 1,27mm PITCH, WITH STRAIN RELIEF
MODU
9 0,4 M CABLE, FLAT, 40 CONDUCTOR, PVC, 1,27mm PITCH, AWG28 3302-40
(7/36), 105Ohm, 300V, GREY, SINGLE CONDUCTORS CODED
WITH COLOURS
Figure 136: OPP ISE Module Wiring, P/N 10165-00-A

42
40 CON D U CTOR FLA T CABLE A W G-28

P1 J1
GN D TO
GN D 1 D ATA 1 D A TA
A 26-P1 OF I SE M OD U LE

D ATA 2 M A PHA 2 GN D
M A PHA 3 REA GEN T BU TTON
M A PHA J2
M A PHA 4 M A PHB
M A PHB 5 M A PHB 1 M APHA TO
M A PHB 6 M A PHC 2 M APHB
M A PHC 7 3 M APHC A 26-P2 OF I SE M OD U LE PU M P ASSEM BLY
M A PHC
M A PHC 8 4 M APHD ( "CA L A " M OTOR PU M P)
M A PHD

M A PHD 9
M A PHD
M A PHD 10 M BPHA
M BPHA 11 M BPHA J3
M BPHA 12 M BPHB
M BPHB 13 M BPHB 1 M BPHA TO
M BPHB 14 M BPHC 2 M BPHB
M BPHC 15 3 M BPHC A 26-P3 OF I SE M OD U LE PU M P ASSEM BLY
M BPHC
M BPHC 16 4 M BPHD ( "CA L B" M OTOR PU M P)
M BPHD
M BPHD 17 M BPHD
M BPHD 18 M W PHA
M W PHA 19 M W PHA
FROM J4
M W PHA 20 M W PHB
J1 OF A 26 M W PHB 21 1 M W PHA
M W PHB TO
I SE M OD U LE - CON TROLLER M W PHB 22 2 M W PHB
M W PHC A 26-P4 OF I SE M OD U LE PU M P ASSEM BLY
M W PHC 23 M W PHC 3 M W PHC
M W PHC 24 4 M W PHD ( "W A STE" M OTOR PU M P)
M W PHD
M W PHD 25 M W PHD
M W PHD 26 + 24V P2
+ 24V 27 + 24V 1
+ 24V 28 + 24V -RET 2 1 + 24V TO
+ 24V -RET 29 + 24V -RET 3 2 + 24V -RET
+ 24V -RET 30 3 + 24V A 26-P1 OF I SE M OD U LE PU M P ASSEM BLY
GN D 4
GN D 31 4 + 24V -RET ( SW I TCH/LED CON N ECTOR)
N .C. 32
AW G24
CPU _RESET 33 RTS
RTS 34 RXD_I N
RED
BLACK
P3
RXD _I N 35 CTS
CTS 36 TXD _OU T 1 + 24V
TXD _OU T 37 2 TXD _OU T
N .C. 38 3 RXD_ I N FROM
RESERV . 39 4 N .C.
RESERV . 40 5 GN D J6 OF A2
6 + 24V -RET OPP CON TROLLER A SSEM BLY
7 CTS
8 RTS
190/288
Section 3
Electrical drawing Title: OPP ISE Module Wiring P/N: 10165-00-A Page 1 of 1
3.2.22.11. OPP MOTDRV Wiring, P/N 10146-00-A

This wiring connects the six Step Motor Driver boards to eleven stepping motors. It carries on power
driving signals.
Part List Title: OPP MOTDRV Wiring P/N: 10146-00-A

1 J1-J11 11 PZ CONNECTOR, PLUG, STRAIGHT, CRIMP CONTACTS, DOUBLE 39-01-2041
SERIES, 94V-2
2 44 PZ CONTACTS, CRIMP, MALE, 24-18AWG, FOR PLUG MOLEX 39-00-0041
5559 SERIES, BRASS (PRE-PLATED TIN OVER COPPER), 5556
SERIES
3 P1-P11 11 PZ CONNECTOR, PLUG, STRAIGHT, CRIMP CONTACT, SINGLE 350779-1
4 44 PZ CONTACT, CRIMP, FEMALE, 20-14AWG (0,5-2,0mmq), FOR 926893-1
TYCO AMP UNIVERSAL MATE-N-LOCK, TIN PLATED BRASS,
19A
YELLOW
6 13,6 M CONDUCTOR, COPPER, FLEX, PVC, FLAME RETARDANT, CAV1007/18AR
ORANGE
10 33 PZ CABLE TIE, LENGHT =140mm, WIDTH =3,5mm TYB24M
11 11 PZ CABLE TIE, HOLE DIAM. 5mm, LENGHT =198,4mm, WIDTH TY535M
=4,7mm
Figure 137: OPP MOTDRV Wiring, P/N 10146-00-A

42
J9 P9
J1 P1 YELLOW
YELLOW + PA 1 GREEN 1 + PA1
FROM TO
+ PA 1 GREEN 1 + PA1 -PA 2 ORANGE 2 -PA1
FROM TO READI NG CU V ETTE J3 OF A22
-PA 2 ORA NGE 2 -PA 1 + PB 3 BLU E 3 + PB1

P1 OF A17 + PB 3 3 + PB1 J3 OF A7 M OTOR ASSEM BLY -PB 4 4 -PB1 STEP M OTOR DRI V E - 2X1.5A V ER.03
BLU E
ARM 1 D I LU TOR -PB 4 4 -PB1 STEP M OTOR DRI V E - 2X1.5A V ER.01
A W G18 (34/33) - 1mmq
AW G18 ( 34/33) - 1mmq
J10 P10
J2 P2 YELLOW
FROM TO
FROM TO FI LTER W HEEL J4 OF A22
P1 OF A18 + PB 3 3 + PB2 J4 OF A7 M OTOR ASSEM BLY -PB 4 4 -PB2 STEP M OTOR DRI V E - 2X1.5A V ER.03
BLU E
ARM 2 D I LU TOR STEP M OTOR DRI V E - 2X1.5A V ER.01

-PB 4 4 -PB2 A W G18 (34/33) - 1mmq
AW G18 ( 34/33) - 1mmq
J11 P11
J3 P3 YELLOW
FROM TO
FROM TO W ASHI N G STATI ON J3 OF A23
SAM PLE M OTOR + PB 3 3 + PB1 J3 OF A19 M OTOR ASSEM BLY -PB 4 4 -PB1 STEP M OTOR DRI V E - 2X1.5A V ER.04
BLU E
ASSEM BLY -PB 4 4 -PB1 STEP M OTOR DRI V E - 2X1.5A V ER.00
A W G18 (34/33) - 1mmq
AW G18 ( 34/33) - 1mmq
J4 P4
YELLOW
+ PA 1 GREEN 1 + PA2
FROM TO
-PA 2 ORA NGE 2 -PA 2
REAGENT + PB 3 3 + PB2 J4 OF A19
BLU E
M OTOR ASSEM BLY -PB 4 4 -PB2 STEP M OTOR DRI V E - 2X1.5A V ER.00
AW G18 ( 34/33) - 1mmq
J5 P5
YELLOW
FROM TO
X-AXI S ARM 1 + PB 3 3 + PB1 J3 OF A20
BLU E
AW G18 ( 34/33) - 1mmq
J6 P6
YELLOW
FROM TO
Y-AXI S ARM 1 + PB 3 3 + PB2 J4 OF A20
BLU E
AW G18 ( 34/33) - 1mmq
J7 P7
YELLOW
FROM TO
X-AXI S ARM 2 + PB 3 3 + PB1 J3 OF A21
BLU E
AW G18 ( 34/33) - 1mmq
J8 P8
YELLOW
FROM TO
Y-AXI S ARM 2 + PB 3 3 + PB2 J4 OF A21
BLU E
AW G18 ( 34/33) - 1mmq
192/288
Section 3
Electrical drawing Title: OPP MOTDRV Wiring P/N: 10146-00-A Page 1 of 1

3.2.22.12. OPP Sensor Wiring, P/N 10153-00-D

This wiring connects instrument sensors to the Controller Assembly (Mother Board); it also powers
ARMs electrovalves and washing station aspiration diaphragm pumps. It carries on signals and low
voltage DC power.
Part List Title: OPP Sensor Wiring P/N: 10153-00-D

1 P1-P4, P8 5 PZ CONNECTOR, RECEPTACLE, FEMALE, STRAIGHT, CRIMP 280361-0
2 P5, P10 2 PZ CONNECTOR, RECEPTACLE, FEMALE, STRAIGHT, CRIMP 280366
CONTACTS, DOUBLE ROW 8X2PIN, 2.54, POLARIZATION,
5556 SERIES, REEL
4 P15 1 PZ NOT USED
MODU
6 P6, P7, P11-P14, 8 PZ CONNECTOR, RECEPTACLE, STRAIGHT, CRIMP CONTACT, 39-01-2020
J20, J24 SINGLE ROW 1X2PIN, POLARIZATION, LOCK, MOLEX 5557
7 J2-J12, J15 12 PZ CONNECTOR, RECEPTACLE, STRAIGHT, CRIMP CONTACTS, 39-01-2040
8 J13, J14 2 PZ CONNECTOR, RECEPTACLE, STRAIGHT, CRIMP CONTACTS, 39-01-2100
SINGLE ROW 5X2PIN, POLARIZZAZIONE, LOCK,
POLARIZATION, LOCK, MOLEX 5557 MINI-FIT JR SERIES, 94V-2
SERIE 5556, REEL
10 J16 1 PZ CONNECTOR, SOCKET, PANEL MOUNTING, STRAIGHT, FLAME PKG.M0.2GL.LR
RETARDANT PLASTIC (POLISOLFONE+PEEK), 2PINS, SOLDER
AWG18-22 CONTACTS, CABLE OUTER DIAM.=4-5.2mm,
POLARIZATION, SECURITY LOCK, 10A@400Veff, UL94V-0,
REDEL SERIES, RED
11 J17 1 PZ CONNECTOR, SOCKET, PANEL MOUNTING, STRAIGHT, FLAME PKG.M0.2GL.LA
REDEL SERIES, BLUE
12 J18 1 PZ CONNECTOR, SOCKET, PANEL MOUNTING, STRAIGHT, FLAME PKG.M0.2GL.LV
REDEL SERIES, GREEN
13 J21-J23 3 PZ CONNECTOR, PLUG, STRAIGHT, CRIMP CONTACTS, SINGLE 39-01-2021
SERIES, 94V-2
15 J19, J25 2 PZ NOT USED
YELLOW
17 8 M CONDUCTOR, COPPER, FLEX, PVC, FLAME RETARDANT, CAV1007/24RO
19 16,3 M CONDUCTOR, COPPER, FLEX, PVC, FLAME RETARDANT, CAV1007/24BI
UL1007, AWG24 (11/0,16), Tmax=+80°C, Vmax=300V, WHITE
20 2,8 M CONDUCTOR, COPPER, FLEX, PVC, FLAME RETARDANT, CAV1007/24MA
BROWN
21 4,4 M CONDUCTOR, COPPER, FLEX, PVC, FLAME RETARDANT, CAV1007/24VI
PURPLE

Part List Title: OPP Sensor Wiring P/N: 10153-00-D

23 3,2 M CONDUCTOR, COPPER, FLEX, PVC, FLAME RETARDANT, CAV1007/24GR
UL1007, AWG24 (11/0,16), Tmax=+80°C, Vmax=300V, GREY
24 2 M CONDUCTOR, COPPER, FLEX, PVC, FLAME RETARDANT, CAV1007/22AR
ORANGE
28 34 PZ CABLE TIE, LENGHT =140mm, WIDTH =3,5mm TYB24M
WIDTH=4,7mm
Figure 138: OPP Sensor Wiring, P/N 10153-00-D (two parts)

42
P1 A W G24
AW G24
SPRM N _HOM E 1 P5
FROM J13
SPRM N 2_ AN ODE 2 YELLOW ORA NGE
J17 OF A2 SM P_HOM E 3 SPRA 1_ OCI N P1-4 1 1 CHTR-A
W HI TE J2 GREEN
OPP CON TROLLER SM P_A NOD E 4 SPRA 1_ OCI N P1-4RTN 2 2 SNS-EGN D
YELLOW YELLOW V I OLET BROW N
RGT_HOM E 5 1 OU TPU T A RM 1_ SNS 3 3 M GN D
ASSEM BLY W HI TE W HI TE FROM A 46 FROM RED
RGT_A NOD E 6 2 A NOD E A RM 1_ SNS-RTN 4 4 + 5V
RED RED SA M PLE A SSEM BLY J18 OF A 2 BLA CK TO
+ 5V 7 3 V cc SPRA 2_ OCI N P1-4 5 5 OPTO-EGND
I N PU T FROM BLA CK BLACK BLU E CA BLA GGI O
EGN D 8 4 EGND HOM E SENSOR OPP CONTROLLER SPRA 2_ OCI N P1-4RTN 6 6 CHTR-B
SPA RE, SM P HOM E & V I OLET GREY
A RM 2_ SNS 7 7 V+ OPP ARM 1
A SSEM BLY V I OLET
RGT HOM E A RM 2_ SNS-RTN 8 8 SNS-OU T
J3 YELLOW
W SH_ SNS 9 9 C-OU T
OPTO SEN SORS YELLOW I NPU T FROM W HI TE
1 OU TPU T W SH_ SNS-RTN 10 10 AN ODE
W HI TE FROM A 47 A RM 1, ARM 2 & R&W
2 A NOD E SPRRW _OCI NP1-7 11
RED REA GEN T A SSEM BLY
3 V cc A SSEM BLI ES SENSORS SPRRW _OCI NP1-7RTN 12

BLACK BROW N
4 EGND HOM E SENSOR M GND 13
+ SPARES GREY
+ 24V 14
+ 5V 15
EGND GREEN
16
GREEN
RED
BLACK
GREY
BROWN
P2 A W G24 J4 P6
YELLLOW YELLOW TO A7 [J7 OF A1] ORA NGE
DI L1_ HOM E 1 1 OU TPU T CHTR1_A 1
FROM W HI TE W HI TE FROM A 17 OPP PU M PS & DRI V ERS BLU E J14
DI L1_ AN ODE 2 2 A NOD E CHTR1_B 2
J19 OF A2 YELLOW D I LU TOR1 A SSEM BLY ORA NGE
A RM 1 - COI L HEA TER

A1Y_ HOM E 3 W HI TE BLACK 3 N .C. 1 CHTR-A
OPP CON TROLLER A1Y_ AN ODE 4 4 EGND HOM E SENSOR 2 SNS-EGN D

YELLOW AW G22
ASSEM BLY A1X_ HOM E 5 W HI TE 3 M GN D
P7
A1X_ AN ODE 6 ORA NGE 4 + 5V
RED J5 TO A7 [J10 OF A 1] CHTR2_A TO
+ 5V 7 YELLOW 1 BLU E BLU E 5 OPTO-EGND
I N PU T FROM BLA CK OPP PU M PS & DRI V ERS CHTR2_B CA BLA GGI O
EGN D 8 W HI TE 1 OU TPU T 2 6 CHTR-B
ARM 1 HOM E FROM A 48 A RM 1 - COI L HEA TER OPP ARM 2
2 A NOD E V I OLET 7 V+
RED A RM 1 Y-A XI S
OPTO BLACK 3 V cc YELLOW 8 SNS-OU T
SEN SORS 4 EGND HOM E 9 C-OU T
P8 W HI TE
SENSOR YELLOW 10 AN ODE
FROM
A 1SW 1 W HI TE
J6 J24 OF A 2
YELLOW A 1SW _ ANOD E 2 YELLOW
RED
BLACK
W HI TE 1 OU TPU T OPP CONTROLLER A 2SW 3 W HI TE

FROM A 49 J15
RED 2 A NOD E A SSEM BLY A 2SW _ ANOD E 4 YELLOW YELLOW
A RM 1 X-A XI S FROM A60
BLACK 3 V cc RW SW 5 W HI TE W HI TE 1 OU TPU T
4 EGND HOM E RW SW _AN ODE 6 2 AN ODE W ASHI NG STA TI ON
I NPU T FROM RED
SENSOR + 5V 7 3 V cc LOW POSI TI ON
PROTECTI ON & BLA CK
EGND 8 4 EGN D SEN SOR
P3 SENSORS
A W G24 J7
YELLOW YELLOW
DI L2_ HOM E 1 W HI TE W HI TE 1 OU TPU T P10
FROM FROM A 18 AW G24 J16 RED
DI L2_ AN ODE 2 YELLOW 2 A NOD E W HI TE W HI TE
J21 OF A2 D I LU TOR2 A SSEM BLY FROM A22
A2Y_ HOM E 3 W HI TE BLACK 3 N .C. D I S_ SNS 1 BLA CK BLA CK 1 V_1
OPP CON TROLLER A2Y_ AN ODE 4 4 EGND HOM E SENSOR D I S_ SNS-RTN 2 2 V_2 W ASTE
YELLOW YELLOW
A2X_ HOM E 5 LI Q2_ SNS 3 BOTTLE
ASSEM BLY W HI TE BLA CK
A2X_ AN ODE 6 LI Q2_ SNS-RTN 4 V I OLET
RED J8
+ 5V 7 YELLOW LI Q1_ SNS 5 BLA CK
I N PU T FROM BLA CK J17 BLU E
EGN D 8 W HI TE 1 OU TPU T LI Q1_ SNS-RTN 6 YELLOW
ARM 2 HOM E FROM A 50 FROM
2 A NOD E SPRM N_ OCI N P1-4 7 BLA CK 1 V_1
RED A RM 2 Y-A XI S J26 OF A 2 FROM A23
OPTO BLACK 3 V cc SPRM N_ OCI N P1-4RTN 8 2 V_2
4 EGND HOM E OPP CONTROLLER SPRM N_ OCI N P2-0 9 LI QU I D 2
SEN SORS
SPRM N_ OCI N P2-0RTN 10 BOTTLE
SENSOR A SSEM BLY BLA CK
LI QC_ SNS 11
J9 J18 GREEN
YELLOW LI QC_ SNS-RTN 12 YELLOW V I OLET
I NPU T FROM
W HI TE 1 OU TPU T CV R_SN S 13 BLA CK 1 V_1
FROM A 51 M AI N A SSEM BLY FROM A24
RED 2 A NOD E + 5V 14 2 V_2
3 V cc A RM 2 X-A XI S SENSORS CV R_A NODE 15 LI QU I D 1
BLACK BLA CK
4 EGND HOM E EGND 16 BOTTLE
SENSOR J20
YELLOW FROM A65
P4 BLA CK 1 CV R_ SNS
A W G24 J10 COV ER
YELLOW YELLOW 2 EGN D
FLT_ HOM E 1 1 OU TPU T SEN SOR
FROM W HI TE W HI TE FROM A 52
FLT_ AN ODE 2 YELLOW 2 A NOD E
J22 OF A2 W SH_HOM E 3 3 V cc FI LTER W HEEL P11
W HI TE AW G22 J21
OPP CON TROLLER W SH_A NOD E 4 YELLOW 4 EGND HOM E RED
TO A7 [J4 OF A1] TO A RM 1
ASSEM BLY CV T_ HOM E 5 W HI TE SENSOR EV 1-POS 1 BLU E 1 EV 1-POS
CV T_ AN ODE 6 OPP PU M PS & DRI V ERS EV 1-NEG 2 2 EV 1-NEG DI LU TOR
RED
RED
BLACK
J11 A RM 1 D I L EV EV
+ 5V 7 YELLOW
I N PU T FROM BLA CK
EGN D 8 W HI TE 1 OU TPU T P12
FI LTER W HEEL, FROM A 53 J22
2 A NOD E RED
W A SHI N G STA TI ON TO A7 [J8 OF A1] TO A RM 2
W SH STA TI ON & 3 V cc EV 2-POS 1 BLU E 1 EV 2-POS
4 EGND HOM E SENSOR OPP PU M PS & DRI V ERS EV 2-NEG 2 2 EV 2-NEG DI LU TOR
CU V ETTE HOM ES
A RM 2 D I L EV EV
OPTO SEN SORS
P13
RED
BLACK
J12 J23
YELLOW TO A7 [J10 OF A 2] RED TO A 28
W HI TE 1 OU TPU T V+ 1 BLU E 1 V+
FROM A 54 OPP PU M PS & DRI V ERS SU CTI ON NEED LES
2 A NOD E V- 2 2 V-
RED CU V ETTE ASSEM BLY PU M P
BLACK 3 V cc SU CTI ON NEED LES
4 EGND HOM E SENSOR P14
PU M P J24
TO A7 [J11 OF A 2] RED TO A 29
V+ 1 BLU E 1 V+
OPP PU M PS & DRI V ERS V- 2 2 V- TI P
SU CTI ON TI P PU M P PU M P
195/288
Section 3
Electrical drawing Title: OPP Sensor Wiring P/N: 10153-00-D Page 1 of 1

3.2.22.13. LHP Power Wiring, P/N 10940-00-B

This wiring powers the LHP Power Board and also connects it to the loads; it powers the optical
group Halogen Lamp and the Incubation Heater Strip.
It supplies the board with 24Vdc and 12Vdc.
Part List Title: LHP Power Wiring P/N: 10940-00-B

1 E1, E2 2 PZ TERMINALE, AD INNESTO, FEMMINA, TOTALMENTE RF-F-608P
PREISOLATO IN PC, CORPO IN OTTONE CON STAGNATURA
ELETTROLITICA, ROSSO (AWG22-16, 0,25-1,5mmq),
6,35x0,8mm
2 E3-E5 3 PZ CRIMP PIN TERMINAL, PRE-INSULATED, PVC, TIN PLATED RF-P 10
BODY COPPER, RED (AWG22-16, 0,25-1,5mmq), L=10mm
3 E6, E7 2 PZ CRIMP PIN TERMINAL, PRE-INSULATED, PVC, TIN PLATED BF-P 10
4 J1, J2 2 PZ CONNECTOR, PLUG, STRAIGHT, CRIMP CONTACT, SINGLE 39-01-2021
SERIES, 94V-2
6 L1 1 PZ FERRITE, EMI SUPPRESSION, CORE, FOR CABLE, RRH-120-56-300-K5B
EXT.DIAM.=12mm, INT.DIAM.=5.6mm, L=30mm, Z=180Ohm
@25MHz
7 P1 1 PZ CONNECTOR, PLUG, STRAIGHT, CRIMP CONTACT, SINGLE 350766-1
8 P2 1 PZ CONNECTOR, PLUG, STRAIGHT, CRIMPING CONTACTS, 350779-1
SINGLE ROW, 4X1PIN, POLARIZATION, LOCK, PITCH 6.35, TYPE
9 7 PZ CONTACT, CRIMPING TYPE, FEMALE, 20-14AWG (0,5- 926893-1
2,0mm2), FOR TYCO AMP UNIVERSAL MATE-N-LOCK, TINNED
BRASS, 19A
10 P3, P4 1 PZ CONNECTOR, RECEPTACLE, STRAIGHT, CRIMP CONTACT, 39-01-2020
SINGLE ROW 1X2PIN, POLARIZATION, LOCK, MOLEX 5557
5556 SERIES, REEL
73/23, H07V-K, 1,5mmq (30/0,25), FROM -40°C TO +70°C,
Uo/U=450-750V, RED
15 1 M CONDUCTOR, COPPER, FLEX, PVC, FLAME RETARDANT, CEE 4520011
73/23, H07V-K, 1,5mmq (30/0,25), FROM -40°C TO +70°C,
73/23, H07V-K, 1,5mmq (30/0,25), FROM -40°C TO +70°C,
Uo/U=450-750V, YELLOW/GREEN
73/23, H07V-K, 2,5mmq (30/0,25), FROM -40°C TO +70°C,
Uo/U=450-750V, RED
73/23, H07V-K, 2,5mmq (30/0,25), FROM -40°C TO +70°C,
WIDTH=2,3mm
WIDTH=4,7mm

Figure 139: LHP Power Wiring, P/N 10940-00-B

42
TO TB21-2 OF
OPP U N I T
2,5mmq P1
+ 12V E6 RED
1 + 12V
+ 12V -RTN E7 BLA CK TO J6 OF A 8
2 EGN D
3 N .C. LHP POW ER BOA RD

TO TB19-2 OF
OPP U N I T
TO TB16-2 OF

OPP U N I T 1,5mmq P2
+ 24V E5 RED 1
2 1 + 24V
TO TB8-1 OF + 24V -RTN E4 BLA CK TO J2 OF A 8
3 2 EGN D
OPP U N I T 3 N .C. LHP POW ER BOA RD
M GN D E3 Y/G 4
4 M GN D
TO TB2-1 OF
OPP U N I T
L1
P3 A W G18 J2
TO A 8-J3 RED
V REG 1 1 V+
LHP POW ER BOA RD BLA CK TO HA LOGEN LA M P A SSY
V REG-RTN 2 2 V-
A W G18
E1 PROT+
TO CU V ETTE PLA TE
THERM A L PROTECTI ON
E2 PROT-
P4 J1
TO A 8-J4 RED RED TO CU V ETTE PLA TE
V SW -P 1 1 V1
LHP POW ER BOA RD V SW -N 2 2 V2 I N CU BA TI ON
BLA CK HEA TER STRI P
198/288
Section 3
Electrical drawing Title: LHP Power Wiring P/N: 10940-00-B Page 1 of 1

Single ARM - ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND PART LISTS
Section 4 Single ARM - ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND PART LISTS
4. The Single ARM System

The system Single Sampler ARM system is similar to the Double Sampler ARM system, with the
following differences:
 Single Sampler ARM has one only sampling ARM for reagents and sample (the ARM
identified with “ARM1”);
 The throughput of Single Sampler ARM is lower than in Double Sampler ARM (it’s about half).
All other technical characteristics and also parts, subassemblies and components are just the same.
Then all spare parts are in common.
Basically the Single Sampler ARM is a bench top autoanalyzer.
The system is composed by:
 the instrument itself – Single ARM Unit
 the external Personal Computer, managing and controlling the instrument, complete with
keyboard, mouse, monitor and A4 printer
 the external tanks (for charging and wasting processing liquids)
 their mutual electrical and hydraulic connections.
AC line AC line AC line
MIURA, Single ARM RS-232 Personal Computer Monitor

p/n 10674-xx-A
Systemic Cleaner Waste Tastiera Mouse

Solution Solution Tank
Tank Tank
Also the system SINGLE Sampling ARM (M1) can be supplied in two configurations of the sample
tray, 59-sample and 79-sample positions on board.
The basic versions for Single Sampling ARM are:
The hierarchical diagram is given in the following picture.

POWER SUPPLY OPP MAINPS
MIURA, Single ARM MIURA 200 UNIT
ASSEMBLY WIRING
P/N 10674-xx-A P/N 10706-01-E
P/N 10369-00-B P/N 10057-00-B
OPP CONTROLLER CNT POWER MAIN CONTROLLER ARM1 RW OPP CONTROLLER

OPP PERSONAL
ASSEMBLY SUPPLY VER.01 VER.01 CONTROLLER CONTROLLER MOTHER BOARD
COMPUTER
P/N 10016-01-D P/N 10028-01-A P/N 10012-01-D P/N 10012-02-D P/N 10012-04-C P/N 10030-00-C
LIQUID 1 OPP S&R 1.75NB1.8 MOTOR OPTO SENSOR LM35 TEMP SENSOR OPP 100M3 MGND OPP MGND
TANK ASSEMBLY ASSY VER.00 VER.01 JUMPER BRUSH
P/N 10405-00-B P/N 10220-00-C P/N 10039-00-A 2 P/N 10045-00-A 2 P/N 10050-01-B P/N 10410-00-A P/N 10413-00-A
TANK WIRING ASSEMBLY MODULE ASSY ASSY VER.00 VER.02

LIQUID 2
TANK
P/N 10406-00-B
LIQUID 2 OPP R&W OPP OPTICAL 20W HALOGEN LAMP 1.17NB0.9 MOTOR OPTO SENSOR
TANK WIRING ASSEMBLY GROUP ASSY ASSY VER.00

P/N 10648-00-C P/N 10208-01-A P/N 10212-01-A P/N 10749-01-A P/N 10042-00-A P/N 10045-00-A
WASTE OPP WASHING 0.20NB1.8 MOTOR OPTO SENSOR

TANK STATION ASSY VER.00
P/N 10407-00-B P/N 10211-00-B P/N 10055-00-A P/N 10045-00-A 2
WASTE OPP 100M3 MGND OPP 100M4 MGND

TANK WIRING JUMPER JUMPER
P/N 10649-00-C P/N 10410-00-A P/N 10411-00-A
OPP CUVETTE 1.17NB1.8 MOTOR OPTO SENSOR LM35 TEMP SENSOR INCUBATION PHOTODIODE
ASSEMBLY ASSY VER.00 VER.02 HEATER STRIP MODULE
P/N 10210-02-A P/N 10040-00-A P/N 10045-00-A P/N 10050-02-B P/N 10043-00-A P/N 10011-00-B
MIURA, Single ARM OPP PUMPS PWR DRIVER WPM1 78mL 2.5 WPM1 57mL 2.0 WPM1 120mL 3.0 BUZZER OPP PUMPS & DRIVERS
AND DRIVERS MODULE - 9X1A 24V PUMP 24V PUMP 24V PUMP ASSY WIRING
P/N 10674-xx-A P/N 10217-01-F P/N 10006-00-C 2 P/N 11053-00-A 5 P/N 11052-00-A P/N 11048-00-A 2 P/N 10058-00-A P/N 10514-00-A
HIERARCHICAL DIAGRAM
ARM1 DILUTER 500uL DILUTER 2-WAY EV
= 1st level ASSEMBLY VER.00 Ver.00 ASSY
= 2nd level P/N 10358-00-C P/N 10911-00-A P/N 10051-00-B
= 3rd level
= 4th level
= 5th level
LHP POWER LP STEP MOTOR LP STEP MOTOR LP STEP MOTOR LP STEP MOTOR LP STEP MOTOR LM35 TEMP 24V FAN
BOARD DRIVER VER.00 DRIVER VER.01 DRIVER VER.02 DRIVER VER.03 DRIVER VER.04 SENSOR VER.02 ASSY
P/N 10762-00-B P/N 10991-00-C P/N 10991-01-C P/N 10991-02-C P/N 10991-03-C P/N 10991-04-C P/N 10050-02-B P/N 10110-00-A 2
MICROSWITCH ZRP3 2H-ASPIRATION ZRP ASPIRATION OPP ON-OFF OPP ON-OFF ISE MODULE ASSY ISE MODULE ISE MODULE
COVER PUMP VER.00 PUMP VER.01 BREAKER VER.00 BREAKER VER.01 4 CHANNELS (OPT.) PUMP ASSY REAGENT BUTTON
P/N 11061-00-A P/N 11047-00-A P/N 10938-01-A P/N 10368-00-A P/N 10368-01-A P/N 10726-00-A P/N 10784-00-A P/N 10785-00-A
OPP VDCPS-TB 12V FAN 12V 60x60 OPP 24VDC AND COOLER FANS RS232 FS9F OPP PHOTODIODE OPP ISE MODULE
WIRING ASSY FAN ASSY AUXPS WIRING WIRING CABLE ASSY WIRING WIRING (OPT.)
P/N 10159-00-A P/N 10111-00-A P/N 10112-00-A 4 P/N 10161-00-C P/N 10113-00-A P/N 10062-00-A P/N 10148-00-B P/N 10165-00-A
10X-FLAT VER.00 10X-FLAT VER.01 10X-FLAT VER.02 OPP MOTDRV OPP SENSOR OPP ARM1 VER.00 LHP POWER M3-M4 MGND
WIRING WIRING WIRING WIRING WIRING WIRING WIRING JUMPER
P/N 10145-00-A 7 P/N 10145-01-A P/N 10145-02-A P/N 10146-00-A P/N 10153-00-D P/N 10204-00-B 2 P/N 10940-00-B P/N 10972-00-A
JUMPER ASP COOLING TIMER SLT1 TIMER SLT1 TIMER WPM1 53mL 2.5
PUMP ASSY BOARD WIRING 12V PUMP
P/N 11046-00-A P/N 11027-01-B P/N 11024-01-B P/N 11028-01-B P/N 11057-00-A
200/288
Section 4
Schematics and part lists of the main assemblies of the instrument are given in this section into
hierarchical format.
Part List Title: MIURA, Single ARM System P/N: 10674-00-A

1 A1 1 PCS SINGLE ARM UNIT Ver.01 10706-01-E
2 A2 1 PCS PERSONAL COMPUTER, COMPLETE WITH KEYBOARD, P3140000097
MONITOR, MOUSE AND USB PRINTER
3 A3 1 PCS LIQUID 1 TANK (SYSTEMIC) 10405-00-B
4 A4 1 PCS WASTE TANK 10407-00-B
5 A5 1 PCS LIQUID 2 TANK (CLEANER SOLUTION) 10406-00-B
6 W1 1 PCS INSTRUMENT POWER CABLE, SCHUKO PLUG, IEC SOCKET, GJ033020
PVC EN60320 3X1mmq, 10A@250Vac, LENGHT=2m
7 W2 1 PCS RS-232C STANDARD SERIAL CABLE, SUBD-9PIN F, SUBD-9PIN EG003330
M, RX/TX E RTS/CTS NOT CROSSED, LENGHT=1,8m
8 W3 1 PCS LIQUID 1 TANK WIRING (SYSTEMIC) 10647-00-B
9 W4 1 PCS WASTE TANK WIRING 10649-00-C
10 W5 1 PCS LIQUID 2 TANK WIRING (CLEANER SOLUTION) 10648-00-C
11 1 PCS CUVETTE’S EXTRACTION TOOL M2ASA
12 1 PCS OPERATING PROGRAM SOFTWARE ON CD-ROM TBD-06_08_02-49
13 1 PCS 20W HALOGEN LAMP ASSY 10749-01-A
14 1 PCS REAGENT BOTTLE 20ml, KIT 30 PCS P3140000020
15 1 KIT REAGENT BOTTLE 50ml, KIT 50 PCS P3140000019
16 1 KIT READING CUVETTES, KIT 5 PCS P3140000002
17 1 KIT SYSTEMIC SOLUTION, KIT 6x50ml P3140000102
18 1 KIT MULTICLEAN SOLUTION (CLEANER) P3140000114
19 1 KIT RINSE SOLUTION EWCVT, KIT 6X50ml P3140000113
20 1 KIT RINSE SOLUTION EWPRB, KIT 6X20ml P3140000115
21 1 KIT CAPS FOR REAGENT BOTTLES, KIT 80 PCS P3140000079
22 1 PZ USER MANUAL (LAST REVISION) MNU-10704-00-_
23 1 PCS QUICK START GUIDE (LAST REVISION) GRS-10705-00-_
24 1 KIT PRIMARY TUBES 12mm X 86mm, KIT 1000 PCS P3140000100
25 1 PCS FUNNEL, FOR SYSTEMIC TANK REFILLING 166K
26 1 PCS CAP FOR WASTE TANK SPT
27 1 KIT ADAPTER FOR TUBES, EXT. DIAM. 16,7, ALUMINIUM, FOR CUPS 20296-00-0
TYPE HITACHI 3ml, KIT 50 PCS
28 1 KIT CUPS TYPE HITACHI 3ml, KIT 1000 PCS P3140000001

A1

SI NGLE ARM U N I T V ER.01

V AC LI NE P/N 10706-01-E
110-220V ac W1 W2
50-60Hz
POW ER SU PPLY RS232 CON NECTI ON
P=650W max CABLE
HM 7 W 18-J18 HM 6 W 18-J17 HM 8 HM 5 W 18-J16
A2
HM 1 P1 P1 HM 3 HM 1 P1 O PP PERSON AL COM PU TER
GREEN BLU E RED
W3 W5 W4 SM A RT CARD
READ ER/W RI TER
A3 A5 A4 O PTI ONA L
P/N 10405-00-B P/N 10406-00-B P/N 10407-00-B

LI QU I D1 LI QU I D2 W A STE TO PC POW ER SU PPLY
CHA RGE CHARGE TAN K
TANK TAN K V A C LI NE
110-220V ac
SYSTEM I C CLEAN ER W ASTE 50-60Hz
SO LU TI ON SOLU TI ON
P=300W t y p
202/288
Section 4
Electrical drawing Title: MIURA Single ARM System P/N: 10674-00-A Page 1 of 1
4.1. Single ARM Unit P/N 10706-01-E

This paragraph shows electrical drawings and part list of Single ARM Unit P/N 10706-01-E.
Part list shows only components/parts available for servicing.
As in Double ARM system in the Single ARM system the two main DC voltages are generated by the
main power supply (OPP Power Supply Assembly); they can be switched ON/OFF independently
from each other:
 +24Vdc for electronic operation (with the exception of the reagent cooler section);
enabled by the front green switch.
 +12Vdc for the cooler section and its electronic only; enabled by the front blue
switch.
This two DC lines are linked to the terminal blocs (TB) through the OPP VDCPS TB Wiring.
The internal +24Vdc line is split into 5 lines by the OPP VDCPS TB Wiring, each one is protected by a
specific fuse placed inside of the instrument, on a support behind the right side panel.
The internal +12Vdc line is directly linked to the Cooler Section through the LHP Power Wiring.
SIDE PANEL FUSE-

Access to HOLDERS
Electronics AND
and FUSES
internal F8 F7 F6 F5 F4 F3
protection
fuses
Figure 140: Side Panel and Internal Fuses
The fuse panel includes the following 6 fuses:

 Fuse F3: case 6.3mmX32mm, 15A/250Vac, T-Type (delayed).
Protects the +12VDC line powering the LHP Power Board – Cooler Section.
+24VDC-4: it’s not used; the connector has been left floating.
+24VDC-5: it powers the Stepping Motor Driver A13 for Cuvette and Filter
Wheel motors.
+24VDC-6: it powers the Stepping Motor Driver A14 for Washing Station motor.
+24VDC-1: it powers the Stepping Motor Driver A15 for ARM1 Diluter motor (the
section for ARM2 diluters’ motor is obviously not used).
+24VDC-2: it powers the Stepping Motor Driver A10 for Sample and Reagent
motors.
motors.
It protects the +24V_C line; it powers the OPP Controller Assembly.
It protects the +24V_2F line; it powers the two fans of the unit and the front
switches’ LEDs (green and blue).

+24VDC-7: it powers the Power Driver Module A1 for Buzzer, ARM1 Coil Heater,
ARM1 Electrovalve, ARM1 Washing Pump (obviously ARM2 Coil Heater, ARM2
Electrovalve, ARM2 Washing Pump, and Washing Sink Pump connectors are
not used).
+24VDC-8: it powers the Power Driver Module A2 for Washing Station
dispensing and aspirating Pumps.
+24VDC-9: it powers the LHP Power Board A8 for Halogen Lamp and Heater
Strip sections.
The unit can be considered as organized into different functional blocks mentioned as sub-
assemblies in the following part list (reference designator Axx). Each of them has its own part list
following the standard nested way for the parts there included.
Part List Title: Single ARM Unit P/N: 10706-01-E

1 A1 1 PZ OPP POWER SUPPLY ASSEMBLY 10369-00-B
2 A2 1 PZ OPP CONTROLLER ASSEMBLY 10016-00-D
3 A3 1 PZ OPP S&R ASSEMBLY 10220-00-C
5 A6 1 PZ OPP R&W ASSEMBLY VER.01 10208-01-C
6 A7 1 PZ OPP PUMPS & DRIVERS 10217-01-F
7 A8 1 PZ LHP POWER BOARD 10762-00-B
8 A5, A9, A12, 4 PZ NOT USED
A17
9 A10 1 PZ STEP MOTOR DRIVE - 2X1.5A VER.00 10991-00-C
15 A20 1 PZ NOT USED
16 A21 1 PZ MICROSWITCH COVER 11061-00-A
17 1 PCS NOT USED
18 A22, A23 2 PCS 24V FAN ASSY 10110-00-A
19 3 PCS GRID SAVE-FINGER, PROTECTION FOR 92x92mm FAN, EN294, 92439-2-2929
WITH INSERT FOR HOLE 4,3mm, TYPE LZ23-3 EBM-PAPST
20 A24 1 PCS ZRP3 2H-ASPIRATION PUMP (FOR ASPIRAT. NEEDLES) 11047-00-A
21 A25 1 PCS ZRP ASPIRATION PUMP VER.01 (FOR TIP) 10938-01-A
22 A26 1 PZ ISE MODULE ASSEMBLY - 4 CHANNELS (OPTION) 10726-00-A
23 A27-A30 4 PZ THERMOELECTRIC MODULE, PELTIER CELL, Qmax=38,5W, CP1.4-71-045L-RTV
Imax=8,5A, Vmax=8,6V, DTmax=65°C, 30x30x3,3mm, tipo
lappato (FLAT CERAMIC SURFACE), RTV SEALING
PROTECTION, AWG18 WIRES
24 A31-A34 4 PZ 12V 60x60 FAN ASSY 10112-00-B
25 4 PZ HEATSINK, HIGH EFFICIENCY, BASE 60x60mm, HEIGHT 30mm, W60-30W
PARALLEL FINS
26 A35 1 PZ 12V FAN ASSY 10111-00-A
27 A36 1 PZ COOLING TIMER ASSY VER.01 11027-01-B
28 F3 1 PCS FUSE, 6.3x32mm, GLASS BODY, TYPE T (DELAYED) 15A 250Vac 0326015.MXP
29 F4, F5, F8 3 PCS FUSE, 5x20mm, GLASS BODY, TYPE T (DELAYED) 6,3A 250Vac ST520263
32 1 PZ FUSEHOLDER, NO CAP, PANEL MOUNTING WITH NUT, 0031.1631
6.3x32mm, 4W/20A @ 250Vac, TERMINALS 6.3X0.8mm, PC2
CATEGORY, FEC SERIES
33 1 PZ SLOTTED CAP, FOR 6.3x32mm FUSEHOLDER, SCHURTER FEC 0031.1613
SERIES
34 5 PZ FUSEHOLDER, WITH CAP, PANEL MOUNTING WITH NUT, 3101.0210
5x20mm, 2.5W/10A @ 250Vac, TERMINALS QUICK-CONNECT
4.8X0.5mm, PC2 CATEGORY, FPG1 SERIES
37 TB1-TB3, TB17, 5 PCS TERMINAL BLOCK, COMPOSABLE, FOR GROUND 0380260000
TB22 CONDUCTOR, MINIATURE, DIN RAIL EN 50045 (TYPE TS15),
4mm2, YELLOW/GREEN, TYPE AKE4
TB19 50045 (TYPE TS15), 400V, 32A, 4mm2, BLUE, TYPE AKZ4

Part List Title: Single ARM Unit P/N: 10706-01-E

TB21 50045 (TYPE TS15), 400V, 32A, 4mm2, GREY, TYPE AKZ4
Q2
Q4
42 3 PCS INSULATED JUMPER, FOR TERMINAL BLOCK, PITCH 6mm, 2 0482700000
POLES, STRAIGHT, TYPE QB2
43 0,15 M DIN RAIL EN 50045, 15mm, GALVANIZED STEEL, WITH HOLES, 0117510000
LENGHT=1m, TYPE TS15
44 W02 1 PZ M3-M4 MGND JUMPER 10972-00-A
45 W03 1 PZ OPP VDCPS-TB WIRING 10159-00-A
46 W04, W05 2 PZ OPP ARM WIRING 10204-00-B
47 NOT USED
48 W06 1 PZ COOLER FANS WIRING 10113-00-A
49 W07 1 PZ OPP 24VDC AND AUXPS WIRING 10161-00-C
50 W08 1 PZ LHP POWER WIRING 10940-00-B
51 W09 1 PZ NOT USED
52 W10 1 PZ RS232 FS9F CABLE ASSY 10062-00-A
53 W11 1 PZ OPP PHOTODIODE WIRING 10148-00-B
54 W12 1 PZ NOT USED
55 W13 1 PZ OPP ISE MODULE WIRING (OPTION) 10165-00-A
56 W14, W19-W23 6 PZ 10X-FLAT VER.00 WIRING 10145-00-A
57 W15 1 PZ 10X-FLAT VER.01 WIRING 10145-01-A
58 W16 1 PZ OPP MOTDRV WIRING 10146-00-A
59 W18 1 PZ OPP SENSORS WIRING 10153-00-D
60 W17, W24 2 PZ 10X-FLAT VER.02 WIRING 10145-02-A
61 HM1 1 PCS SAMPLING PROBE, SWAGGED, OUTER DIAM.=1,2mm, INNER 10558-00-A
DIAM.=0,8mm/0,6mm

SW 2 J1 W 07-P10
P/N 10368-00-A A 4 24V LED_ A W 07-J1 P1
4 4 3
K 3 3 2 24V LED_ K 2 2 -
2 2 1 1 1
GREEN 24V FAN ASSY
2 1 1
PART OF W 07 BOTTOM OF
SW I TCH CLOSED= 1 PA RT OF W 07
+ U NIT
+ 24V OU TPU T AW G18 A 22
D I SA BLED 10110-00-A
24V FAN ASSY
+ 5V _ AU X
+24V_2F-RTN
+24V_2F
+ 5V _A U X W 07-J2 P1
+ 24V _ I NH 2 2 -
+ 24V _ I NH 1 1
PA RT OF W 07 24V FAN ASSY
REA R OF U NI T
NOTE: + 5V _ AU X-RTN A W G18
+
SU PPLY CA BLES M U ST BE + 5V _ AU X-RTN + 24V _9-RTN A 23
CASE I N M ECHA NI CAL M GND_ 9 10110-00-A

W I RED FA R AW AY FROM 24V FAN ASSY
TOU CH W I TH CHA SSI S OF
P.S. OU TPU T CABLE M GND_ C
THE U N I T
M GND_ 1
W 07-P12 W 07-P13 G/V TB1 E1 M GND_ 2
M GND_ 3
V in E3 G/V TB2 E2 M GND_ 4
A1 nom=100-240V ac +24V
+ 24V @ 18A max M GND_ 5
+24V
P/N 10369-00-A MOD 2 MOD 1 ( NOTE#1) G/V TB3 E3 M GND_ 6
@ 47-63Hz C TR L C TR L
POW ER SU PPLY A SSEM BLY +24V OU T
------------------- DET #2 D ET #2 + 24V BLU E TB4 E12

+24V + E1
LEA K .
SHARE 7
SHARE 5
SHARE 7
SHARE 5

INH -Ve 8
INH -Ve 8
INH +Ve 10
INH +Ve 10
BLU E
-V_SNS 9
GOOD-C 4
-V_SNS 9
GOOD-C 4
TB5 E13 + 24V _C-RTN
UNUSED 6
+V_SNS 3
UNUSED 1
UNUSED 6
+V_SNS 3
UNUSED 1
GOOD_E 2
GOOD_E 2
CU RR.<2.1mA + 24V _1-RTN
+24V-RTN - E2
2 x FU SES = 10A DLY ( T-TYPE) W 01 AW G18 BLU E TB6 E4 + 24V _2-RTN
AN TI SU RGE GLA SS 3x 1,5mmq +24V MOD 1 SEN S RED + 24V _3-RTN
BLU E TB7 E5 + 24V _4-RTN
SHEATED M AI N -SNS_24V 1
+ 24V _5-RTN
CABLE BLU E
F1 E4 TB8 E6 + 24V _6-RTN
INPUT +SNS_24V 2
J1 + 24V _7-RTN
EM I _ FI LTER_ FM W 2-20A E12 +24V MOD 2 SEN S + 24V -RTN BLU E TB9 E7 + 24V _8-RTN
L
L' E1 L E4 L' E6 4mmq BLK F7 1A DLY E20
L +SNS_24V 1 GREY
E14 E15 TB10 E14
110-220V ac PE PE' E3 PE E8 E13 PS_ LA M BDA_ V EGA650 W 03 E16 R1
N -SNS_24V 2 GREY
@ 50-60Hz M A X TOT. F6 2A DLY TB11 E15 2K 20
N' E2 N E5 N' E7 OU TPU T + 12V @ 18A max E11 E12 + 24V _C
N GREY
E14 +12V O U T ( NOTE #2) TB12 E8 + 24V _1
POW ER=650W
+12V F5 6,3A D LY E13 + 24V _2 PA RT OF W 07
+ E3 GREY
MGND
M AI N BREA K ER E8 E9 TB13 E9 + 24V _3
+ 24V _4 24V DC_CONTR
F2 E10
1,5mmq PE' E4 F4 6,3A D LY GREY TB14 E10 + 24V _5
+12V-RTN - 24V D C-1
Y/G E5 E6 E7 + 24V _6 PART OF W 07
MGND
+12V SEN S GREY TB15 E11 + 24V _7
24V D C-2
-SNS_12V 1 F8 6,3A D LY E19 + 24V _8 PART OF W 07
E17 E18 GREY TB16 E5 + 24V _9
24V D C-3
M GND E9,E10,E11 +SNS_12V 2 PART OF W 07
G/V 17
UNUSED
INH -Ve
SHARE
SHARE
FI XED ON THE 24V D C-4
+5V_AUX
FAIL_C
UNUSED
INH +Ve
-V_SNS
GOOD-C
GOOD_E
DET #1 DET #2 PART OF W 07
+V_SNS
INH_1IN
INH_0IN
0V_AUX
FAIL_E
BOTTOM OF THE CHASSI S IN P +12V BLU E
C TR L C TR L TB18 E16
24V D C-5
6
5
4
3
2
1
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
( SCREW M 4) PART OF W 07
+ 12V -RTN BLU E + 12V -RTN
+5V_AUX-RTN
+5V_AUX-RTN
TB19 E7
24V D C-6
4mmq BLK E24 R2 PART OF W 07
W 07-P15 W 07-P14 GREY TB20 E17 910R 2,5mmq
24V D C-7
+ 5V aux @ F3 15A DLY PART OF W 07
100mAmax GREY TB21 E6 + 12V
24V D C-8
4mmq RED E21 E22 E23 PART OF W 07
PART OF W 07 G/V TB22
+ 5V _ AU X-RTN
+5V_AUX
+12V_INH
ADJU ST OU TPU T TO GI V E + 13V ON THE LOAD A W G18
+ 5V _ AU X-RTN ( COOLI N G PELTI ER CELLS I N ON 1,5mmq
COND I TI ON ) 24V D C-9
+ 5V _ AU X + 12V _ I NH PART OF W 08
+ 5V _ AU X
2,5mmq
12V D C
PART OF W 08
SW 3
P/N 10368-01-A 1
+12V-RTN
+12V
2 J1 W 07-P11
1 PART OF W 07 A36
K 1 1 2
12V LED_ K P/N 11027-01-B
2 2 3
COOLI N G TI M ER ASSY V ER.00
A 3 3 4
SW I TCH CLOSED = 12V LED _A
4 4
FRONT VIEWS + 12V OU TPU T
BLU E 1 +
D I SA BLED 1 1 M GND
A W G18 2
3 2 2 N.C. OU T-P 1 1
3 3 EGN D OU T-N 2 2
P
4
4 4 + 12V
DET #1 DET #2 J1
P2 J2
-
FI XED ON BOTTOM W 02 FI XED ON BOTTOM

10 9 OF OF
M GN D
REA GENT TRAY R&S TRAY
8 7
6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 ( Temp SENSOR)
4 3
N OTES:
2 1 1- A1 "+ 24V OU TPU T": + 18,2V TO + 32,4V ADJU STABLE RAN GE
2- A1 "+ 12V OU TPU T": + 9,1V TO 16,2 ADJU STA BLE RAN GE
206/288
Section 4
Electrical drawing Title: Single ARMUnit P/N: 10706-01-E Page 1 of 10

PART OF A2
OPP CO NTROLLER ASSEM BLY V ER.01
P/N 10016-01-C

VDCP
RXD-IN
TXD-OUT
MGND
RS232-GND
VDCP-RTN
RTS
CTS
+24V
EGND
MGND
+12V
EGND
MGND
+5V
-5V
EGND
MGND
N.C.
N.C.
RXD
RTS
TXD
CTS
N.C.
N.C.
SGND
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
RXD
N.C.
TXD
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
SGND
N.C.
J2 J3 J6 J28 J29 J30
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
RS232 PC SERV I CE CONNECTI ON W 10-P1 W 13-P3 W 07-P7 SERV I CE SERV I CE
( OPTI O NAL - ACTU ALLY NO T U SED) ( NOT U SED) ( NOT U SED )

W 10 W 13
FLA T 10 X AW G28 FLAT 40 X A W G28
24V DC_ CONTR
PART O F W 07
W 13-P1 W 13-J1 W 13-J2 W 13-J3 W 13-J4 W 13-P2
1
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
40
1
2
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
W 10-J2 J1 P1 P2 P3 P4 J2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
DATA
GND
MAPHA
MAPHB
MAPHC
MAPHD
MWPHA
MWPHB
MWPHC
MWPHD
MBPHA
MBPHB
MBPHC
MBPHD
+24V
+24V-RET
+24V
+24V-RET
I SE M ODU LE - CONTROLLER I SE M O DU LE I SE M ODU LE PU M P A SSEM BLY
N.C.
RXD
TXD
N.C.
SGND
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
REAGENT
RS232 PC OPERATI V E BU TTON
CON NECTI ON
A26
I SE M ODU LE ASSEM BLY - 4 CHANNELS
P/N 10726-00-A
( CO NTROLLER, TU BI NGS, PU M PS A ND REAG ENT BU TTO N FROM M EDI CA CORP.)
OPTI ON AL
207/288
Section 4
Electrical drawing Title: Single ARM Unit P/N: 10706-01-E Page 2 of 10

PART OF A 2
OPP CON TROLLER ASSEM BLY V ER.01
P/N 10016-01-C
DIL1_HOME
DIL1_ANODE
A1Y_HOME
A1Y_ANODE
A1X_HOME
A1X_ANODE
+5V
EGND
DIL2_HOME
DIL2_ANODE
A2Y_HOME
A2Y_ANODE
A2X_HOME
A2X_ANODE
+5V
EGND
SPRMN_HOME
SPRMN2_ANODE
SMP_HOME
SMP_ANODE
RGT_HOME
RGT_ANODE
+5V
EGND
FLT_HOME
FLT_ANODE
WSH_HOME
WSH_ANODE
CVT_HOME
CVT_ANODE
+5V
EGND
J17 J19 J21 J22
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
W 18-P1 W 18-P2 W 18-P3 W 18-P4
PA RT OF PA RT OF PA RT O F PA RT O F
W 18 W 18 W 18 W 18
SA M P-HOM E REA G-HOM E OPTO-D I L1 A RM 1-YHOM E A RM 1-XHOM E OPTO -D I L2 A RM 2-YHO M E A RM 2-XHOM E FLT-HO M E W SH-HOM E CV T-HO M E
TO OPP S&R TO OPP S&R TO 0,5M L D I LU TOR1 TO O PP A RM 1 TO OPP A RM 1 TO OPP R&W TO OPP R&W TO O PP R&W
A SSEM BLY A SSEM BLY A SSEM BLY A SSEM BLY A SSEM BLY ASSEM BLY A SSEM BLY A SSEM BLY
( HOM E SENSO R) NOT U SED NO T U SED NO T U SED
( SAM PLE HO M E ( REA GEN T HOM E ( Y-HO M E ( X-HO M E ( FLT-HOM E ( W SH-HOM E ( CV T-HOM E
SEN SOR) SENSOR) SEN SOR) SEN SOR) SENSOR) SEN SOR) SEN SOR)
208/288
Section 4

PA RT OF A 2
OPP CON TROLLER A SSEM BLY V ER.01
P/N 10016-01-C

MOTA1X_STEP
MOTA1X_DIR
MOTA1X_ENB
MOTA1X_TRQ
MOTA1Y_STEP
MOTA1Y_DIR
MOTA1Y_ENB
MOTA1Y_TRQ
+5V
EGND
MOTA2X_STEP
MOTA2X_DIR
MOTA2X_ENB
MOTA2X_TRQ
MOTA2Y_STEP
MOTA2Y_DIR
MOTA2Y_ENB
MOTA2Y_TRQ
+5V
EGND
MOTDIL1_STEP
MOTDIL1_DIR
MOTDIL1_ENB
MOTDIL1_TRQ
MOTDIL2_STEP
MOTDIL2_DIR
MOTDIL2_ENB
MOTDIL2_TRQ
+5V
EGND
MOTWSH_STEP
MOTWSH_DIR
MOTWSH_ENB
MOTWSH_TRQ
MOTSPRMN_STEP
MOTSPRMN_DIR
MOTSPRMN_ENB
MOTSPRMN_TRQ
+5V
EGND
MOTCVT_STEP
MOTCVT_DIR
MOTCVT_ENB
MOTCVT_TRQ
MOTFLT_STEP
MOTFLT_DIR
MOTFLT_ENB
MOTFLT_TRQ
+5V
EGND
MOTSMP_STEP
MOTSMP_DIR
MOTSMP_ENB
MOTSMP_TRQ
MOTRGT_STEP
MOTRGT_DIR
MOTRGT_ENB
MOTRGT_TRQ
+5V
EGND
J5 J7 J8 J12 J13 J9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
W 19-P1 W 20-P1 W 21-P1 W 22-P1 W 23-P1 W 14-P1
W
FLA19
T W
FLA20
T W 21
FLAT W 22
FLAT W
FLA23
T W
FLA14
T

10
A WXG28 10
A WXG28 10
A WXG28 10
AWXG28 10
A WXG28 10
A WXG28
24V D C-2
PART OF W 07
24V D C-3
PA RT OF W 07
24V D C-4
PA RT OF W 07
24V D C-5
PART OF W 07
24V D C-6
PA RT OF W 07
24V D C-1
PA RT OF W 07
W 07-P2 W 19-P2 W 07-P3 W 20-P2 W 07-P4 W 21-P2 W 07-P5 W 22-P2 W 07-P6 W 23-P2 W 07-P1 W 14-P2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
J2 J1
1
2
3
J2 J1 NOT U SED N OT U SED
1
2
3
J2 J1
1
2
3
J2 J1 J2 J1
+24V
EGND
MGND
STEP_1
DIR_1
ENB_1
TRQ_1
STEP_2
DIR_2
ENB_2
TRQ_2
+5V
EGND
+24V
EGND
MGND
STEP_1
DIR_1
ENB_1
TRQ_1
STEP_2
DIR_2
ENB_2
TRQ_2
+5V
EGND
+24V
EGND
MGND
STEP_1
DIR_1
ENB_1
TRQ_1
STEP_2
DIR_2
ENB_2
TRQ_2
+5V
EGND
+24V
EGND
MGND
STEP_1
DIR_1
ENB_1
TRQ_1
STEP_2
DIR_2
ENB_2
TRQ_2
+5V
EGND
+24V
EGND
MGND
STEP_1
DIR_1
ENB_1
TRQ_1
STEP_2
DIR_2
ENB_2
TRQ_2
+5V
EGND
A10 A11 A 13 A14 A15

LP STEP M OTOR D RI V ER V ER.00 LP STEP M OTOR D RI V ER V ER.02 LP STEP M OTO R D RI V ER V ER.03 LP STEP M OTOR D RI V ER V ER.04 LP STEP M OTOR D RI V ER V ER.01
P/N 10991-00-C P/N 10991-02-C P/N 10991-03-C P/N 10991-04-C P/N 10991-01-C
+PA1
-PA1
+PB1
-PB1
+PA2
-PA2
+PB2
-PB2
+PA1
-PA1
+PB1
-PB1
+PA2
-PA2
+PB2
-PB2
+PA1
-PA1
+PB1
-PB1
+PA2
-PA2
+PB2
-PB2
+PA1
-PA1
+PB1
-PB1
+PA2
-PA2
+PB2
-PB2
+PA1
-PA1
+PB1
-PB1
+PA2
-PA2
+PB2
-PB2
J3 J4 J3 J4 NOT U SED N OT U SED J3 J4 J3 J4 J3 J4

1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
SPARE
W 16-P3 W 16-P4 W 16-P5 W 16-P6 W 16-P7 W 16-P8 W 16-P9 W 16-P10 W 16-P11 W 16-P1 W 16-P2
PART OF W 16 PART OF W 16 PA RT OF W 16 PART OF W 16 PA RT OF W 16 PA RT OF W 16 PART OF W 16 PA RT OF W 16 PA RT OF W 16 PA RT OF W 16 PART OF W 16

A W G18 A W G18 AW G18 A W G18 A W G18 AW G18 A W G18 AW G 18 A W G18 AW G18 A W G18
SAM P-M O T REAG-M OT XARM 1-M OT YA RM 1-M OT XARM 2-M OT YA RM 2-M OT CV T-M OT FLT-M OT W SH-M OT D I L1-M OT DI L2-M OT
TO OPP S&R ASSEM BLY TO OPP S&R ASSEM BLY TO OPP A RM 1 A SSY TO OPP ARM 1 ASSY TO OPP R&W ASSEM BLY TO OPP R&W A SSEM BLY TO OPP R&W A SSEM BLY TO A RM DI LU TOR
( SA M PLE M OTOR ( REAGENT M OTOR ( X-AXI S A RM 1 ( Y-A XI S ARM 1 NOT U SED N OT U SED ( REA DI NG CU V ETTE ( FI LTER W HEEL ( W A SHI N G STATI ON A SSEM BLY N OT U SED
A SSEM BLY) ASSEM BLY) M OTOR) M OTOR) M OTOR ASSEM BLY) M OTOR A SSEM BLY) M OTOR ASSEM BLY) ( A RM 1 DI LU TOR)
209/288
Section 4

PA RT OF A2
P/N 10016-01-C
N.C.
HAL_LMP
N.C.
INC_HTR
N.C.
TEM_DRV
N.C.
TEM_OPT
N.C.
EGND
J14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

W 17-P1
TO OPP CONTROLLER W 17
FLA T
OPTO_ D I L2 PA RT OF W 18 10
ASSEM BLY A WXG28
TO W 18-P3
24V D C-9
PA RT OF W 08
TO STEP M OTOR
DI L2-M OT
TO W 16-P2 A W G18 W 16-J2 W 18-J7
12V D C
PA RT OF W 08

N OT U SED N OT U SED HEAT SI NK FA N

(FI XED ON THE BA SE)
W 17-P2 W 08-P2 W 08-P1 A 35
N OT U SED
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
N OT U SED J1 J2 J6 J5
-
+
N.C.
REG-ON
N.C.
SW-ON
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
EGND
W 18-J22
BLUE
RED
+24V
+24V-RTN
N.C.
MGND
+12V
+12V-RTN
MGND
P1 J2
+12V_RMT
+12V_RMT-RTN
MGND
D I L2-EV V TEM P+ A8 AW G22

1
TO W 18-P12 LHP POW ER BOARD
2 EGND P/N 10762-00-A
TO OPP PU M PS & DRI V ERS 3 +V s
2
1
A 7 [A1-J8] 4 M GN D
TEM+
TEM+
TEM-
TEM-
FAN+
FAN+
FAN-
FAN-
VSW-P
VSW-N
VREG
VREG-RTN
P1
TB2 TB1 J1
J3 J4
1
2
1
2
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
2
1
E1 E2 E3 E4 E1 E2 E3 E4
W 08-P3 W 08-P4
TEM+
TEM-
TEM+
TEM-
RED
RED
BLACK
BLACK
W 06
AW G22
TO OPP CONTROLLER
OPTO_ DI L1
ASSEM BLY PA RT OF W 18 A W G18
TO W 18-P2
PA RT OF W 08 PA RT OF W 08
TO STEP M OTOR
D I L1-M OT
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
TO W 16-P1 AW G18 W 16-J1 W 18-J4

RED
RED
J2 J3 J4 J5
BLACK
BLACK
P1 P1 P1 P1
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
P1 P2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
PHA+
PHA-
PHB+
PHB-
BLK RED BLK RED
REA G_TEM P FLT-LM P CV T-I N C
DIL_HOME
DIL_ANODE
+5V
EGND
BLUE
BLUE
BLUE
BLUE
RED
RED
500uL D I LU TER A RM D I LU TOR EV

RED
RED
TO A 3 TO W 08-J2 TO W 08-J1
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
-
TO OPP S&R TO OPP R&W TO OPP R&W

TEM +
TEM +
TEM +
TEM +
A SSEM BLY A SSEM BLY A SSEM BLY ( CU V ETTES

(REA G ASSY ( HALOGEN I N CU BA TI ON
A16 TEM P READ I N G HEA TER STRI P)
ARM D I LU TER ASSEM BLY SEN SOR) LAM P) A 27 A 28 A29 A30 A31 A 32 A 33 A34
P/N 10358-00-C
EV-POS
EV-NEG
8,5A @ 8,6V PELTI ER M OD U LES 4 X 10112-00-A PELTI ER COOLI NG FAN S
38.5W x 4 (REA GEN T TRAY COOLER) 12V 60x 60 FA N A SSY ( REAGEN T TRAY COOLER)
P1
1
ARM 1 D I LU TER 2 W 18-J21
DI L1-EV
TO W 18-P11
TO OPP PU M PS & D RI V ERS

A7 [A 1-J4]
210/288
Section 4

PA RT OF A2
P/N 10016-01-C
BUZZER
DIL1_EV
DIL1_PMP
WSH_PMP
ARM1_COIL
DIL2_EV
DIL2_PMP
ARM2_COIL
SPARE_ISE
EGND
DIS0_PMP
ASP1_PMP
DIS2_PMP
ASP3_PMP
DIS4_PMP
ASP5_PMP
DIS6_PMP
ASP7_PMP
SCV_PMP
EGND
SPRMN_OCOUT2-7
SPRMN_OCOUT2-5
SPRMN_OCOUT2-4
SPRMN_OCOUT2-3
SPRA1_OCOUT4-7
SPRA1_OCOUT4-5
SPRA2_OCOUT1-6
SPRRW_OCOUT2-7
SPRRW_OCOUT2-4
EGND
J11 J4 J10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
W 24-P1 W 15-P1 SPA RE O U TPU TS

W 24 FLA T 10 X A W G28 W 15 FLA T 10 X A W G28
W 15-P1 P7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
J1 J2
A1

W 07-P8 J1 PW R D RI V ER M OD U LE - 9X1A V ER.00
INP-01
INP-02
INP-03
INP-04
INP-05
INP-06
INP-07
INP-08
INP-09
EGND
+24V
EGND
+12V
EGND
1 V A 1+
24V D C-7 2 V A 1- BU ZZER
24V D C-8 3 V A 2+
PA RT OF W 07 4 V A 2-
OUT01-P
OUT01-N
OUT02-P
OUT02-N
OUT03-P
OUT03-N
OUT04-P
OUT04-N
OUT05-P
OUT05-N
OUT06-P
OUT06-N
OUT07-P
OUT07-N
OUT08-P
OUT08-N
OUT09-P
OUT09-N
J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 J8 J9 J10 J11
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
W 18-P11 W 18-P6 W 18-P12 N OT U SED W 18-P7 SPA RE
V+
V-
V+
V-
V+
V-
A RM 2-HCOI L
PA RT OF W 18
CHTR1-A
CHTR1-B
EV1-POS
EV1-NEG
EV2-POS
EV2-NEG
TO W 18-J14
CHTR2-A
CHTR2-B
N OT U SED
D I L2-EV
PA RT OF W 18
TO W 18-J22
N OT U SED
A RM 1-HCOI L
W 24-P2 P2 PA RT OF W 18
TO W 18-J13
TO O PP A RM 1 ASSY
( A RM 1 COI L HEA TER)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
J1 J2
A2
D I L1-EV
INP-01
INP-02
INP-03
INP-04
INP-05
INP-06
INP-07
INP-08
INP-09
EGND
PW R D RI V ER M O DU LE - 9X1A V ER.00 PA RT OF W 18
+24V
EGND
+12V
EGND
TO W 18-J21
TO A RM 1 DI LU TOR
A SSEM BLY ( D I L EV )
OUT01-P
OUT01-N
OUT02-P
OUT02-N
OUT03-P
OUT03-N
OUT04-P
OUT04-N
OUT05-P
OUT05-N
OUT06-P
OUT06-N
OUT07-P
OUT07-N
OUT08-P
OUT08-N
OUT09-P
OUT09-N
J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 J8 J9 J10 J11
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
SPA RE SPA RE
W 18-P13 W 18-P14
V+
V-
V+
V-
V+
V-
V+
V-
V+
V-
V+
V-
V+
V-
A7
OPP PU M PS & DRI V ERS N EED LE 1
P/N 10217-00-E A SPI RA TI ON PU M P
D I SPEN SI NG N EED LE 1 D I SPEN SI NG N EED LE 2 D I SPEN SI NG N EED LE 3 D I SPEN SI NG N EED LE 4 D I SPEN SI NG N EED LE 5 PA RT OF W 18 D I LU TOR 1 PU M P W A SHI N G SI N K PU M P
PU M P PU M P PU M P PU M P PU M P
V+
V-
P1 W 18-J23
1
2
1
2
W 25-J2 W 25-P1
W 25 PA RT OF W 18
W 25-J1 W 18-J24
1
2
1
2
P1 P1
A 24 A 25
ZRP3 2H-A SPI RA TI ON ZRP ASPI RA TI O N PU M P
PU M P
P/N 11047-00-A P/N 10938-01-A
A SPI RA TI ON N EEDLES PU M P SU CTI ON TI P PU M P
211/288
Section 4

PART OF A2
OPP CONTROLLER A SSEM BLY V ER.01
P/N 10016-01-C
DIS_SNS
DIS_SNS-RTN
LIQ2_SNS
LIQ2_SNS-RTN
LIQ1_SNS
LIQ1_SNS-RTN
SPRMN_OCINP1-4
SPRMN_OCINP1-4-RTN
SPRMN_OCINP2-0
SPRMN_OCINP2-0-RTN
LIQC_SNS
LIQC_SNS-RTN
CVR_SNS
+5V
CVR_ANODE
EGND
VTEMP+
EGND
+Vs
MGND
EGND
VTMP_OUT
EGND
+5V
EGND
NTEM_ON
EGND
NCOOLALM
EGND
MGND
+5V
TX_RS232
EGND
RX_RS232
READ_TRIG
MGND
SPRMN_OCINP2-1
SPRMN_OCINP2-1-RTN
SPRMN_TTLINP4-5
SPRMN_TTLINP4-5-RTN
SPRMN_TTLINP4-4
SPRMN_TTLINP4-4-RTN
SPRMN_TTLINP4-3
SPRMN_TTLINP4-3-RTN
SPRMN_TTLINP4-2
SPRMN_TTLINP4-2-RTN
SPRMN_TTLINP4-1
SPRMN_TTLINP4-1-RTN
SPRMN_TTLINP4-0
SPRMN_TTLINP4-0-RTN
+5V
EGND
J1 J31 J26 J27 J16
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
W 18-P15 OPTI ON FOR EXTERN AL W 18-P10 NOT U SED , SPA RE TTL I NPU TS
COOLER CON TROL SPA RE TEM P SENSOR TO M AI N
ASSEM BLY

TO STEP M OTOR
DRI V E 2X1.5A
V ER.00
REAG-M OT
PART OF W 16 W 18 PA RT OF W 18
TO W 16-P4 A W G20 ( SHEA TED 5 COND )
TO STEP M OTOR
DRI V E 2X1.5A

V ER.00
SA M P-M OT
PA RT OF W 16
TO W 16-P3 AW G20
W 18-J20
W 16-J3 W 16-J4 W 18-J25
1
2
P1
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
+PA
-PA
+PB
-PB
+PA
-PA
+PB
-PB
CVR_SNS
EGND
+5V
RS232 TXD
GND
RS232 RXD
SW IN/OUT
SA M PLE M OTOR REAGENT M OTOR
A SSEM BLY ASSEM BLY BAR-COD E REA DER
FI XED ON TOP OF A3 A 21
SAM PLE & REA GEN TS P/N 10220-00-A M I CROSW I TCH
OPP S&R ASSEM BLY COV ER
ASSEM BLY & I N TOU CH P/N 11061-00-A
W I TH SAM PLE PLA TE
FI XED ON BOTTOM OF W1 FI XED ON BOTTOM OF
M GN D REA GEN T PLATE M GN D SA M PLE & REAGEN TS COV ER SENSOR
MM1 A SSEM BLY
E1 E2
PLA CED U N DER
REAGENT TRA Y
SAM PLE A SSEM BLY REAGENT ASSEM BLY REAGENT ASSY

HOM E SENSOR HOM E SEN SOR TEM P SEN SOR
W 18-J16 W 18-J17 W 18-J18
1
2
1
2
1
RED BLU E 2 GREEN
OUTPUT
ANODE
+5V
EGND
OUTPUT
ANODE
+5V
EGND
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
W 18-J2 W 18-J3
RED BLU E GREEN
PART OF W 18 PA RT OF W 18
MSW
MSW-RTN
MSW
MSW-RTN
MSW
MSW-RTN
FLT-HOM E FLT-HOM E REA G_TEM P
TO W 18-P1 TO W 18-P1 TO A 8
FLOA T LEV EL SENSOR FLOAT LEV EL SEN SOR FLOAT LEV EL SENSOR
TO OPP CON TROLLER TO OPP CONTROLLER TO LHP POW ER
ASSEM BLY ASSEM BLY BOA RD
A4 A3 A3
W A STE TA NK LI QU I D 2 TA NK LI QU I D 1 TAN K
CLEAN ER SOLU TI ON SYSTEM I C SOLU TI ON
TA NK S OF LI QU I D PLA CED
OU TSI D E THE M A CHI NE
212/288
Section 4

PART OF A 2
OPP CON TROLLER ASSEM BLY V ER.01
P/N 10016-01-C
A1SW
A1SW-ANODE
A2SW
A2SW-ANODE
WSHLPOS
WSHLPOS-ANODE
+5V
EGND
SPRA1_OCINP1-4
SPRA1_OCINP1-4-RTN
ARM1_SNS
ARM1_SNS-RTN
SPRA2_OCINP1-4
SPRA2_OCINP1-4-RTN
ARM2_SNS
ARM2_SNS-RTN
WSH_SNS
WSH_SNS-RTN
SPRRW_OCINP1-7
SPRRW_OCINP1-7-RTN
MGND
+24V
+5V
EGND
SPRA1_OCINP2-1
SPRA1_OCINP2-1-RTN
SPRA1_OCINP2-0
SPRA1_OCINP2-0-RTN
SPRA2_OCINP1-7
SPRA2_OCINP1-7-RTN
SPRA2_OCINP1-6
SPRA2_OCINP1-6-RTN
SPRA2_OCINP2-0
SPRA2_OCINP2-0-RTN
SPRA2_OCINP2-2
SPRA2_OCINP2-2-RTN
SPRA2_OCINP2-1
SPRA2_OCINP2-1-RTN
+5V
EGND
J18 J24 J20
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
W 18-P5 W 18-P8 SPA RES I N PU T TO

A RM 1 A SSEM BLY A N D

A RM 2 A SSEM BLY
A RM 1-HCO I L
TO W 18-P6
TO PW R D RI V ER PA RT OF PA RT O F PA RT O F
M OD U LE - 9X1A V ER.00) W 18 W 18 W 18

A RM 2-HCO I L
TO W 18-P7
TO PW R D RI V ER W 18-J13 W 18-J14
M OD U LE - 9X1A V ER.00)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
N OT U SED
W 04-P1
FLEXI BLE W I RI NG
M O V I N G W I TH PA RT O F W 18
CHTR-A
SNS-EGND
MGND
+5V
OPTO-EGND
CHTR-B
V+
SNS-OUT
C-OUT
ANODE
A RM
W 04
W 04-P2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
W SHLPO S
TO W 18-J15
TO OPP R&W A SSEM BLY
CHTR-A
CHTR-B
SNS-EGND
V+
MGND
SNS-OUT
+5V
C-OUT
OPTO-EGND
ANODE
( W ASHI N G STATI O N
LO W POSI TI O N SEN SO R)
O PP A RM M OD U LE
A4
O PP A RM 1 A SSEM BLY
P/N 10198-00-A
X-AXI S A RM 1 X-A XI S A RM 1 Y-A XI S A RM 1 Y-A XI S A RM 1

M OTOR HO M E M OTOR HOM E
A SSEM BLY SENSOR A SSEM BLY SEN SOR
OUTPUT
ANODE
+5V
EGND
OUTPUT
ANODE
+5V
EGND
+PA
-PA
+PB
-PB
+PA
-PA
+PB
-PB
NO T U SED NO T U SED N OT U SED N OT U SED
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
W 16-J5 W 18-J6 W 16-J6 W 18-J5 W 16-J7 W 18-J9 W 16-J8 W 18-J8
PART OF PA RT OF PA RT O F PA RT O F PA RT O F PA RT O F PART O F PART OF

W 16 W 18 W 16 W 18 W 16 W 18 W 16 W 18
XA RM 1-M O T A RM 1-XHOM E YARM 1-M OT A RM 1-YHOM E XARM 2-M OT A RM 2-XHO M E YA RM 2-M O T ARM 1-YHO M E
TO W 16-P5 TO W 18-P2 TO W 16-P6 TO W 18-P2 TO W 16-P7 TO W 18-P3 TO W 16-P8 TO W 18-P3
TO STEP M O TO R TO OPP CON TRO LLER TO STEP M OTOR TO OPP CO NTROLLER TO STEP M OTOR TO O PP CO NTROLLER TO STEP M O TO R TO O PP CO N TRO LLER
D RI V E 2X1.5A A SSEM BLY D RI V E 2X1.5A V ER.02 A SSEM BLY D RI V E 2X1.5A V ER.02 A SSEM BLY DRI V E 2X1.5A V ER.02 ASSEM BLY
V ER.02
213/288
Section 4

PART OF A 2
OPP CONTROLLER ASSEM BLY V ER.01
P/N 10016-01-C

BIT1(LSB)
BIT3
BIT5
BIT7
BIT9
BIT11
DIRECTION
+E VOLT
BIT2
BIT4
BIT6
BIT8
BIT10
BIT12(MSB)
EGND
VTEMP+
EGND
+Vs
MGND
VOUT-P
VOUT-N
VDC-P
EGND
VDC-N
MGND
J25 J15 J23
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
P1 SPARE W 11-P2
W 11

( 5 COND
CV T-I N C SHI ELDED)

PA RT OF W 08
TO W 08-P4
PART OF W 08
CV T-HOM E
PA RT OF W 18
TO W 18-P4
RED
RED
CV T-M OT
PA RT OF W 16
TO W 16-J9 W 08-E2 W 08-E1
W 16-J9 W 18-J12 W 08-J1 W 11-P1
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
+PA
-PA
+PB
-PB
V_1
V_2
PROT-
PROT+
Vout-P
Vout-N
VDC-P
VDC-N
EGND
MGND
OUTPUT
ANODE
+5V
EGND
READI NG CU V ETTE CU V ETTE ASSEM BLY CU V ETTE ASSEM BLY CU V ETTES THERM AL PHOTOD I ODE
M OTOR ASSEM BLY HOM E SENSOR TEM PERA TU RE I N CU BATI ON PROTECTI ON SEN SOR
SEN SOR HEA TER STRI P
OPP CU V ETTE A SSEM BLY
A6
OPP R&W ASSEM BLY
P/N 10208-01-B
OPP OPTI CA L GROU P OPP W ASHI N G STATI ON
FI XED ON BOTTOM OF FI XED ON TOP OF

CU V ETTE PLATE W1 R&W ASSEM BLY
M GN D W A SHI NG STATI ON
HALOGEN REA DI N G FI LTER W HEEL FI LTER W HEEL W ASHI N G STATI ON W ASHI NG STA TI ON LOW POSI TI ON
LAM P M OTOR HOM E E1 E2 M OTOR ASSEM BLY HOM E SENSOR SENSOR
ASSEM BLY SEN SOR
FI XED ON TOP OF FI XED ON TOP OF
OPTI CAL GROU P W2 R&W ASSEM BLY
M GN D
OUTPUT
ANODE
+5V
EGND
OUTPUT
ANODE
+5V
EGND
OUTPUT
ANODE
+5V
EGND
+PA
-PA
+PB
-PB
+PA
-PA
+PB
-PB
V+
V-
E3 E4
1
2
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
W 08-J2 W 16-J10 W 18-J10 W 16-J11 W 18-J11 W 18-J15
PA RT OF W 08 PA RT OF W 16 PA RT OF W 18 PA RT OF W 16 PART OF W 18 PART OF W 18
FLT-LM P FLT-M OT FLT-HOM E W SH-M OT W SH-HOM E W SHLPOS
TO W 08-P3 TO W 16-P10 TO W 18-P4 TO W 16-P11 TO W 18-P4 TO W 18-P8
214/288
Section 4

HYDRAU LIC SCHEM ATIC W ASHING STATION, SINK AND WASTE
CIRCU IT
A4
SAM PLING CIRCU ITS OPP ARM 1
A SSEM BLY EXTERNAL
COOLI N G TI M ER ASSY
A1
OPP ARM FROM A 24
M OD U LE REA GEN T
TRA Y HM 4
OU TPU T M ANI FOLD
A1 HM 5
A RM 1 COI L RED

HM 1 HM 25 HM 22 HM 24
HM 8
M RED
A1
0.5M L DI LU TOR
ASSEM BLY W A SHI NG ASPI RA TI ON DI SPENSI N G D I SPENSI NG D I SPENSI NG DI SPEN SI N G DI SPENSI N G

DI LU TOR1 SI NK NEEDLE1 NEED LE5 N EED LE4 N EEDLE3 NEEDLE2 NEED LE1
A 29 A 28 PU M P PU M P PU M P PU M P PU M P PU M P PU M P PU M P
A16 ZRP A SP. ZRP3 2H-ASP.
ARM 1 DI LU TOR PU M P PU M P ASSY A7 A7
ASSEM BLY V ER.00 OPP PU M PS &
ASSY
D RI V ERS
A2 V ER.01
3
A9 A 10 A7 A6 A5 A3 A4
-
SU CTI ON SU CTI ON
2 1 + SU CTI ON TI P SU CTI ON N EEDLES
HM 3 ARM D I LU TOR TI P PU M P NEED LES PU M P
HM 2 LV M EV PU M P PU M P
HT16
HM 9
HM 6
BLU E
HM 10 HT8
HM 1 HT9 HM 7
HM 26 I N PU T GREEN
M A NI FOLD
HM 1
ARM 1
PROBE
HM 11 HM 12 HM 13 HM 14 HM 15
HM 21
HT10 HT11 HT12 HT13 HT14 HT15
HM 23
HM 3 HM 16 HM 17 HM 18 HM 19 HM 20
W A SHI NG
SI NK
A26
I SE M OD U LE=> OPTI ONA L HM 9
W ASHI NG
GREEN
BLUE
RED
I SE M ODU LE - 4-CHANN ELS I SE M ODU LE PU M P ASSEM BLY REAGENT PACK STATI ON

M ANI FOLD A3
OPP W ASHI NG
CAL A CALI BRA NT A STATI ON
CAL B
LI QU I D 1 LI QU I D2 W ASTE TA NK
I NLET TA NK TAN K ( DI SCHARGE)
SYSTEM I C CLEA NER
CALI BRA NT B
FU LL/EM PTY LI QU I D
W ASTE W ASTE TI P NEED LE6 N EED LE5 N EEDLE4 NEEDLE3 NEED LE2 NEED LE1 LEV EL M ONI TORED BY
( NOT FLOA T LEV EL SENSORS
U SED)
A6
OPP R&W A SSEM BLY
215/288
Section 4

4.2. Schematics and Part Lists for Single ARM Unit Sub-assemblies and
Wirings
This paragraph and its sub-paragraphs include electrical drawings and part lists for Single ARM Unit
for the main instrument sub-assemblies including wirings.
NOTE: Not all parts have been included here; only those that are different from the Double ARM.
Parts and subassemblies in common with the Double ARM system will not be represented here as
available in the paragraphs above.
Part lists show only components available for servicing. Schematics have also been given with the
aim to help trouble shooting.
4.2.1. OPP Controller Assembly P/N 10016-01-D

This assembly includes a local DC/DC converter power supply, the controller boards of the unit and
a mother board A1 (OPP Controller Mother Board P/N 10030-00-C). This assembly is contained into a
rack and collects all small signals to/from sensors and driver boards.
The DC/DC power supply A6 (CNT Power Supply P/N 10028-01-A) converts the +24VDC into the DC
low voltages used by the digital and analog circuits.
Differently from the Double ARM, in the Single ARM system the controller boards are not four but
only three:
 A2 – R&W Controller P/N 10012-04-C, controls Read and Wash Assembly.
 A3 – MAIN Controller Ver.01 P/N 10012-01-D, controls the Unit and Sample and Reagent
Assembly.
 A4 – ARM1 Controller P/N 10012-02-D, controls ARM1 Assembly (Sample ARM).
The controller boards are intra-connected through two busses: one for data and macro-command
(Rx/Tx bus) the other for synchronisms (SPI bus). The Rx/Tx bus is accessed also by the Personal
Computer through the Main Controller board that provides the adapter.
If the Unit is equipped with the ISE Module, the ARM1 controller board manages the
communication with it too.
Figure 141: OPP Controller Assembly Ver.01 - Front View

If needed, it is possible to extract each of these four boards by sliding them away: pay attention
not to touch on-board electronic components as they can be ESD sensitive and not to bend or
damage boards. Use a standard hook extractor for Eurocards 100x160mm.
When reassembling boards pay attention not to damage the edge components and push the
board to the end until the “click”. Extract or insert boards ONLY with instrument in power off.
If needed, the Mother Board can be disassembled after having disconnected the wirings and
dismounted the rack from the mechanics. Screw away seven upper screws and seven lower
screws. During replacing with a new one, take care about the alignments to allow correct boards
insertion.
Refer to the following layout to find information on the connection of the wiring connectors into the
Controller Assembly backplane (Mother board).

Figure 142: OPP Controller Assembly Ver.01 - Back View, Connectors to Unit Wirings

Part List Title: OPP Controller Assembly – Ver.01 P/N: 10016-01-D

1 A1 1 PZ OPP CONTROLLER MOTHER BOARD 10030-00-C
2 A2 1 PZ R&W CONTROLLER 10012-04-C
3 A3 1 PZ MAIN CONTROLLER VER.01 10012-01-D
5 A5 1 PZ NOT USED
6 A6 1 PZ CNT POWER SUPPLY 10028-01-A
7 1 PZ RACK, 3U/160/52TE SUBRACK SERIE
ARGENTO "A" MIL-
C-21097

1 +5V
2 TX_RS232
3 EGND
REA DER
( RS-232)
4 RX_RS232
TO /FROM
BA R-CODE
5 READ_TRIG
J1
6 MGND
1 N.C.
2 N.C.
3 RXD
4 RTS
TXD
Electrical drawing
5
A2
( RS-232)
SERV I CE
6 CTS
N OT U SED
A CTU A LLY
OPTI ON A L
7 N.C.
TO/FROM PC
P/N 10012-04-C
R&W CO N TROLLER
CON N ECTI ON
8 N.C.
9 SGND
J2
10 N.C.
J1
P1
1 N.C.
2 N.C.
3 RXD
4 N.C.
5 TXD
( RS-232)
6 N.C.
O PERA TI V E
7 N.C.
TO /FRO M PC
Title:
CO N N ECTI O N
8 N.C.
9 SGND
A3
J3
10 N.C.
P/N 10012-01-D
1 BUZZER
2 DIL1_EV
M A I N CON TRO LLER V ER.01
3 DIL1_PMP
J1
P2
4 WSH_PMP
LOA D
5 ARM1_COIL
DRI V ERS
6 DIL2_EV
OU TPU T TO
7 DIL2_PMP
8 ARM2_COIL
9 SPARE_ISE
J4
10 EGND
1 MOTSMP_STEP
A4
2 MOTSMP_DIR
3 MOTSMP_ENB
P/N 10012-02-D
4 MOTSMP_TRQ
A RM 1 CON TRO LLER
5 MOTRGT_STEP
6 MOTRGT_DIR
M OTOR
DRI V ERS
7 MOTRGT_ENB
OU TPU T TO
SM P & RGT
J1
P3
8 MOTRGT_TRQ
9 +5V
J5
10 EGND
PA RT O F A 1
P/N 10030-00-C
1 VDCP
2 RXD-IN
3 TXD-OUT
MGND
OPP CON TROLLER M OTHER BOA RD
4
( RS-232)
OPP Controller Assembly – Ver.01

RS232-GND
TO /FRO M
5
6 VDCP-RTN
I SE M OD U LE RTS
7
SPA RE SLOT
8 CTS
J6
1 MOTA1X_STEP
P4
2 MOTA1X_DIR
3 MOTA1X_ENB
4 MOTA1X_TRQ
5 MOTA1Y_STEP
M O TOR
DRI V ERS
6 MOTA1Y_DIR
OU TPU T TO
A RM 1 X & Y
7 MOTA1Y_ENB
8 MOTA1Y_TRQ
9 +5V
J7
10 EGND
1 MOTA2X_STEP
SPA RE SLOT
P/N:
2 MOTA2X_DIR
3 MOTA2X_ENB
4 MOTA2X_TRQ
5 MOTA2Y_STEP
SPA RE
P5
6 MOTA2Y_DIR
N OT U SED
A CTU A LLY
OPTI ON A L
7 MOTA2Y_ENB
8 MOTA2Y_TRQ
9 +5V
J8
10 EGND
1 MOTDIL1_STEP
2 MOTDIL1_DIR
10016-01-D
3 MOTDIL1_ENB
A6
4 MOTDIL1_TRQ
5 MOTDIL2_STEP
M OTO R
DRI V ERS
6 MOTDIL2_DIR
O U TPU T TO
P/N 10028-03-A
7 MOTDIL2_ENB
CN T POW ER SU PPLY
MOTDIL2_TRQ
SPA RE DI LU TOR
8
ARM 1 DI LU TOR &

9 +5V
J1
J9
EGND
P6
10
1 SPRMN_OCOUT2-7
2 SPRMN_OCOUT2-5
3 SPRMN_OCOUT2-4
4 SPRMN_OCOUT2-3
5 SPRA1_OCOUT4-7
SPA RE
6 SPRA1_OCOUT4-5
OU TPU TS
N OT U SED
7 SPRA2_OCOUT1-6
A CTU A LLY
OPTI ON A L
8 SPRRW_OCOUT2-7
9 SPRRW_OCOUT2-4
10 EGND
J10
Page 1 of 2
Section 4 MIURA – Service Manual
J11
PU M P
DRI V ERS
OU TPU T TO
W SH STATI ON
A SSEM BLI ES
NOT U SED
ACTU A LLY
OPTI ONAL
9 SPRA2_OCINP2-0 SCV_PMP 9
A RM 1 & ARM 2
10 EGND 10
SPA RE I NPU TS TO
SPRA2_OCINP2-0-RTN
Electrical drawing
11 SPRA2_OCINP2-2
MOTCVT_STEP
J12
13 SPRA2_OCINP2-1
MOTCVT_DIR 1
MOTCVT_ENB 2
15 +5V
MOTCVT_TRQ 3
16 EGND
J20
MOTFLT_STEP 4
MOTFLT_DIR 5
M OTOR
DRI V ERS
CV T & FLT
1 DIL2_HOME MOTFLT_ENB 6
OU TPU T TO
2 DIL2_ANODE MOTFLT_TRQ 7
3 A2Y_HOME +5V 8
OPTO
4 A2Y_ANODE EGND 9
SENSORS
5 A2X_HOME 10
I N PU T FROM
6
NOT U SED
A2X_ANODE
ARM 2 HOM E
7 +5V
MOTWSH_STEP 1
J13
8 EGND
MOTWSH_DIR 2
J21
Title:
MOTWSH_ENB 3
1 FLT_HOME MOTWSH_TRQ 4
DRI V ERS
2 FLT_ANODE MOTSPRMN_STEP 5
OU TPU T TO
3 WSH_HOME MOTSPRMN_DIR 6
W SH M OTOR
4 WSH_ANODE MOTSPRMN_ENB 7
& SPA RE M OTOR
5 CVT_HOME MOTSPRMN_TRQ 8
6 CVT_ANODE +5V 9
I N PU T FROM
FI LTER W HEEL,
7 +5V EGND 10
OPTO SEN SORS
W SH STATI ON &
CU V ETTE HOM ES
8 EGND
J22
N.C. 1
J14
HAL_LMP 2
1 VOUT-P N.C. 3
2 VOUT-N INC_HTR 4
FROM
3 VDC-P N.C. 5
4 EGND SPRMN_OCOUT4-5 6
OU TPU T TO
5 VDC-N
REGU LATOR
N.C. 7
PHOTOD I ODE
6 MGND
PW R SW I TCH &
J23
N.C. 8
N.C. 9
1 A1SW EGND 10
2 A1SW-ANODE
3 A2SW
BIT1(LSB) 1
J15
4 A2SW-ANODE
BIT3 2
SENSORS
5 WSHLPOS
BIT5 3
WSHLPOS-ANODE
I NPU T FROM
6
BIT7 4
PROTECTI ON &
7 +5V
BIT9 5
8 EGND
BIT11 6
J24
DIRECTION 7
+E VOLT 8
1 VTMP1+
BIT2 9
PA RT OF A1
NOT U SED
2 EGND
ACTU ALLY
OPTI ONAL
P/N 10030-00-C
BIT4 10
SEN SOR
3 +Vs
BIT6 11
4 MGND
SPA RE (EX ENCODER)
BIT8 12
J25
TEM PERA TU RE
FROM CU V ETTE
BIT10 13
A SSY ASSEM BLY
OPP CONTROLLER M OTHER BOA RD
DIS_SNS BIT12(MSB) 14
1
DIS_SNS-RTN EGND 15
2
OPP Controller Assembly – Ver.01

3 LIQ2_SNS
4 LIQ2_SNS-RTN
5 LIQ1_SNS SPRMN_OCINP2-1 1
J16
6 LIQ1_SNS-RTN SPRMN_OCINP2-1-RTN 2
7 SPRMN_OCINP1-4 SPRMN_TTLINP4-5 3
8 SPRMN_OCINP1-4-RTN SPRMN_TTLINP4-5-RTN 4
SEN SORS
I N PU T FROM 9 N.C. SPRMN_TTLINP4-4 5
M A I N A SSEM BLY
11 LIQC_SNS SPRMN_TTLINP4-3 7
12 LIQC_SNS-RTN SPRMN_TTLINP4-3-RTN 8
NOT U SED
ACTU A LLY
OPTI ONAL
13 CVR_SNS SPRMN_TTLINP4-2 9
14 +5V SPRMN_TTLINP4-2-RTN 10
SPA RE TTL I N PU TS
15 CVR_ANODE SPRMN_TTLINP4-1 11
TO M A I N ASSEM BLY
J26
SPRMN_TTLINP4-0 13
SPRMN_TTLINP4-0-RTN 14
+5V 15
1 VTMP2+ EGND 16
FROM
2 EGND
SEN SOR
3 +Vs
SPRMN_HOME 1
J17
4 MGND
TEM PERA TU RE
P/N:
SPRMN2_ANODE 2
J27
SMP_HOME 3
EN V I RONM ENTA L
SMP_ANODE 4
RGT HOM E
RGT_HOME 5
I N PU T FROM
1 +24V RGT_ANODE 6
OPTO SEN SORS
2 EGND +5V 7
I NPU T
SU PPLY
3 MGND EGND 8
SPARE, SM P HOM E &
+24V DCP
J28
SPRA1_OCINP1-4 1
SPRA1_OCINP1-4-RTN 2 J18
1 +12V
ARM1_SNS 3
2 EGND
ARM1_SNS-RTN 4
MGND
NOT U SED
3
ACTU A LLY
OPTI ONAL
SPRA2_OCINP1-4 5
+ 12V DCP
( SERV I CE)
J29
10016-01-D
ARM2_SNS 7
+ SPARES
ARM2_SNS-RTN 8
I N PU T FROM
+5V WSH_SNS 9
1
-5V WSH_SNS-RTN 10
2
EGND SPRRW_OCINP1-7 11
3
ARM 1, ARM 2 & R&W

ASSEM BLI ES SENSORS
NOT U SED
SPRRW_OCINP1-7-RTN 12
( SERV I CE)
ACTU ALLY
+ /-5V DCP
OPTI ONAL
4 MGND
MGND 13
J30
+24V 14
+5V 15
EGND 16
1 EGND
2 VTMP_OUT
DIL1_HOME 1
J19
3 EGND
4 +5V DIL1_ANODE 2
5 EGND A1Y_HOME 3
OPTO
6 NTEM_ON A1Y_ANODE 4
SENSORS
A1X_HOME 5
N OT U SED
7 EGND
A CTU ALLY
OPTI ON AL
A1Y_ANODE 6
I NPU T FROM
COOLER ASSEM BLY

8 NCOOLALM
A RM 1 HOM E
9 EGND +5V 7
EGND 8
COM M AN D & CON TROL

10 MGND
( OTI ONAL CON NECTI ON )

J31
Page 2 of 2
Section 4 MIURA – Service Manual
4.2.2. OPP Pumps & Drivers Ver.01, P/N 10217-01-F

This assembly is connected to the motherboard of the OPP Controller Assembly P/N 10016-00-D and
includes two boards (Power Driver Module – 9x1A, P/N 10006-00-C) for powering loads. It includes
the following main parts:
 2 Power Driver Module boards;
 6 peristaltic pumps for washing station needles dispensing;
 1 peristaltic pumps for ARM probe rinsing (one sampler probe);
 1 peristaltic pump for probe washing sink aspiration.
The pumps are connected to the power boards respecting the pictures below.
“ARM1” PROBE PROBE WASHING SINK

SYSTEMIC SOL. ASPIRATING WASTE
NOT USED 78ML PUMP 120ML PUMP
SYSTEMIC SOL. SYSTEMIC SOL. SYSTEMIC SOL. SYSTEMIC SOL. ASPIRATING CLEANER SOL.
78ML PUMP 78ML PUMP 78ML PUMP 78ML PUMP WASTE REACTION 57ML PUMP
120ML PUMP
Figure 143: OPP Pumps & Drivers Ver.01, Peristaltic pumps layout

Figure 144: OPP Pumps & Drivers Ver.01, “Connectors to Loads” Correspondence
Signal to Power Output cross-reference tables:

OUT01 Buzzer Main Controller Ver.01 J3
OUT03 Diluter ARM1 Pump ARM1 Controller J5
OUT04 Washing Sink Pump ARM1 & ARM2 Controller J6
OUT06 Not Used --- J8

OUT01 Dispensing Needle1 Pump Read & Wash Controller J3
OUT08 Aspiration Needles Pumps Read & Wash Controller J10
(including W.S. Needle 1 waste
reaction aspiration pump)
OUT09 Aspiration Tip Pump Read & Wash Controller J11

Part List Title: OPP Pumps & Drivers – Ver.01 P/N: 10217-01-F
1 A1, A2 2 PZ PWR DRIVER MODULE - 9X1A 10006-00-C
2 A3, A5-A7, A9 5 PZ WPM1 78ML 2.5 24V PUMP 11053-00-A
3 A4 1 PZ WPM1 57ML 2.0 24V PUMP 11052-00-A
4 A8, A10 2 PZ WPM1 120ML 3.0 24V PUMP 11048-00-A
5 A12, A11 1 PZ NOT USED
6 A13 1 PZ BUZZER ASSY 10058-00-A
7 W1 1 PZ CABLAGGIO OPP PUMPS & DRIVERS 10514-00-A
8 HM1 1 PZ MANIFOLD
9 HM1, HM3, 7 PZ THROUGH-HOLE FITTING, BARBED FOR TUBE 1/8", PVC, TBD-08_04_24-01
HM5, HM7, THREAD 1/4-28UNF, FOR FERULE FOR PTFE TUBE
HM9, HM13, EXT.DIAM.=1/8"
HM15
10 HM2, HM4, 10 PZ THROUGH-HOLE FITTING, TUBE/TUBE I.D.=3mm 1/4 28 UNF, PMS230-06
HM6, HM8, POLIPROPILEN
HM10, HM11,
HM12, HM14,
HM16, HM17,
HM18

W1
1
2
3
4
TO OPP CON TROLLER A SSEM BLY
1
2
3
4
P1
A 13
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
BU ZZER A SSY J1 J2
TO POW ER SU PPLY P/N 10058-00-A A1
PW R DRI V ER M O DU LE - 9X1A V ER.00
P/N 10006-00-C
INP-01
INP-02
INP-03
INP-04
INP-05
INP-06
INP-07
INP-08
INP-09
EGND
+24V
EGND
+12V
EGND
J1
V A 1+
-
+
1
V A 1- 2
V A 2+ 3
V A 2- 4
OUT01-P
OUT01-N
OUT02-P
OUT02-N
OUT03-P
OUT03-N
OUT04-P
OUT04-N
OUT05-P
OUT05-N
OUT06-P
OUT06-N
OUT07-P
OUT07-N
OUT08-P
OUT08-N
OUT09-P
OUT09-N

J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 J8 J9 J10 J11
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
P1 P1 P1 TO OPP A RM 1 A SSY N OT U SED N O T U SED N OT U SED SPA RE O U TPU T

BU ZZER TO A RM 1 DI LU TO R EV ( COI L HEA TER)
V+
V-
V+
V-
V+
V-

W1
W1
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
TO OPP CO N TRO LLER A SSEM BLY P2
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
J1 J2
A2
PW R DRI V ER M ODU LE - 9X1A V ER.00
INP-01
INP-02
INP-03
INP-04
INP-05
INP-06
INP-07
INP-08
INP-09
EGND
P/N 10006-00-C
+24V
EGND
+12V
EGND
OUT01-P
OUT01-N
OUT02-P
OUT02-N
OUT03-P
OUT03-N
OUT04-P
OUT04-N
OUT05-P
OUT05-N
OUT06-P
OUT06-N
OUT07-P
OUT07-N
OUT08-P
OUT08-N
OUT09-P
OUT09-N
J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 J8 J9 J10 J11
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 SPA RE OU TPU T SPA RE O U TPU T TO A SPI RA TI ON 2
TO A SPI RA TI O N
N EEDLES PU M P TI P PU M P
JU M PER
V+
V-
V+
V-
V+
V-
V+
V-
V+
V-
TO JU M PER O F
A SPI RA TI ON PU M P
P1
V+
V-
- -
+
+
P P
A9 A 10
W PM 1 78M L 2.5 W PM 1 120M L 3.0
24V PU M P 24V PU M P
P/N 11053-00-A P/N 11048-00-A

- - - - - -
+
+
+
+
+
+
P P P P P P DI LU TER 1 PU M P W A SHI N G SI N K PU M P
( 78M L/M I N ) ( 120M L/M I N )
A4 A3 A5 A6 A7 A8
W PM 1 78M L 2.5 W PM 1 57M L 2.0 W PM 1 78M L 2.5 W PM 1 78M L 2.5 W PM 1 78M L 2.5 W PM 1 120M L 3.0
24V PU M P 24V PU M P 24V PU M P 24V PU M P 24V PU M P 24V PU M P
P/N 11053-00-A P/N 11052-00-A P/N 11053-00-A P/N 11053-00-A P/N 11053-00-A P/N 11048-00-A HYDRA U LI C CO N N ECTI O NS TO A RM S A ND
W A SHI N G SI N K
DI SPEN SI N G N EEDLE 1 DI SPEN SI N G N EEDLE 2 DI SPEN SI N G N EEDLE 3 DI SPEN SI N G N EEDLE 4 DI SPEN SI NG NEEDLE 5 N EEDLE #1 A SPI RA TI O N
PU M P ( 78M L/M I N - PU M P ( 57M L/M I N - PU M P ( 78M L/M I N - PU M P ( 78M L/M I N - PU M P ( 78M L/M I N - PU M P ( 120M L/M I N )
W HI TE) W HI TE) W HI TE) W HI TE) W HI TE)
HYD RAU LI C CO N N ECTI O N S TO W A SHI N G STA TI O N
225/288
Section 4
Electrical drawing Title: OPP Pumps & Drivers – Ver.01 P/N: 10217-01-F Page 1 of 2

ASPI RATI ON D I SPEN SI N G D I SPEN SI NG DI SPENSI N G DI SPEN SI N G D I SPEN SI N G

D I LU TER1 W A SHI N G NEED LE1 N EEDLE5 N EEDLE4 NEED LE3 NEED LE2 N EEDLE1
PU M P SI N K PU M P PU M P PU M P PU M P PU M P PU M P PU M P
A9 A 10 A8 A7 A6 A5 A3 A4
HM 13 HM 14 HM 17 HM 18 HM 11 HM 12 HM 9 HM 10 HM 7 HM 8 HM 5 HM 6 HM 3 HM 4 HM 1 HM 2
TO TO TO TO TO TO TO TO
D I LU TER1 EV W A STE W A STE D I SPEN SI NG DI SPENSI N G DI SPEN SI N G D I SPEN SI N G D I SPEN SI NG
M A NI FOLD N EEDLE5 NEED LE4 NEED LE3 N EEDLE2 N EEDLE1
FROM
W ASHI N G SI NK
FROM
ASPI RA TI ON NEED LE1
OF W A SHI NG STATI ON
FROM CLEA NER CHARGE TA N K
( LI QU I D2 TA N K CONN ECTI ON )
FROM SYSTEM I C CHARGE TA N K

( LI QU I D1 TA N K CONN ECTI ON )
HM 19
I NPU T
M A N I FOLD
226/288
Section 4
Electrical drawing Title: OPP Pumps & Drivers – Ver.01 P/N: 10217-01-F Page 2 of 2
MAINTENANCE
Section 5 MAINTENANCE
5. Generalities
This section provides the service recommendations for a proper maintenance of both the
instruments Single and Double Sampler ARM.
NOTE: the producer reminds again the operator that the periodic visual inspection of the instrument
is the first and easier way to guarantee the best performance of the instrument itself.
5.1. General Rules

General instructions for a periodic maintenance:
 Make sure that the instrument working area is clean and kept clear.
 Any fluid leakage in the working area must be immediately rinsed and dried.
 The instrument must be constantly inspected to ensure a good system performance.
 Waste of disposals must observe the safety norms and the local law.
 If any part of the system breaks down, it must be immediately repaired or replaced by
Authorized Technical Personnel.
 Read carefully the information on infected fluids provided in the instrument User Manual (see
Section 1).
WARNING
An improper maintenance could affect the system performance.
5.1.1. Cleaning
The reagent wheel, the sample wheel and the working area must be cleaned with a soft cloth that
doesn’t leave any residues.
5.1.2. Disinfection
It is important to proceed with a proper disinfection of the instrument before servicing.
WARNING
Read carefully Section 1 (“Safety”) and paragraph “Safety precautions” of the instrument User
Manual before performing the instrument maintenance.
 During maintenance of the instrument a complete protection must be worn: gown with long
sleeves (ending with elastic bands), shock-resistant rubber gloves and protective glasses.
 Prepare two sodium hypochlorite solutions (commercial hypochlorite): one at 1%, the other at
0.5%. The commercial hypochlorite has generally a 5,25% concentration, in which case
prepare the solutions as follows:
Solution A (about 1%): 200ml hypochlorite and 800ml deionised water.
Solution B (about 0.5%): 100ml hypochlorite and 900ml deionised water.
WARNING
The procedure recommended in this section does not ensure that all the virus and micro-organisms
are inactive and the instrument is sterilized, although it minimizes any risk.

MAINTENANCE
5.1.2.1. Instrument Disinfection

Follow the procedure below:
1. wet all the parts presenting contaminate fluid deposits with cotton wool soaked in Solution A;
2. remove the deposits and wet the rest of the surface with the same solution. This must be kept
wet for at least 15 minutes in order to be fairly disinfected;
3. remove then the hypochlorite with cotton wool soaked in deionised water.
WARNING
Do not soak the metallic parts (probe, washing station needles) longer than 20 minutes as the
solution can have a corrosive effect.
5.1.2.2. Metallic Probes Disinfection

Dip at least 3cm of each metallic sampling probe in a basin containing Solution A for 15 minutes at
least, and then rinse them carefully in deionised water.
At the end, run two ARM rinsing cycles from the Status menu for probe refilling and washing.
5.1.2.3. Waste Tubing Disinfection

Dump the waste tubing in a container for contaminated materials and replace it with new tubing;
otherwise, if the tubing is not damaged, unplug the side fittings and soak everything in Solution A for
20 minutes, then rinse it with distilled water.
5.1.2.4. Charge Tubing Disinfection

Wash the tubes of the external tanks of the instrument; this will prevent tubing and valve to be
obstructed by eventual salt crystals:
1. Disconnect from systemic solution and cleaner solution tanks the Tygon® charging tubing;
2. Wash the inner and outer tubing with sodium Hypochlorite Solution A.
3. Rinse them with distilled water.
4. Let the tubing drying out.
5. Put all tubing back in the proper tanks (systemic and cleaner solution tanks must be full) and
run a Start-up cycle from the Status menu for tubing refilling, system washing and auto-zeroing.
5.1.2.5. Washing Station Needles Disinfection

Clean the metallic needles with cotton wool soaked in Solution A and then clean them carefully
with deionised water. Power on the instrument and run a Start-up cycle from the Status menu for
tubing refilling and needle washing.
5.1.2.6. Waste Tank Disinfection

Completely empty the tank in a container for contaminated materials. Fill the tank with Solution A
and let it soak for about 20 minutes, and then rinse it carefully in deionised water.
5.1.2.7. Systemic Solution and Cleaner Solution Tanks Cleaning

Empty tanks in a proper container completely. Fill tanks with bi-distilled water and shake them, then
empty in a proper container; repeat this procedure several times in order to clean it form eventual
deposits or residuals.

MAINTENANCE
WARNING
The above procedures does not ensure that all the virus and micro-organism are inactive and the
machine is sterilized, although it reduces only the risk at a minimum level.
5.2. Safety Precautions

Remember that any maintenance operation left to the user must be carried out with the instrument
switched OFF and with the power supply cable disconnect from the socket.
WARNING
Read carefully Section 1 (“Safety”) of the instrument User Manual before proceeding with the
instrument maintenance.

MAINTENANCE
5.3. Periodic Maintenance Plan

In the following paragraphs are scheduled the periodic operations to carry out on both instruments
Single and Double Sampler ARM; read carefully all instructions.
Note: missing of Maintenance Scheduling by end user invalidates product warranty terms and
conditions.
5.3.1. Daily Maintenance Scheduling

The daily maintenance that MUST be carried out by the final user has been described below.
At the beginning of the day

1. Check the volume of the Systemic Solution tank and refill it before run.
2. Check the volume of the Cleaner Solution tank and refill it before run.
3. Check the volume of the Waste tank and empty it before run.
4. Check the Tygon® tubing to/from external tanks in order to detect and eliminate occlusions or
eventual defects.
WARNING
Waste is potentially infectious and can be hazardous to health. It must be disposed according to
national and international instructions for the safe disposal of Bio-hazardous waste.
At the end of the day

1. It is very important that at the end of each working day, the operator runs the daily cuvette
Extra wash cycle or from the Status menu or as part of the automatic shutdown procedure; this
in order to deeply clean reading cuvettes. Remember to place an keep permanently on board
the EW Cvt solution vial (Extra Wash Cuvette bottle).
2. Clean the outside surface of the metallic Sampling Probe with an ethanol solution at 70%.
3. In case of ISE Module on board run an ISE cleaning cycle.
4. On automatic instrument shut down procedure never disable the final washing.
5. Remove and disinfect any fluid leakage in the working area.
6. Check for condensation on the bottom of the reagent tray: if too much, take out bottles and
sop it up with a dry clean cloth or with the help of a pipette – in case of high liquid level check
the condensation draining circuit.
7. Remove all samples from the sample tray and clean the upper carousel in case of fluid
leakage; disinfect any potentially contaminated part.
5.3.2. Weekly Maintenance Scheduling

The weekly maintenance that MUST be carried out by the final user has been described below.
1. Remove all reagents from the reagent tray and clean the bottom of the tray in case of fluid
leakages; disinfect any potentially contaminated part.
2. Clean the internal surface of the probe washing sink (well) with an ethanol solution at 70%.
3. Make sure that sample Probe is fixed in the proper positions and that it’s undamaged.
5.3.3. 20,000 tests Maintenance Scheduling

MAINTENANCE
When the number of tests run on the system since the “last cuvette replacement” approaches
20,000, the software alerts the user with a message on the screen: it’s time to replace cuvettes that
must be changed with new ones. The new “Cvt status menu” includes the following fields and
commands:
1. “Cvt total counting” field: it gives the total number of tests that
have been run on the system since its installation or software
upgrade, whose date is shown in the field aside.
2. “Cvt partial counting” field: it gives the number of tests that have
been run on the system since the last cuvette replacement, whose
date is shown in the field aside.
3. “Cvt changed” button: it resets the partial counter. It must be
pressed just after having replaced the cuvettes. This action is
logged into the event logger. It also runs a “Gain calibration
cycle”.
4. “Move cvt tray” button: it moves the cuvette tray at the cuvette
number desired (for single cuvette replacement).
The cuvette replacement procedure is given below:
1. With the system in Idle, remove the cuvette tray cover.
2. Remove the cuvette support (the black plastic one holding the reaction cuvettes).
3. Replace it with one with new cuvette rotor and fix it back.
4. Assemble the cuvette cover.
5. Enter the “Cvt status menu” and press the “Cvt changed” button: the system resets the
partial test counter and automatically runs a Gain calibration cycle to adjust the filters gain
and to perform the new autozero.
This procedure must be performed any time cuvettes will be replaced in order to reset the test
counter and to fix the appropriate filter gains.
Note: replace cuvettes only with original ones distributed by the Producer.
5.3.4. Two Months Maintenance Scheduling

The user must follow the instructions described below for the twice-monthly maintenance.
1. Run a Gain Calibration Cycle from the Status menu in order to equalize, reset and check
optical filter gains and to optimize measurement performances.
2. Wash the Tygon® tubing to/from external tanks of the instrument; this will prevent tubing and
valves to be obstructed by salt crystals.
3. Clean Systemic solution tank.
4. Clean Cleaner solution tank.
5. Clean Waste tank.
6. Clean and disinfect metallic Sampling Probe, washing station needles and tip.
7. Gently oil the outer surface of the ARM’s shaft with some Vaseline grease (see picture below).
Use a dust-free cloth slightly soaked with some Vaseline grease in order to spread it all along the
outer surface of the steel upper arm shaft; this will resolutely help the continuous up and down
shaft sliding.

MAINTENANCE
5.3.5. One Year Maintenance Scheduling

The Authorized Technical Personnel must carry on the following servicing steps for the annual
maintenance plan.
1. Replace all peristaltic pump heads (about 450,000 machine working cycles in 1 year).
2. Replace photometer halogen lamp for optimized performances (2,000 hours or 1 year max)
and then run a Gain Calibration cycle.
3. Replace the sampling probe for optimized performances (replace earlier if damaged).
4. Replace tanks tubing with new ones for best operation.
5. Clean and disinfect the instrument probe washing sink to remove soils.
6. Verify instrument operation and check positions coordinates.
7. Replace the washing station white tip on the eighth position.
5.3.6. Other Maintenance Needs

The following steps could be required in case of breakdown or damage or during service by
Authorized Technical Personnel.
When needed:
1. Replace the vacuum pump (or check internal valves) of the washing station aspiration needles
if not aspiring.
2. Replace the vacuum pump (or check internal valves) of the washing station tip if not aspiring.
3. Replace complete peristaltic pumps in case of motor breakdown.
4. Replace any dispensing washing station needle if clotted or damaged.
5. Replace sampling probe aspiration tubing (heater coil) if damaged or in case of fluid leakage.
6. Replace washing station head tubing (Teflon® and Tygon®) if damaged, bended or squeezed
and in case of fluid leakage evidence.
7. Replace diluter if out of order or damaged (long durability if operated with the systemic
solution suggested by the manufacturer – 5,000,000 full strokes minimum).
8. Replace single reading cuvette when requested by the software.
In case the instrument is not used for long period provide to slip off the peristaltic pump heads from
the shaft to avoid internal tubing walls sticking. Cover the instrument and take the power cord off
from the power inlet.

MAINTENANCE
5.4. ISE Module Maintenance Scheduling

This section provides the user recommendations for a proper maintenance of the ISE Module when
integrated into the system (option).
NOTE: the producer reminds again the user that the periodic visual inspection of the device is the
first and easier way to guarantee the best performance of the device itself.
The ISE Module requires very little operator maintenance. The only daily maintenance required is to
run the cleaning solution after the last sample of the day; the system automatically run it after 50
patient samples, whichever is first. Clean the sample inlet port once per month. All other parts and
expendables are replacement items (see schedule in the following). Use only Producer approved
components to avoid warranty terms decay.
5.4.1. Scheduling for LOW Volume Users

In the following paragraphs are scheduled the periodic operations to carry out on ISE Module for
low volume users (processing of less than 100 samples/day).
5.4.1.1. Daily Maintenance Scheduling

The user MUST follow the instructions described below for the daily maintenance.
1. Check ISE Calibration values in the ISE module conf menu after system warming up. If values are
not in range run ISE calibration again.
2. Check pump tubing integrity.
3. Check for the red ball indicator floating in the internal reference electrode solution. If it no
longer floats replace electrode.
1. Run a Cleaning Cycle from the ISE module conf menu before instrument shut down (make sure
that the ISE Cs cleaning solution bottle is on board).
2. Remove and disinfect any fluid leakage around the sample entry port in the working area.
3. Check for fluid leaks around tubing fittings and below the ISE Module itself.
WARNING
Liquid waste can be potentially infectious and can be hazardous to health. It must be disposed
according to national and international instructions for the safe disposal of Bio-hazardous waste.
5.4.1.2. One Month Maintenance Scheduling

The user MUST follow the following instructions for the monthly maintenance.
1. Clean ISE module upper sample inlet port using a cotton swab and distilled water and paying
attention not to leave any residues.
5.4.1.3. Six Months Maintenance Scheduling

The Authorized Technical Personnel must replace the following electrodes and components every
six months maintenance – longer if the electrodes do not show problems.
1. Li+ Electrode.
2. Na+ Electrode.
3. K+ Electrode.
4. Cl- Electrode.
5. Reference Electrode.
6. Pump tubing (on ISE Module peristaltic pumps).

MAINTENANCE
5.4.1.4. One Year Maintenance Scheduling

The Authorized Technical Personnel must replace the following components for the annual
maintenance.
1. Fluidic tubing.
5.4.2. Scheduling for HIGH Volume Users

In the following paragraphs are scheduled the periodic operations to carry out on ISE Module for
low volume users (processing greater than 100 samples/day).
5.4.2.1. Daily Maintenance Scheduling

The user MUST follow the instructions described below for the daily maintenance.

1. Check ISE Calibration values in the ISE module conf menu after system warming up. If values are
not in range run ISE calibration again.
2. Check pump tubing integrity.
3. Check for the red ball indicator floating in the internal reference electrode solution. If it no
longer floats replace electrode.
4. If the instrument hasn’t been powered down overnight, provide an ISE initialization (includes
calibrations). Initialization is normally included in the instrument warming up cycle.

1. Run a Cleaning Cycle from the ISE module conf menu before instrument shut down.
2. Remove and disinfect any fluid leakage around the sample entry port in the working area.
3. Check for fluid leaks around tubing fittings and below the ISE Module itself.
WARNING
Liquid waste can be potentially infectious and can be hazardous to health. It must be disposed
according to national and international instructions for the safe disposal of Bio-hazardous waste.
5.4.2.2. One Month Maintenance Scheduling

The user MUST follow the following instructions for the monthly maintenance.
1. Clean ISE module upper sample inlet port using a cotton swab and distilled water and paying
attention not to leave any residues.
5.4.2.3. Six Months Maintenance Scheduling

The Authorized Technical Personnel must replace the following electrodes and components every
six months maintenance – longer if the electrodes do not show problems.
1. Pump tubing.
5.4.2.4. At 3,000 samples Maintenance Scheduling

The Authorized Technical Personnel must replace the following electrode after 3,000 samples.
1. Li+ Electrode.

MAINTENANCE
5.4.2.5. At 10,000 samples Maintenance Scheduling

The Authorized Technical Personnel must replace the following electrodes after 10,000 samples.
1. Na+ Electrode.
2. K+ Electrode.
3. Cl- Electrode.
4. Reference Electrode.
5.4.2.6. One Year Maintenance Scheduling

The Authorized Technical Personnel must replace the following components for the annual
maintenance.
1. Fluidic tubing.

MAINTENANCE
5.5. Maintenance Procedures
5.5.1. Generalities
Refer to the following paragraphs for the ordinary and extraordinary maintenance operations
including replacing of parts. Ask the Producer for any other special procedure.
5.5.2. Reading Cuvettes Replacement

In order to replace all reading cuvettes the instrument must be ON and the User Interface software
is running. Make sure that the new cuvettes are clean and not scratched on the narrower walls (the
ones crossed by the measurement optical path).
NOTE: cuvettes replacement requires complete body protection, gown with long sleeves (ending
with elastic bands), shock-resistant rubber gloves and protective glasses.
NOTE: replace cuvettes only with original ones provided by the Manufacturer with code.
Never reuse cuvettes that have been previously dismissed even if washed, it affects results.
Replace the cuvette following the instructions below:

1. Wait for the system to be in Idle status.
2. Remove the cuvette assembly cover by unfastening the three
upper screws.
3. Remove the cuvette plastic rotor, carrying on the 80 cuvettes, by
unfastening the six screw on the border (do not touch the three
central screws to avoid tray re-alignment). Put the six short
M3x5mm screws in a save place – they must be reused.
4. Replace the cuvette rotor with a new one (never reuse cuvette to avoid unreliable results).
Take care to align the small plug in the proper small hole on the support.
5. Put back the six short M3x5mm screws in their place – and fast them.
DO NOT
WASHING UNFASTEN FOR
STATION CUVETTE
REPLACING
M3X5MM
SCREWS
ALIGNMENT
PLUG
CUVETTE
ROTOR CUVETTE
6. Check the alignment under the washing station.

7. Assemble the cuvette cover and fast the three screws.

MAINTENANCE
8. Start a Gain Calibration Cycle from the Status menu. The cycle includes the refill and an auto-
zero cycle that allows the instrument to wash all cuvettes, to level the different wavelength
gains and to update / reset the zero values of all the reading cuvettes.
5.5.2.1. Single Cuvette Replacement

Replace a single Cuvette if required by the software, if it is damaged or deteriorated.
1. Make sure that the Cuvette to be replaced has been empty by the instrument at the end of the
working session.
2. In the Status menu select Move cvt tray and enter the number of the cuvette to be replaced.
Within the protection cover top front aperture, the cuvette to be replaced has been moved:
take it out, using the appropriate extraction tool, and replace it with a new one (leave it falling
down in the seat and then press until triggering the click that ensures the cuvette is fixed in the
tray).
3. Run a Gain Calibration Cycle from the Status menu. The cycle includes the refill and an auto-
zero cycle that allows the instrument to wash all cuvettes, to level the different wavelength
gains and to update / reset the zero values of all the reading cuvettes.
CUVETTE TO
BE REPLACED
Figure 145: Cuvette Replacement

MAINTENANCE
5.5.3. Peristaltic Pump Heads Replacement

Replace peristaltic pump heads only with instrument powered down.
NOTE: for the peristaltic pump head replacement wear complete protection, with long sleeves
(ending with elastic bands), shock-resistant rubber gloves and protective glasses. Replace
peristaltic pump heads only with original parts provided by the Manufacturer.
Replace the peristaltic pump heads following the instructions below:

1. Open the front panel of the instrument.
2. Disconnect external instrument charge tank tubing (green one).
3. Unplug the peristaltic pump tubing from nipples after sliding the tubing lock washer.
“ARM2” PROBE “ARM1” PROBE PROBE WASHING SINK
SYSTEMIC SOL. SYSTEMIC SOL. ASPIRATING WASTE
78ML PERISTALTIC 78ML PERISTALTIC 120ML PERISTALTIC
PUMP PUMP PUMP
SYSTEMIC SOL. SYSTEMIC SOL. SYSTEMIC SOL. SYSTEMIC SOL. ASPIRATING WASTE CLEANER SOL.
78ML PERISTALTIC 78ML PERISTALTIC 78ML PERISTALTIC 78ML PERISTALTIC 120ML PERISTALTIC 57ML PERISTALTIC
PUMP PUMP PUMP PUMP PUMP PUMP
Figure 146: Peristaltic Pump Heads Placement
4. Turn the pump head 25° CCW and remove it from the motor keyed shaft.
5. Release retention head clips and slip the head off from its motor shaft.
6. Replace with the new head being careful to insert the shaft in the keyed shaft
and turn back the head 25° CW until the “click”.
7. Plug the peristaltic pump tubing in the proper nipples.
8. Close the instrument front panel.
9. Switch the instrument on, start the software and wait the end of the warm up.
10. Run a Start up cycle from the Status menu to refill tubing, to wash cuvettes and to update their
auto-zero values.

MAINTENANCE
Refer to the pictures below for pump locations and for load connections to the PWR Driver Board
pcb connectors:
Figure 147: Pumps and Loads Connection Layout
Refer to OPP Pump Assembly schematic and paragraph for connections – information above refers
to the Double ARM version and can be applied to the Single ARM version too.

MAINTENANCE
5.5.4. Photometer Lamp Replacement

Replace the Photometer halogen lamp with the instrument in power off; wait at least 5 minutes
from the shutdown to allow the bulb to cool down and to avoid burns. The new halogen lamp
+12V/20W includes the fixing support but not the knob: save it.
WARNING
Halogen lamps operate at extremely high temperatures that can cause serious physical injuries
and property damage. Never touch the lamp when it is on, or soon after it has been turned off, as it
is hot and may cause serious burns.
Do not look directly at the operating lamp for any period of time; this may cause serious eye injury.
Don’t remove the lamp from its metallic support: the lamp height has been calibrated at factory
and the fixed on that support.
HALOGEN LAMP LAMP WIRING

LAMP LAMP LAMP KNOB
LAMP FIXING FIXED WITH A
C ONNECTOR
WICKET KNOB SCREW
Figure 148: Photometer Lamp Replacement
To replace the photometer lamp follow the instructions below:

1. Open the wicket protecting the lamp assembly.
2. Unplug the lamp connector from the main wiring (pay attention do not let it slide inside the
machine).
3. Unfasten the lamp knob.
4. Take out the lamp with its support.
5. Place a new lamp, with its support, in the slot and tight the fastening knob.
6. Plug the connector back to the fixed wiring.
7. Switch the instrument on, start the software and wait the end of the warming up (around 20
minutes).
8. Start a Gain Calibration Cycle from the Status menu. It includes the auto-zero cycle that allows
the instrument to level the different wavelength gains and update the zero values of all the
reading Cuvettes.
WARNING
Lamps are very fragile. Do not drop, crush, bend or shake them. Vibration or impact will cause
filament breakage and short lamp life.
Do not touch the Halogen bulb surface with your bare hands. Oils from skin can lead to breakage
or shorten the life of the lamp. Use clean gloves or lint-free cloth for installation and removal.

MAINTENANCE
5.5.5. Sampling Probes Replacement

Replace the sampling probe with instrument in OFF. Use only probes supplied by the manufacturer.
In case of Double ARM system sampling probes for both arms are the same.
Make sure that the new probe does not present any imperfection.
NOTE: for the sampling probe replacement a complete protection must be worn, with long sleeves
(ending with elastic bands), shock-resistant rubber gloves and protective glasses.
SAMPLING ARM
PROTECTION
UNHOOK AND
LIFT UP THE
SAMPLING ARM
PROTECTION
SAMPLING
PROBE
LIQUID DETECTOR CIRCUIT
UNTHREAD THE
UNTHREAD THE
FIXING AND
CAP AND
SLIDE UP THE PROBE
SLIDE UP
THE SPRING
Figure 149: Sampling Probe Replacement
To replace the probe follow the instructions below (ref. to the pictures):
1. Unfasten the arm protection cover by slightly stretching it, and slide it backwards to lift it.
2. Unscrew the cap and slide it, together with the spring, along the teflon tubing.
3. Unscrew the probe fixing and slide it along the pipe.
4. Take the old probe out of the teflon tubing (do not bend the tubing), put it in a container for
contaminated materials, and replace it with a new one.
5. Place the new probe top end into the teflon tubing (do not bend the tubing and use latex
gloves).
6. Slide the fixing along the tubing and screw it paying attention that the probe is not blocked.
7. Slide the spring and the cap along the tubing and screw the cap; make sure that probe can
move freely in its seat in opposition to the retention spring without to get blocked.
8. Fasten the arm cover in its original position by slightly stretching it.
9. Switch the instrument on, run the software and wait the end of the warm up.
10. Run three times the Arm Rinsing commands (one for each ARM in case of Double ARM) from
the Status menu. The cycle includes probe washing and refill of the probe hydraulic tubing.

MAINTENANCE
5.5.6. Interchangeability of Diluters in Older Systems

The systems can adopt two kind of diluters (micro-metering past); the old model used in the past
has been replaced with a new one. They are interchangeable with the following procedures.
 THE OLD DILUTER
The picture aside shows the old diluter model:
HS053AZ20-1/16.
This micro-metering pump performs a resolution of
0.1925µl/pulse driven in half-step mode and assures a
minimum of 500µl total volume including the air gap.
Inlet and outlet Teflon tubing are 1/16inch O.D.
through dedicated fittings. It is directly assembled on
the support fixed on the mechanics.
 THE NEW DILUTER

The picture aside shows the new diluter model: mod.
TS-MP78SPAC1616M25.
This micro-metering pump performs a higher
resolution of 0.11945µl/pulse driven in half-step mode
and also assures a minimum of 500µl total volume
including the air gap. Inlet and outlet Teflon tubing
are 1/16inch O.D. through dedicated fittings. It is
assembled on the support fixed on the mechanics
through a small PVC adapter.
The old and new diluters are completely interchangeable from the hydraulic, mechanical and
electrical point of view:
 Hydraulic inlet and outlet tubing are just the same as the old model and nothing has to be
changed when replacing with the new one;
 Hydraulic inlet and outlet fittings are belonging on the diluter and then following and
supplied with the new one;
 The new diluter needs a plastic (pvc) adapter to be fixed on the existing mechanical
support; this adapter follows the new diluter supply.
 Motor and home-position sensor connectors do not change from old to new model.
The new diluter needs the installation of a software version higher than 2.0.0.23, because it includes
additional parameters.
Being the resolution (µl per pulse) of the new model different from the old one, some parameters
needs to be modified in the configuration file “Opportunity.ini” as explained in the following – the
software allows automatic modification.
Also some of the characteristic parameters must be modified in the BCServer service interface:
follow the manual procedure given in the following.
In case of need to replace a defective or old diluter with a new model in an old system, the proper
procedure explained in the following paragraphs must be followed.
5.5.6.1. Replacing OLD Diluter(s) in OLD Systems running OLD Software Version
This is the case of old diluters that must be replaced into a system running a software version
2.0.0.22 or earlier.
Procedure:
1. Remove the instrument cover.

MAINTENANCE
2. Replace the old diluter(s) with the new one(s) by plugging the tubing into its new fittings
(included with the new model) and by interposing the plastic adapter between the diluter
and the fixing support on the mechanics.
3. Connect the diluter(s) to the wiring.
4. Reassemble the cover.
5. Power-on the instrument and the PC.
6. Install the software upgrade version 2.0.0.23 or higher. During the installation the program
will ask you to check the proper diluter(s) actually installed into the system: select the new
model “Diluter MOD.# SANWA TS_MP78 SERIES (New Style)” and then click on “Confirm” and
proceed with the installation. The program will automatically provide to set the correct
parameters for the new diluter(s).
7. Upon completed the installation of the new software, remember to turn off and then turn on
again the instrument and run the new software version to operate on the system.
In case of Double ARM system (two ARMs = two diluters), the manufacturer recommends to use the
same model of diluters for both ARMs and then: it is mandatory to replace both devices when
moving from the old to the new model.
5.5.6.2. Replacing OLD Diluter(s) in OLD Systems Running NEW Software Version
This is the case of old diluters that must be replaced into a system running a software version
2.0.0.23 or higher. In this case the parameters will be automatically set by means of a special
application.
Procedure:
1. Remove the instrument cover.
2. Replace the old diluter(s) with the new one(s) by plugging the tubing into its new fittings
(included with the new model) and by interposing the plastic adapter between the diluter
and the fixing support on the mechanics.
3. Connect the diluter(s) to the wiring.
4. Reassemble the cover.
5. Power-on the PC.
6. Run the application “IniUpdater.exe” located under the path “C:\BCA\Comunication”. This
program will ask you to check the proper diluter(s) actually installed into the system: select
the new model “Diluter MOD.# SANWA TS_MP78 SERIES (New Style)” and then click on
“Confirm”. The program will automatically provide to set the correct parameters for the new
diluter(s).

MAINTENANCE
7. Turn the instrument on and run the software to operate on the system.
In case of Double ARM system (two ARMs = two diluters), the manufacturer recommends to use the
same model of diluters for both ARMs and then: it is mandatory to replace both devices when
moving from the old to the new model.
5.5.6.3. Replacing NEW Diluter(s) in an NEW Systems

This is the case of new systems already using new diluters.
In case that one of the new diluters is defective and must be replaced: just change it with another
new diluter same model; no further modifications or adjustment are required.
5.5.6.4. Modifications of Characteristic Parameters in case of OLD Diluter(s)

Replacement
In case OLD Diluters have to be replaced with new models, after having carried on the instructions
of paragraph 4.1 or 4.2, follow the procedure below in order to set the correct air gaps and to have
the correct volume during sample dosing in the ISE module.
1. Enter the BCServer service program by the icon in the bottom right side of the Windows bar.
It indicates that BC Server is running.
Click on it with the right mouse button to access the program BCServer and when the
dialog window BCServer Login open, introduce:
User: serviceadmin
Password: adminservice
Then click OK.
2. BCServer, service interface opens and the monitor will show three main windows.

MAINTENANCE
3. Focus on the Calibration Panel
4. Enter the ARM1 Position Panel and set the following parameters:
Home Positios Gap = 40  Click on “Memorize Gap” button

Reagent Sample Gap = 0  Click on “Memorize Gap” button
Final Gap = 0  Click on “Memorize Gap” button
Click the button ”Memorize Gap” ANY TIME you want to memorize ANY SINGLE gap value.
Activation of this key allows then memorization of the gap value currently displayed.
ACTIVATING THIS COMMAND, THE INSTRUMENT SAVES ALL PARAMETERS TEMPORARY;
PARAMETERS WILL BE EFFECTIVE UPON THE NEXT START-UP.
5. Repeat the same instructions of point 4 by entering the ARM2 Position Panel (if Double ARM)
system.
6. Enter the Ise Control Panel and set the following parameters:

MAINTENANCE
Urine Analysis Settings

Reaction Quantity = 90
Needle Exceed Quantity = 10
Sample Analysis Settings
Reaction Quantity = 90
Needle Quantity = 100
Click on “Save” button.
ACTIVATING THE SAVE COMMAND, THE INSTRUMENT SAVES ALL PARAMETERS TEMPORARY;
7. Enter the Temperature Control Panel:
Control the following setting to be as below:

Q.tà dil Sample = 400
Q.tà dil Standard = 300
If different, set as above and then click on the button “Save dil quant”.
ACTIVATING THE SAVE COMMAND, THE INSTRUMENT SAVES ALL PARAMETERS TEMPORARY;
8. In order to download calibration parameters to the instrument it is necessary to open the
dialog window About BCServer; it is possible to enter this windows by clicking on
command “Help” on the menu bar from the window Untitled-BCServer: Help»About
BCServer.

MAINTENANCE
9. Click on the command “Save Parameters” to start parameters download; all parameters
that have been modified can be in this way updated on the instrument. At the end of the
process the window will automatically close.
10. Shut down the software and the instrument.
11. Restart the system.

MAINTENANCE
5.5.7. Washing Station Needles Aspiration Pump: double head

Due to the bigger aspiration needle size, the systems adopts a ZRP3 double head diaphragm pump
for aspirating from cuvettes.
The command of this pump is the same controlling both heads and also the 1st aspiration channel
peristaltic pump.
The washing station aspiration channels have been combined into two groups, the first one
includes aspiration channel #2 and #3 while the second one includes aspiration channel #4, #5
and #6. Each of these two channels goes directly to one diaphragm pump head that is then
discharging to the waste tank. Remember that the first aspiration channel is directed to a separate
peristaltic pump.
The discharge tubing, coming from both head outlet fittings, are connected together and
channeled to the waste tank through the main waste connector.
OUTLET
INLET

PARALLEL PARALLEL
In order to replace this pump follow the procedure below:
1. Unscrew the four tube-lockers on the blue fitting and unplug the waste tubing:
WARNING
Take care when handling waste tubing and pumps as
they must be considered POTENTIALLY INFECTED
2. Unplug the electrical connector.
3. From the bottom of the instrument base, unfasten the four fixing screws (take care to save
them - do not to lose them as they must be re-used) and extract the old pump.
4. Fix the new pump on its support using the three shock-absorbers (fix using metric screw M4x8
with washer and lock-washer).
5. Assemble the new pump by fastening the four screw from the bottom on the base.
6. Fix the tubing on the fittings (see the following picture) and plug back the electrical
connector.
Sometimes, due to the pump aging membrane or valve can get dirty and can decrease their
efficiency. In case aspiration is affected try to open the pump heads to check for obstructions into
valves.

MAINTENANCE
5.5.8. ISE Module Maintenance Procedure

Refer to the following paragraphs for details about the main maintenance procedures over the ISE
Module when integrated in the system (option).
SAMPLE ENTRY PORT CALIBRANT A PORT
Li+ ELECTRODE CALIBRANT B PORT

Na+ ELECTRODE
K+ ELECTRODE
BUBBLE DETECTOR
Cl- ELECTRODE
Reference ELECTRODE
WASTE FLUID TUBING
4-CHANNEL ISE MODULE
COMPRESSION PLATE
RIGHT ANGLE ADAPTER
Figure 150: ISE Module, Outline
5.5.9. Reagent Pack Replacement

When exhausted, Reagent Pack must be changed with a new one.
Replace Reagent Pack with system in Idle status.
1. Consider the ISE Module Reagent Pack containing Calibrant A and Calibrant B (and Waste in
case the output has not been connected to the system waste tank);
2. Press the yellow button of the Reagent Pack Connector and disconnect it from the pack;
3. Connect the Reagent Pack Connector on the new pack and be sure that it’s stable on it;
4. From the ISE module conf menu run the Initialize command

MAINTENANCE
5. Place the Reagent Pack back in its place paying attention not to bend or occlude tubing,
close the front panel and start working.
Reagent Pack
Connector
Reagent Reagent Pack Connector

Pack
ODb11
Figure 151: ISE Module, Reagent Pack replacement
WARNING
Biohazard Waste: used reagent packs contain waste material and they must be always considered
potentially infected. Dispose off according to local laws and rules.
5.5.10. Electrodes Replacement

When electrodes maintenance period has expired they must be replaced with new ones. Replace
Electrodes only with system powered OFF.
1. From the ISE module conf menu run the command Maint to purge the ISE Module path;
2. Shut down the system (software and instrument);

3. Open the front panel of the instrument and carefully extract the Reagent Pack;
4. Depress the compression plate and remove all electrodes from the ISE Module (start with the
upper one);
5. Dispose of the electrodes to be replaced according to local rules (they can be infected);
6. Remove new electrodes from sealed bag;
7. Remove the yellow flag from Reference electrode and if necessary soak the reference
electrode in warm water until the lumen of the electrode has been cleared of salt build-up (do
not throw away the yellow flag with its flow path line – it can be used in case of ISE Module
electrode storing);

MAINTENANCE
8. Install the new electrodes in the ISE Module (starting from the bottom – Reference electrode);
9. Power Up the system;
10. If the system doesn’t go into the Warming Up, run the Initialize command from the ISE module
conf menu (being the electrode new, it could drift) otherwise jump to the next step;
11. Wait for 15 minutes then run again the Initialize command (time required for new electrode re-
hydrating).
WARNING
Used electrodes must be always considered
potentially infected.
5.5.11. Electrodes Storage

In a day or two with the power off, the user might notice that it may take some time for the
electrodes to regain stability. The longer this period, the more acute the problem will occur. The
original silicone pump tubes may start crimping after a couple of weeks depending on the ambient
temperature. The solutions in the various lines may dry out and form blockages or restrictions.
If the laboratory plans to store the instrument or to leave it OFF for long time (more than one week),
the following steps should be performed:
ISE Module de-activation

1. From the ISE module conf menu run the command Clean cycle to clean the ISE Module path;
2. From the ISE module conf menu run the command Maint to purge (and empty) the ISE Module
path;
3. Shut down the system (software and instrument);
4. Open the front panel of the instrument;
5. Remove the Reagent Pack from the reagent connector and discard;
6. Depress the compression plate and remove all electrodes from the ISE Module (start with the
upper one), including the Reference electrode;
7. Place Na+ and Cl- electrodes into their individual sealed bags;
8. Reinsert the Reference Electrode flow path line with yellow flag, if available, and then put into
its individual sealed bag;
9. Aspirate a small volume of Calibrant A from the top port of the Reagent Pack into a syringe
fitted with a blunt needle;
10. Inject sufficient Calibrant A into the lumen of the K+ and Li+ electrodes until fluid fills the lumen;

MAINTENANCE
11. Cover both ends of the lumen (both sides of the K+ and Li+ electrodes) with tape to hold the
Calibrant in place;
12. Insert the K+ and Li+ electrodes into their sealed bags.
Note: for all electrodes, make sure that they are wiped dry prior to storing in sealed bags.
WARNING
Used electrodes must be always considered potentially infected.
ISE Module re-activation

(operate with system instrument down)
1. Remove all electrodes from sealed bag;
2. Remove tape from K+ and Li+ electrodes;
3. If necessary soak the reference electrode in warm water until the lumen of the electrode has
been cleared of salt build-up (do not throw away the yellow flag with its flow path line – it can
be used in case of ISE Module storage);
4. Remove the yellow flag from Reference electrode and if necessary soak the reference
electrode in warm water until the lumen of the electrode has been cleared of salt build-up (do
not throw away the yellow flag with its flow path line – it can be used in case of ISE Module
storage);
5. Install electrodes in the ISE Module (starting from the bottom – Reference electrode);
6. Connect the Reagent Pack to the ISE Module reagent connector;
7. Power Up the system;
8. If the system doesn’t perform Warming Up, from the ISE module conf menu run the Initialize
command (being the electrode new, it could drift) otherwise jump to the next step;
Wait for 15 minutes then run again the Initialize command (time required for new electrode re-
hydrating).
5.5.11.1. Troubleshooting Low Slope, Noise and Drift Error or Other ISE Module
Issues
Low slope is usually the result of an electrode losing its sensitivity over time although it could be due
to other issues. The noise error indicates instability of the mV values for a given solution during
successive measurement during one analysis. Drift indicates that the analyzer is not observing stable
mV values between measurements of the calibration solutions.
The first level of troubleshooting is to run the appropriate daily ISE Module Cleaner solution a couple
of times to remove any built up protein residues in the flow path. If that does not eliminate the
observed problem, make sure the routine maintenance has been performed, such as replacing the
reference electrode and pump tubing. If that does not work, replace the questionable electrode(s)
and see if this cures the problem. If not, salt contamination may be the source of the problems.
In all types of Ion Specific Electrode (ISE) modules, the possibility of dried salt providing an electrical
leakage path exists which can result in various errors including “Drift” or “Noise” or incorrect slope
values.
Customers often do not go into the maintenance mode (Menu ISE Module Conf.  command
“MAINT”) to empty the flow path prior to removing electrodes. This causes the solution that is in the
flow path to leak onto the electrode contacts or bubble detector contacts. These small amounts of
the calibration solutions eventually dry out; leaving traces of salt residues that may not be visible to
the naked eye. These “salt tracks” are conductive to electricity and may provide electrical
leakage paths from the electrodes interfering with their function. The electrical signal coming from
the ISE electrodes is extremely small and any interference with those weak signals will result in errors.
Customers must replace the electrodes properly. They should always wipe the ISE Module with a dry

MAINTENANCE
cloth whenever replacing electrodes, just in case solution has leaked. To eliminate this electrical
leakage and resulting signal errors, the salt tracks need to be cleaned up. This is best done by
removing all the electrodes from the analyzer and wiping down their contacts with a damp paper
towel and allowing them to dry. The next step is to remove any traces of dried salt from the ISE
module by taking another damp paper towel and wiping down the areas where the electrode
contacts plug into the module. Follow this by removing the moisture with a dry paper towel and
allow to dry. When assured everything is properly dry, reinstall all the electrodes and retest. Also
check the electrode contacts. Make sure the contacts are clean. If they are dirty or corroded,
clean them gently with a pencil eraser, (being careful not to remove the delicate gold coating).
The contacts in the module are spring loaded. Make sure the springs are functioning properly and
the contacts are moving in and out.
Another potential source of noise errors in particular is related to flow. When the pump stops, the
flow is also supposed to stop. Noise occurs when the solution in the system keeps moving while the
analyzer is measuring the sample or calibrant. A "noise in Cal A" error occurs when the ISE Module
reads the mV's for the electrodes while Calibrant A is present. What actually occurs is that the ISE
Module takes six mV readings in rapid succession. Then the ISE Module calculates the average of
the six readings. If one of the readings is more than 0.7mV above or below the average, then you
will receive a "noise" error. This can occur due if there is a small flow problem and the Calibrant A is
moving when the reading is taking place. You must make sure that all of the electrodes are seated
properly and the o-rings are present. A quick test of this is to dispense Cal A into the Sample Cup
and observe if the solution stays inside the cup. If it slowly empties, then you have a small air leak.
Also make sure the pump tubing has been replaced as per the routine maintenance schedule.
Assuring proper and continuous instrument grounding is also necessary. Sometimes moving an
analyzer to a different location will help determine if improper grounding or fluctuating strong EMF
fields are involved with inducing errors (i.e. big elevator motors, …). Installation of an Uninterruptible
Power Supply, which also corrects for out of specification local power, is also a possible solution to
noise and drift problems.
Noise can also occur if the reference electrode is older than six months. Ensure that they perform
maintenance when required.
Of course, if one electrode is continually giving noise errors, simply replace the electrode.
"Drift in Cal A" occurs after sample analysis. After every sample analysis, calibrant A is positioned in
front of the electrodes and an mV reading is taken. It then compares the mV result to the previous
Calibrant A reading. If the change is more than 7 mV, you will get a "drift" error. Troubleshooting is
similar to the procedure listed above for "noise" errors. However, in both cases, try running a
cleaning cycle and re-calibrating as a first step.
If problems continue, it is probably due to external factors such as poor or intermittent electrical
instrument grounding, improper supply voltage or Electro Magnetic Field, (EMF), effects from other
instrumentation such as the electrical motors in refrigerators or centrifuges.
The 4-channel ISE Module calibration cycle is calibrant B-A-B-A. This enables the system to check for
drift errors during calibration and not just for sample analysis. It also enables the system to check for
drift in both Cal A and Cal B.

MAINTENANCE
5.5.12. Optical Group – Main Steps for Filters Calibration

The following procedure must be carried whenever the filter wheel has been removed: filter
replacement, motor replacement, filter wheel home sensor replacement, lens replacement or
when the operator recognizes the need (i.e.: bad result reproducibility on the same filter, etc.).
Optical gain calibration @ 20000 counts
1 Open the BCServer service program
2 Enter the sub-menu named “reading Test Panel”

and the sw will show a window including several
commands related to: the filter wheel, the
cuvette wheel, etc.
3 Home the cuvette wheel and then set cuvette

nr. 32 to be read under the optical path. It is
necessary to position cuvette #32 because with
the cuvette cover it is possible to reach “Gain”
and “Off-set” potentiometers by two upper
throughholes. A very thin and long slotted
screwdriver is needed for this operation
(screwdriver diameter about 2mm, screwdriver
length at least 30mm  25mm needed).

MAINTENANCE
4 Dismount the cuvette cover and check that the

centre of the cuvette #32 is alligned with the
optical path (identified by a sign on the black
support).
If the cuvette is not correctly alligned modify
step by step the value in the field position of the
section “cuvette wheel”.
Note: to obtain good readings, avoid unstable
cuvette’s wall reflections, taking care that the
optical path be in correspondence of the
cuvette centre.
5 Fill cuvette #32 with 300µl of distilled water and

assemble back the cuvette cover caring the
allignement with the washing station tip.
6 Introduce in the field “Change gain” the value In the following the optical gains cross-
14 for the gain digital potentiometer and set it reference table showing the correspondence
by activating the command aside. The value, between the digital potentiometer setting
values and the real mathematical/electronic
when accepted, will be displayed in the field
signal gain has been annexed.
gain value. This value means real gain = 1, in this
way the instrument doesn’t amplify the reading
signal.
7 In the filter wheel section, select the filter

posit.#6 = 340nm. Click Home and then click Go
To Position (it is better to perform any positioning
after homing the group).
On the left of the panel, in the “Read” section
check the selection “Continuous”; in the
“Mode” section check the selection “Single
Value” and then click on Start.
Reading values will be displayed in the “Real
Time Value” field and in the plot in terms of
AtoD counts.

MAINTENANCE
8 The actual value read in the “Real Time Value”

field must be manually trimmed around 20000
counts. This can be done by turning the
potentiometer “Gain” which is the one placed
under the left hole of the cover. Turning
clockwise  value increases, turning counter
clockwise  value decreases. Please gently
insert the thin screwdriver to reach the
potentiometer screw and also turn the
potentiometer gently to avoid damaging.
Trim to reach 20000 counts.
9 After having set the gain one value for 340nm,

In the filter wheel section, select the filter posit.
#5 – buio-OFFSET. Click Home and then click Go
To Position.
The actual value read in the “Real Time Value”
field must be manually trimmed around 10 ± 5
counts. This can be done by turning the
potentiometer “OffSet” which is the one placed
under the right hole of the cover. Turning
clockwise  value increases, turning counter
clockwise  value decreases. Please gently
insert the thin screwdriver to reach the
potentiometer screw and also turn the
potentiometer gently to avoid damaging.
Never set values of 0.

MAINTENANCE
Calibration control of the optical filter positions
In the filter wheel section, select again the filter posit.#6 =

340nm. Click Home and then click Go To Position (it is
better to perform any positioning after homing the
group).
By reading the “Real Time Value” field and looking at the
plot, start searching the highest and most stable value.
1
Set the plot down and up limits to zoom at about ±50
points on the centre “Real time value” to help the
research. A value is stable when cycling homing and
resetting back to 340nm the real time value is within
±20/30 read points on about 3 sequencial µsteps. This
position generally correspond to the centre of the filter.
Once that the highest and stable point has been found,
memorize its position and run, as usual, the parameter
download (“save parameter”, see MNM-10800-01-A
ENG, BCServer SW Manual for Calibration).
Reapeat the same procedure for all filters without taking
care about the absolute mean value (that will be
different from 20000).
2 The interval between one flter and the subsequent is 160
µsteps. This means that at the actual position is necessary
to add 160 to get the next one as starting point for
calibration of the next filter. Consider that after the 340
filter calibration, all the others will be very near to the
theoretical 160µsteps-multiple positions.
Positions #7 (not used) and #5 (off-set) doesn’t need fine
tuning calibration.
At the end of the calibration, in the Cycle Control Panel,

set the value “Abs for 340” = 20000 and save it.
Download then parameters and then shut down the
software and power off the instrument.
Restart the software and the instrument and run a Gain

Calibration Cycle for wavelenght gains recalculation. In
4
this way gains will be recalculated and set so to equalize
different filter transparent values around 20000 counts.

MAINTENANCE
Digital potentiometer value vs. Real Gain - Cross-reference table
Bit G Bit G Bit G Bit G Bit G

0 0,147059 52 3,129412 103 6,054412 154 8,979412 205 11,90441
1 0,204412 53 3,186765 104 6,111765 155 9,036765 206 11,96176
2 0,261765 54 3,244118 105 6,169118 156 9,094118 207 12,01912
3 0,319118 55 3,301471 106 6,226471 157 9,151471 208 12,07647
4 0,376471 56 3,358824 107 6,283824 158 9,208824 209 12,13382
5 0,433824 57 3,416176 108 6,341176 159 9,266176 210 12,19118
6 0,491176 58 3,473529 109 6,398529 160 9,323529 211 12,24853
7 0,548529 59 3,530882 110 6,455882 161 9,380882 212 12,30588
8 0,605882 60 3,588235 111 6,513235 162 9,438235 213 12,36324
9 0,663235 61 3,645588 112 6,570588 163 9,495588 214 12,42059
10 0,720588 62 3,702941 113 6,627941 164 9,552941 215 12,47794
11 0,777941 63 3,760294 114 6,685294 165 9,610294 216 12,53529
12 0,835294 64 3,817647 115 6,742647 166 9,667647 217 12,59265
13 0,892647 65 3,875 116 6,8 167 9,725 218 12,65
14 0,95 66 3,932353 117 6,857353 168 9,782353 219 12,70735
15 1,007353 67 3,989706 118 6,914706 169 9,839706 220 12,76471
16 1,064706 68 4,047059 119 6,972059 170 9,897059 221 12,82206
17 1,122059 69 4,104412 120 7,029412 171 9,954412 222 12,87941
18 1,179412 70 4,161765 121 7,086765 172 10,01176 223 12,93676
19 1,236765 71 4,219118 122 7,144118 173 10,06912 224 12,99412
20 1,294118 72 4,276471 123 7,201471 174 10,12647 225 13,05147
21 1,351471 73 4,333824 124 7,258824 175 10,18382 226 13,10882
22 1,408824 74 4,391176 125 7,316176 176 10,24118 227 13,16618
23 1,466176 75 4,448529 126 7,373529 177 10,29853 228 13,22353
24 1,523529 76 4,505882 127 7,430882 178 10,35588 229 13,28088
25 1,580882 77 4,563235 128 7,488235 179 10,41324 230 13,33824
26 1,638235 78 4,620588 129 7,545588 180 10,47059 231 13,39559
27 1,695588 79 4,677941 130 7,602941 181 10,52794 232 13,45294
28 1,752941 80 4,735294 131 7,660294 182 10,58529 233 13,51029
29 1,810294 81 4,792647 132 7,717647 183 10,64265 234 13,56765
30 1,867647 82 4,85 133 7,775 184 10,7 235 13,625
31 1,925 83 4,907353 134 7,832353 185 10,75735 236 13,68235
32 1,982353 84 4,964706 135 7,889706 186 10,81471 237 13,73971
33 2,039706 85 5,022059 136 7,947059 187 10,87206 238 13,79706
34 2,097059 86 5,079412 137 8,004412 188 10,92941 239 13,85441
35 2,154412 87 5,136765 138 8,061765 189 10,98676 240 13,91176
36 2,211765 88 5,194118 139 8,119118 190 11,04412 241 13,96912
37 2,269118 89 5,251471 140 8,176471 191 11,10147 242 14,02647
38 2,326471 90 5,308824 141 8,233824 192 11,15882 243 14,08382
39 2,383824 91 5,366176 142 8,291176 193 11,21618 244 14,14118
40 2,441176 92 5,423529 143 8,348529 194 11,27353 245 14,19853
41 2,498529 93 5,480882 144 8,405882 195 11,33088 246 14,25588
42 2,555882 94 5,538235 145 8,463235 196 11,38824 247 14,31324
43 2,613235 95 5,595588 146 8,520588 197 11,44559 248 14,37059
44 2,670588 96 5,652941 147 8,577941 198 11,50294 249 14,42794
45 2,727941 97 5,710294 148 8,635294 199 11,56029 250 14,48529
46 2,785294 98 5,767647 149 8,692647 200 11,61765 251 14,54265
47 2,842647 99 5,825 150 8,75 201 11,675 252 14,6
48 2,9 100 5,882353 151 8,807353 202 11,73235 253 14,65735
49 2,957353 101 5,939706 152 8,864706 203 11,78971 254 14,71471
50 3,014706 102 5,997059 153 8,922059 204 11,84706 255 14,77206
51 3,072059

TESTING PERFORMANCE
Section 6 TESTING PERFORMANCE
6. General
In the following sub-paragraphs the procedures for testing the instrument performance have been
given.
The following concepts are valid:
 Precision: the precision of a measurement system, also called reproducibility or
repeatability, is the degree to which repeated measurements under
unchanged conditions show the same results.
 Accuracy: the accuracy of a measurement system is the degree of closeness of
measurements of a quantity to its actual (true) value.
HIGH ACCURACY, LOW ACCURACY,

BUT BUT
LOW PRECISION HIGH PRECISION
6.1. Formulas
The following calculations have been integrated in the software for computing the statistical values
to check.
Calculation of the Mean:

n
 OD i
ODm  i 1
n
where:
 ODm= mean
 ODi= measured value
 n = nr. of tests.
Calculation of the Standard Deviation:

n
 OD  ODi 
2
m
DS  i 1
n 1
where:
 ODm= mean
 ODi= measured value
 n = nr. of tests.

TESTING PERFORMANCE
Calculation of the Coefficient of Variation:

DS
CV   100
ODm
where:
 DS = standard deviation
 ODm= mean
Calculation of the Accuracy:
ODm  ODr 
ACC   100
ODr
where:
 ODm= mean
 ODr= reference value

TESTING PERFORMANCE
6.2. Test of the Photometer: Accuracy and Imprecision

This test is intended for testing the photometer performance at different wavelengths. It validates
the complete optical group (lamp, filter wheel, photodiode) and also the reading circuit on the
R&W Controller board.
When testing the performance of an instrument, run this test before the following ones so to check
the photometer as first and then to address it possible causes of misfunctioning.
Preparation
To run this test it is necessary to get the following materials (food colourings and distilled water –
herein after named as H2O) to prepare different solutions for checking each one of the
wavelengths (actually 340nm, 405nm, 492nm, 505nm, 546nm, 578nm, 630nm, 700nm as standard
configuration, change solutions accordingly to the new wavelength). They will be used as
reagents.
Each solution can be generated by mixing special food colouring with distilled water and it’s stable
for about 48 hours; just remember to gently shake the solution before using. Use good distilled water
as sample.
Solution Components Concentration
E102 for 340nm  E102 – Giallo Limone N.32 by Chimival srl 0.90 g/l into H2O
E124 for 505nm  E124 – Rosso Vivo Brillante N.54 by Chimival srl 0.05 g/l into H2O
E124 for 546nm  E124 – Rosso Vivo Brillante N.54 by Chimival srl 0.05 g/l into H2O
E131 for 578nm  E131 – Azzurro Brillante N.13 by Chimival srl 0.25 g/l into H2O
E131 for 630nm  E131 – Azzurro Brillante N.13 by Chimival srl 0.10 g/l into H2O
(E131+E102) for 700nm  E131 E102 – Verde Brillante N.56 by Chimival srl 5.00 g/l into H2O
When ready, pour each solution into a new and clean reagent bottle and, after some minutes of
stabilization, place it on the reagent tray.
Programming
In the Chemistry Menu, create eights applications, one for each solution (or wavelength), using the
following general parameters:
Reagent: Specific food colouring

Sample: H2O
Test type: Endpoint
Calibration model (Standard Menu): Nr. of standard=0, Factor=1000
Wavelength: xxx nm
Blank included in calculation: No
Reagent volume: 200μl
Sample volume: 1μl
Reagent + sample incubation: 300 sec (to equilibrate to 37°C)
Unit: Abs
Decimals: 1 [0.0]
Instrument Factor: a=1, b=0
Specialize each application with the following filters 340nm, 405nm, 492nm, 505nm, 546nm, 578nm,
630nm, 700nm, and parameters below:
Method Method Filter Expected Values [10samples]

Name Code Mean [mAbs] CV [%]
EP340 340 340nm 1300 ± 100 ≤ 1.0

TESTING PERFORMANCE

EP405 405 405nm 800 ± 100 ≤ 1.3
EP492 492 492nm 750 ± 100 ≤ 1.3
EP505 505 505nm 850 ± 100 ≤ 1.3
EP546 546 546nm 500 ± 100 ≤ 2.3
EP578 578 578nm 450 ± 100 ≤ 2.3
EP630 630 630nm 600 ± 100 ≤ 2.3
EP700 700 700nm 450 ± 100 ≤ 2.3
Execution and performance

1. Run a Start-Up cycle from the Status menu.
2. In the System Config Menu lock the instrument on sample #1 and Save.
3. Program a Work-List of 10 samples running all of the eight methods (EPxxx) above, for an amount
of 80 tests.
4. Start the run in Batch mode.
5. At run concluded, check that for each method the Mean and the CV% for all 10 tests are within
the limits given in the table above (Expected Values columns).
Main troubleshooting
Accuracy
1. In case the results of one test present a different Absorbance for the Mean (i.e.: due to
different food colouring producer or product), crosscheck the Mean value by testing the
absorbance of the same solution on a different standalone photometer with equivalent
light path to compare the values.
Note - Values read by different photometers may be slightly different due to the filters
characteristics of each: to assess if the mean value read on the instrument is correct, the
readings must be compared at different wavelength.
Precision
1. In case of a flyer repeat only that test.
2. In case the results of one test present a CV% out of range, run an extra-wash cycle and then
repeat the test. If the problem persist check the following:
a. Replace solution
b. Filter
c. Replace cuvettes
3. In case that the results for most (all) tests present the CV% out of range, run an extra-wash
cycle and then repeat the test. If the problem persist check the following:
a. Cuvette #1 in the centre of the Optical Reading Path
b. Filter Wheel  mechanical filters calibration (steps)
c. Photodiode and its wiring
d. Replace R&W Controller board
e. Filter Wheel belt tension and its home sensor
f. Replace cuvettes
g. Order of filters (there positioning on the wheel)

TESTING PERFORMANCE
6.3. Test of Pipetting: Accuracy & Imprecision

This test is intended for testing the pipetting performance. It validates the complete pipetting
system (ARM1 and eventually ARM2 for double ARMs systems - dosing, mixing) including the
Controller board.
When testing the performance of an instrument, run this test after the previous one, that assured
good performance of the photometer.
Preparation
Pipetting accuracy and imprecision is tested through a standard sample dye solution (K2Cr2O7 -
Potassium Dichromat) at the fixed concentration of 100Abs to be used as sample.
To prepare that dye solution, it is necessary to get the following materials to prepare a valid sample
to be checked at 340nm: pure potassium dichromat and sulphuric acid.
The solution can be generated by mixing the two ingredients above; it will remain stable for about
30 days when saved at controlled temperature [from +2°C to +18°C] and protected from the light.
Just remember to gently shake the solution before using. Use good distilled water as reagent.
Solution Components Concentration

Potassium Dichromat  K2Cr2O7 (purity 99%) 10 g/l K2Cr2O7
Sample Dye  H2SO4 (Sulphuric Acid) into
0,0144mol/l H2SO4
Pour each solution into a new and clean sample tube and, after some minutes of stabilization,
place it on the sample tray – position #1.
Programming
In the Chemistry Menu, create one application using the following general parameters:
Reagent: H2O
Sample: Sample Dye
Test type: Endpoint
Calibration model (Standard Menu): Nr. of standard=0, Factor=1000
Wavelength: 340 nm
Blank included in calculation: Yes
Reagent volume: 198μl
Sample volume: 2μl
Reagent + sample incubation: 300 sec (to equilibrate to 37°C)
Unit: Abs
Decimals: 1 [0.0]
Instrument Factor: a=1, b=0
The parameters below are valid:

340DYE DYE 340nm 1000 ± 100 ≤ 2.5

1. Run a Start-Up cycle from the Status menu.
2. In the System Config Menu lock the instrument on sample #1 and Save.
3. Program a Work-List of 25 samples running all of the eight methods (340DYE).
4. Start the run in Random mode.

TESTING PERFORMANCE
5. At run concluded, check that for each method the Mean and the CV% are within the limits
given in the table above (Expected Values columns).
Accuracy
1. In case the results present a different Absorbance for the Mean, crosscheck the Mean
value by testing the absorbance of the same reaction solution (this time obtained by
manually mixing 198µl of H2O with 2µl of potassium dichromat) on a different standalone
photometer and compare the values. If the values are far more than 3%:
a. Check the dosing circuit/s
Precision
1. In case of a flyer repeat the test.
2. In case the results of one test present a CV% out of range, run an extra-wash cycle and then
repeat the test. If the problem persist check the following:
a. Replace solution
b. Replace cuvettes
c. Check the dosing circuit
d. Cuvette #1 in the centre of the Optical Reading Path

TESTING PERFORMANCE
6.4. Test of the Incubation Temperature

This test is intended for testing the incubation temperature on the reaction cuvette tray. It validates
the complete heater system controlled by the Main Controller board (it checks the complete
chain: heater, temperature sensor, thermal interfaces, converter). Use this test also to control the
calibration of the incubation temperature accordingly to the value read with the BCServer service
software.
Preparation
Run the system and wait for the Idle Status.
Prepare a digital thermometer equipped with a non-invasive small and precise sensor probe (like K-
thermocouple) giving a resolution of at least 0.1°C.
Prepare a pipette for dispensing 300µl of good distilled water into the cuvette placed under the
ARM1 (accessible from the inlet hole on the cuvette cover).
Open the BCServer service software and enter the Temperature Control Panel to monitor the
Incubation Cuvette Temperature (see the picture below).
MEASURED
VALUE ON
SENSOR

1. Dispense 300µl of good and clean distilled water into the cuvette placed under the ARM1
(enter from the inlet hole on the cuvette cover).
2. Immediately introduce the temperature sensor probe into the cuvette and fix it taking care
that it’s on the cuvette bottom (don’t move it during the test) and start the stop-watch.
3. After about 15 minutes, control that:
a. The temperature in green (measured by the internal sensor) is now regulated and
ranges around the value of the field “Temperature value” (target value).
b. The value of the temperature measured by the thermometer has reached the value
displayed in the field “Temperature value” (target value).
Note: the temperature measured by the internal sensor seems to change very quick in time.
It is measured near the heater. The temperature into the cuvette is much more stable and
uniform as it’s being integrated by the metal incubation bulk and by the incubation
chamber environment.
Fine Tuning
In case the temperature measured by the thermometer is different from the target value: it is
possible to adjust the incubation temperature by trimming the potentiometer R154 on the Main
Controller board P/N 10012-01-D (see picture below).

TESTING PERFORMANCE
POT TO TRIM
Trim the R154 potentiometer, using a small screwdriver, until the “Measured Value on Sensor”
reaches the value on the thermometer.
Note: Pay attention when regulating the temperature because it’s a very slow phenomenon.
1. In case the incubation temperature doesn’t reach the target value and remains very low,
check the following:
a. Instrument connected to he external PC and handshaking messages.
b. Main Controller board.
c. Temperature sensor.
d. Incubation heater strip not damaged.

PROBLEM SOLVING
Section 7 PROBLEM SOLVING
7. Introduction
This section provides the user with some of the rules for effective corrective actions.
7.1. Auto-diagnosis System

When the instrument is turned on, the firmware operates a system performance self-diagnosis and
provides the hardware reset as soon as the software starts up.
Warning messages alert the user in case of failures.
Moreover, during instrument operation the system checks “on line” the main assemblies and reports
any functional anomaly.
From a hardware point of view the following assemblies and functions are controlled:
 serial link between the external PC and the instrument;
 electronic controller boards, and their intra-communication;
 motors and motions (including diluters) and correct homing;
 correct positioning of the cuvettes wheel;
 incubation temperature;
 on-line vertical sampling arms “crash”;
 washing station operation;
 barcode reader operation (if included).
The system also displays warning windows in case of alarm or functional notices (empty tanks, full
waste tank, etc.)
The system alerts the operator with an acoustic beeper in the following events:
 at the end of the warming up;
 at the end of an analysis run;
 in case of alarm.
If the instrument is switched off for more than about 120 seconds and then it is powered up again,
the system automatically resets and recovers the serial connection.
7.2. Main Failures and Corrective Actions

This paragraph provides a list of problems that could be encountered on the system and a brief
description of the possible corrective actions:
Problem Possible Cause Corrective Action

THE INSTRUMENT DOESN’T 1. Cover open: Close the Cover of the
START AND RESET AT POWER instrument.
UP:
THE INSTRUMENT DOESN’T 1. Serial link failure: Verify that the serial cable
RESETS OR CORRECTLY connecting the instrument and
WARMS UP WHEN POWERED the PC is correctly fastened on
ON both sides.
2. Power On problem: Switch the instrument off and
keep it off for 2 minutes; then
power it on again. If not enough,
power off the system (PC and
instrument) for 2 minutes and
power it on once more.
If the problem persists contact

PROBLEM SOLVING

service.
3. Hardware misfunctioning: Contact service.
EXTERNAL PRINTER NOT 1. Absence of link: Verify the connection between
WORKING instrument and external PC and
the correct installation of the
printer driver in the PC.
REAGENT AND/OR SAMPLE 1. Arm Heater Coil tubing not Verify that the tubing of the
PROBES FAILURES DURING connected or damaged: Heater Coil is correctly plugged
ASPIRATION AND on the sampling probe without
DISPENSATION any leakage.
Verify that the fittings on the
Diluter Head are fastened and
without fluid leakages.
If the tubing or the fittings are
damaged, replace them with
new ones.
2. Diluter head: Verify that the Diluter Head
doesn’t leak out and that, during
sampling, the white Diluter
Plunger moves up and down. In
case of damage contact the
service.
3. 3-way diluter electrovalve not Verify that during sampling, the
working: Electrovalve switches ON and
OF. If not, contact the service.
4. Systemic and/or Cleaner Verify that system solution tank
solution external charge tubing isn’t empty and that the Tygon®
is empty, liquid doesn’t flow: tubing is undamaged and not
bended or obstructed and that
the filter dips into the liquid. If
damaged change it.
5. Teflon® tubing of the diluter Verify that the Heater Coil
head is empty: Teflon® tubing is undamaged
and not bended or obstructed. If
damaged change it.
Verify that the Teflon® tubing
between Electrovalve and Diluter
Head is undamaged and not
bended or obstructed. If
damaged change it.
6. Sampling Probes occluded: Verify that the probe isn’t
occluded and it is internally
clean. Clean it first with several
washings (Refill sample/reagent
arm) then use disinfection
procedure for probes.
If damaged change it.
The systemic solution must be
clean and without floating
particles; verify and clean the
tank internal filter.

PROBLEM SOLVING

REAGENT AND/OR SAMPLE 1. 3-way diluter electrovalve not Verify that during sampling, the
PROBES DO NOT WASH, working: Electrovalve switches ON/OFF. If
MISSING OF WASHING not contact the service.
SOLUTION FLOW 2. Teflon® tubing between 3-way Verify that the Teflon® tubing
Electrovalve and Diluter fittings between Electrovalve and
damaged: Diluter Head are correctly
fastened, undamaged and that
tubing is not bended or
obstructed. If damaged change
it.
3. Hydraulic circuits empty (most Verify that systemic solution tank
common cause when both isn’t empty and that the Tygon®
arms don’t wash): tubing is undamaged and not
bended or obstructed and that
the filter dips into the liquid. If
damaged change it.
4. Pumps worn away or not Verify the Pump motors: they
working: must turn during washing. If not
moving, change them.
5. Sampling probe occluded: Verify that the probe isn’t
occluded and it is internally
clean. Clean it first with several
ARM washings then use
disinfection procedure for
probes. If damaged change it.
The systemic solution must be
TEST RESULTS NOT RELIABLE 1. Sampling probes occluded: Verify that the probes aren’t
NOR REPEATABLE: occluded and that they are
internally clean. Clean it first with
several ARMs washings then use
disinfection procedure for
probes.
If damaged change it.
The Systemic solution must be
2. Diluter Head: Verify the Diluter Head, if it
contains floating particles or big
air bubbles clean it with several
probe washings.
3. Arm Heater Coil tubing not Verify that the tubing of the
connected or damaged or Heater Coil is correctly plugged
shows many air bubbles inside: on the sampling probe without
any leakage.
Verify that the fittings on the
acrylic Diluter Head are correctly
fastened.

PROBLEM SOLVING

Verify if probe tubing or fittings
are undamaged, otherwise
change them with new ones.
4. Dirty cuvettes: Run a Start up cycle, take out the
cuvette and control that their
narrow walls are clean inside and
outside; dirty cuvettes must be
replaced.
Run an Extra wash cycle with EW
Cvt solution.
5. Photometer lamp: Verify the photometer lamp is on
and stable, if not replace it.
6. Externally wet cuvettes: Switch the instrument off, take
out all cuvettes, in case they are
wet carefully dry them with a
clean soft cloth. Then wait about
1 hour and then replace all
cuvette back; run a Calibration
cycle. In case the problem persist
contact the service.
7. Decayed Reagent: Verify that the reagent used for
the method, whose results are
out of control, is not expired.
8. Wrong or decayed control: Verify that the control used for
the method, whose results are
out of control, is not expired and
it’s the correct one.
9. Contamination: Verify that the solution in cuvette
is not contaminated by external
agents.
10. Damaged Filter: Run a Calibration cycle and, in
case of filter alarm, contact the
service.
POOR CUVETTE WASHING, 1. Waste tubing: Verify that the external Waste
THE CUVETTES ARE WET tubing is not bended or
INSIDE. obstructed and well fastened to
its side fittings.
2. Aspiration tubing of the Verify that the aspiration Teflon®
Washing Station: and Tygon® tubing, placed
under the Washing Station
protecting Cap, are undamaged
and without leakages. If
damaged replace them or
3. Aspiration Pumps: Verify that both Aspiration Pumps
works during washing. If not,
4. Drying Tip: Verify that the Washing Station
drying tip is undamaged. If
damaged, contact the service.
5. Washing Station aspiration Verify that the longest needles of

PROBLEM SOLVING

needles: the Washing Station are clean
and not damaged nor
occluded. If not, contact the
service.
POOR CUVETTE WASHING, 1. Peristaltic Pumps worn away or Verify the Peristaltic Pump heads:
THE CUVETTES ARE DIRTY not working: if worn, change them.
INSIDE. Verify the Peristaltic Pump motor:
they must turn during washing. If
not moving, change them.
2. Washing Station dispensing Verify that the aspiration Teflon®
tubing: tubing, placed under the
Washing Station protecting Cap,
are undamaged and without
leakages. If damaged, replace
them or contact the service.
3. Washing Station dispensing Verify that the shortest needles of
needles: the Washing Station are clean
and not damaged nor
occluded. If not, contact the
service.
THE SAMPLING PROBE 1. Emptying Pump worn or not Verify the Pump motor: it must
WASHING SINK DOESN’T GET working: turn during washing. If not
EMPTY DURING WORKING moving, change it.
SESSIONS
THE SOFTWARE DOESN’T 1. Database and its back-up Call for service and substitution of
START WHEN RUN AFTER could be corrupted or missing: database with the latest valid
POWER UP: back up copy. PAY ATTENTION
DURING SYSTEM SHUT DOWN:
follow always the correct
procedure and do not switch the
PC off manually before the
procedure is completed.

PROBLEM SOLVING
7.3. Performance Messages

The Status menu of the User Interface software constantly shows the performance status of the
instrument during operation.
The system shows message windows only when an alarm or a warning condition occurs.
Status and its meaning is given in the table below:
Status Meaning
LOADING The PC is establishing the serial communication with the instrument
and also loading information and data.
WARMING UP The system is performing the warming up procedure.
It can include a refilling cycle and, after temperature and lamp
stabilization, an auto-zero cycle or only a lamp warming up if the
instrument OFF time was short.
IDLE The system is ready to operate and waiting for commands.
REFILLING The system is performing a refill that includes: probes rinsing and
cuvette washing and autozero.
READING AND WASHING The system is performing cuvette washing and reading.
CALIBRATING The system is in calibration cycle; it includes: a refill, a first cuvette
washing and reading cycle for filter gains calibration and then an
auto-zero cycle.
SCHEDULING Start analysis has been run, the system is scheduling the analysis in
order to proceed with the working session.
RUNNING The system is running a working session.
ABORTING A working session has been interrupted and the system is reading and
washing all cuvettes (auto-zero cycle).
IN ALARM The system is in alarm status: a message window is at the same time
shown; an action is required to proceed.
IN WARNING The system is in warning status: a message window is at the same time
shown; an action or decision can be asked to the operator.
PAUSING The system has been set in Pause (from a Running condiction);
resume the Running by pressing the button Continue.
READING BAR CODE The system is reading reagent or sample barcodes.
EXTRA WASH The system is performing a complete ExtraWash cycle on all cuvettes.
REFILLING ISE The system is calibrating the ISE Module (Bubble Detector, Pumps and
electrodes calibrations).
CLEANING ISE The system is running a Calibration cycle.
INITIALIZE ISE The system is initializing during a run.

PROBLEM SOLVING
7.3.1. Error Messages and Actions Required

This paragraph provides a list of the error codes, its displayed linked messages, and the actions
required in case of any problem occurring during the instrument working:
Code Message Cause Action

101 Warning: Close the cover The Protection defence of the Sampling is arrested. Reading of
for running. instrument has been open reactions actually in incubation
during run. will be continued up to the end,
also with protection defence
open.
Close the protection defence to
restart and continue the working
session.
102 Warning: Systemic solution Systemic solution is ending. Sampling is arrested. Reactions
is going to finish. actually in incubation are
anyway carried out also with
cover open and concluded.
After readings, cuvettes are
washed and the system waits for
tank refilling.
Refill the Systemic solution tank
by unfastening the tank cap
and keeping the float sensor in
the empty position (down): the
system then restarts the
sampling run. Do not disconnect
tubing during run.
103 Warning: Cleaner solution Cleaner solution is ending. Sampling is arrested. Reactions
is going to finish. actually in incubation are
After readings, cuvettes are
tank refilling.
Refill the Cleaner solution tank
by unfastening the tank cap
and keeping the float sensor in
the empty position (down): the
system then restarts the
sampling run. Do not disconnect
tubing during run.
104 Warning: Waste tank is Waste tank is almost full. Sampling is arrested. Reactions
getting full. actually in incubation are
After readings cuvettes, are
tank refilling.
Empty the tank or replace with
an empty one AFTER the end of
the washing phase and keeping

PROBLEM SOLVING

the float sensor in the full
position (up): the system then
restarts the sampling run. Do not
disconnect tubing during
cuvette washing or running.
105 Warning: Some reagents Some reagents, used in the Click on the RED reagent and
are empty. In the Status Work List, are finished. A follow the instructions on the
menu click on red reagent that is finished is screen. Press Retry after
reagents. marked in RED on the Status replacing the bottle; press Abort
menu. to skip that type of analysis;
press Exit to exit the window
without any decision and
change.
To change the bottle: click on
Pause and wait that ARMs stops,
open the protection defence
and replace the bottle; close
the protection defence and
click on Continue, then click on
Retry.
106 Warning: Some samples Some samples are finished. A In case of Sample:
are empty. In the Status sample (or standards or Click on the RED sample and
menu click on red controls) that is finished is follow the instructions on the
reagents. marked in RED on the Status screen. Press Retry after refilling
menu. the sample; press Abort to skip
the hanging analyses; press Exit
to exit the window without any
decision and change.
To refill the sample: click on
Pause and wait that ARM stops,
open the cover and refill the
tube; close the protection
defence and click on Continue,
then click on Retry.
In case of Standard:
Click on the RED standard and
follow the instructions on the
screen. Press Retry after
replacing Standard; press Abort
to skip standardization, controls
and analyses related to that
standard; press Ignore to skip
standard and to use old Factor
in memory for computing results
(for control and analyses); press
Exit to exit the window without
any decision and change.
To refill the standard: click on
and refill the cup; close the
protection defence and click on

PROBLEM SOLVING

Continue, then click on Retry.
In case of Control:
Click on the RED control and
follow the instructions on the
screen. Press Retry after
replacing Control; press Abort to
skip controls and related
analyses; press Ignore to skip
control and to process anyway
the related analysis; press Exit to
exit the window without any
To refill the control: click on
and refill the cup; close the
protection defence and click on
Continue, then click on Retry.
107 Alarm: Refill Systemic Systemic solution is over; the Refill the tank and then press the
solution tank and in Status system is blocked. button Continue in the Status
menu press Continue menu.
button.
108 Alarm: Refill Cleaner Cleaner solution is over; the Refill the tank and then press the
solution tank and in Status system is blocked. button Continue in the Status
menu press Continue menu.
button.
109 Alarm: Empty Waste tank Waste is full; the system is Empty the tank and then press
and in Status menu press blocked. the button Continue in the
Continue button. Status menu after replacing it.
110 Alarm: Internal hardware Hardware error. Press the button Continue in the
communication error. In Status menu to retry, the system
run press Continue button should recover. In case the
else restart the System. alarm is again detected check
if the instrument is ON. Shutdown
the program, the PC and the
instrument and then restart the
system.
111 Alarm: Washing station not The Washing Station isn’t Verify the absence of obstacles
working. In run press properly working, it didn’t under the washing station
Continue button else enter cuvettes. needles. Press the button
restart the System. Continue in the Status menu to
retry, the system should recover.
In case the alarm is again
detected, shutdown the
program, the PC and the
instrument and then restart the
system.
112 Not Used
113 Alarm: Sample ARM is The Sampling ARM crashed Remove any obstacle on the
crashing. In run press against an obstacle during its probes way down, i.e.: sample
Continue button else way down. caps, etc.

PROBLEM SOLVING

restart the System. Press the button Continue in the
Status menu to retry, the system
should recover. In case the
alarm is again detected,
shutdown the program, the PC
and the instrument and then
restart the system. If the problem
persists check if the probe is
entering the correct positions
(tips of washing sinks, cuvettes,
…) and calibrate position [X and
Y].
115 Alarm: Serial Error due to serial link Shutdown the program, the PC
communication error. hardware failure between the and the instrument and verify
Check the cable. external PC and the that the serial cable is fastened
instrument. on both ends and that is
undamaged otherwise change
it. Restart the system. If the
problem persists check internal
serial cable and Main Controller.
117 Alarm: Problem on filter Filter xxx could be damaged. In case the alarm is again
xxx. Run a Calibration detected, shutdown the
Cycle. program, the PC and the
instrument and restart the
system. Run a Calibration cycle.
If the problem persists check
filter calibration.
118 Alarm: X-Sample ARM The Sampling ARM doesn’t Verify the absence of obstacles
motion not properly rotate correctly. on the working area.
working. In run press Press the button Continue in the
Continue button else Status menu to retry, the system
restart the System. should recover. In case the
and the instrument and restart
the system. If the problem
persists check calibration.
119 Alarm: Y-Sample ARM The Sampling ARM doesn’t rise Verify the absence of obstacles
motion not properly and descend correctly. on the working area.
120 Alarm: Diluter Sample ARM The sampling ARM diluter fails Verify the absence of obstacles
motion not properly during motions. or particles into the Diluter
working. In run press transparent head; press the
Continue button else button Continue in the Status

PROBLEM SOLVING

restart the System. menu to retry, the system should
recover. In case the alarm is
again detected, shutdown the
system. If the problem persists
check calibration.
121 Alarm: X-Reagent ARM The Reagent ARM doesn’t Verify the absence of obstacles
motion not properly rotate correctly. on the working area.
122 Alarm: Y-Reagent ARM The Reagent ARM doesn’t rise Verify the absence of obstacles
motion not properly and descend correctly. on the working area.
123 Alarm: Diluter Reagent The reagent ARM diluter fails Verify the absence of obstacles
ARM motion not properly during motions. or particles into the Diluter
working. In run press transparent head; press the
Continue button else button Continue in the Status
restart the System. menu to retry, the system should
recover. In case the alarm is
again detected, shutdown the
check calibration.
124 Alarm: Reagent wheel The reagent wheel fails during Verify the absence of obstacles
motion not properly motions. on its working area and the free
working. In run press movement of the wheel.
Continue button else Press the button Continue in the
restart the System. Status menu to retry, the system
125 Alarm: Sample wheel The sample wheel fails during Verify the absence of obstacles
motion not properly motions. on its working area and the free

PROBLEM SOLVING

working. In run press movement of the wheel.
Continue button else Press the button Continue in the
restart the System. Status menu to retry, the system
126 Alarm: Washing station The Washing Station is not Verify the absence of obstacles
motion not properly properly working, the motion under the needles.
working. In run press has problems. Press the button Continue in the
persists, check calibration.
127 Warning: Hardware over The temperature of electronics Shutdown the program, the PC
temperature. Shutdown environment is too high. and the instrument and verify
the system and control that the operating ambient
ambient temperature. temperature is within
specification. If not, do not
operate the instrument.
If it’s within the range, wait for 30
minutes and restart the system. If
the problem persists check
calibration.
128 Warning: Incubation Incubation temperature out of Verify that the operating
temperature out of range. limits. ambient temperature is within
specification. If not, do not
operate the instrument.
If it’s within the range, shutdown
the program, the PC and the
system after 10 minutes. If the
problem persists check
calibration.
Pay attention that instrument is
still connected.
129 Warning: Bar-code reader Barcode communication out Shutdown the program, the PC
out of order. of order. and the instrument and restart
persists check wiring and
device.
130 Warning: Check Photometer lamp doesn’t Check that the lamp is on and
Photometer lamp. work properly. stable. Shutdown the program,
the PC and the instrument and
persists change the lamp and

PROBLEM SOLVING

run a calibration cycle.
131 Alarm: Client-Server TCP/IP PC internal software error. Shutdown and restart the
error. Restart the system. system. If the problem persists
reload SW.
132 Problem during WL Error during Work List At the end of the actual working
scheduling process. Try scheduling. session, select Clean WL form
again. the Status menu and repeat the
procedure.
133 Communication error. Temporary Client/Server error. Retry after some seconds.
Command cannot be
send to server. Try again.
134 Database error. Restart Internal database error. At the end of the actual working
the system. session shutdown and restart the
check database presence.
135 Database not found. Call Internal database error. At the end of the actual working
for service. session shutdown and restart the
check database presence.
136 Problem during filing Error during filing of patients in None, results are lost.
process. Not all patient archive.
data registered.
137 Alarm: Filter motor not The filter wheel fails during Press Continue in the Status
properly working. In run motion. menu to retry, the system should
press Continue button else recover. In case the alarm is
restart the System. again detected, shutdown the
check calibration.
142 Warning: unknown A method not included in the Memorize method.
method loaded by smart list has been loaded by smart
card. card and its memorization in
the database failed.
It can be activated only
within instrument
operating under smart-
card.
143 Alarm: the original The database is missing or The system has restored the last
database was not found. corrupted. automatic back up copy of the
The system has restored database. Some results has
the last automatic back been be lost.
up. Please restart the Restart the system.
system.
144 Alarm: critical internal The software or pert of it could Try to restart the system. Check
error. Please try to restart be missing or corrupted. SW versions.
the system.
145 Warning: Ise module The ISE Module doesn’t Check if the ISE module is in ON
communication lost. In respond. It could be OFF or its condition.
Status page click on Ise wiring isn’t properly fixed or it’s Check that wiring is properly
icon. damaged. fixed on the back of the ISE

PROBLEM SOLVING

Module and on the mother-
board.
146 Warning: Ise module Some air is in the Calibrant A Reinitialize ISE Module from ISE
purge A error. In Status tubing or the Calibrant A is module conf menu. Do it more
page click on Ise icon. finished. times if required.
Change Reagent pack and
initialize ISE Module from ISE
module conf menu.
If the problem persists help to
pull up fluid from the pack with
a syringe.
147 Warning: Ise module Some air is in the Calibrant B Reinitialize ISE Module from ISE
purge B error. In Status tubing or the Calibrant B is module conf menu. Do it more
page click on Ise icon. finished. times if required.
Change Reagent pack and
initialize ISE Module from ISE
module conf menu.
If the problem persists help to
pull up fluid from the pack with
a syringe.
148 Warning: Ise module Calibration of pump motors Check for liquid leakages in the
pump cal error. In Status failed. Air in fluids or hardware ISE Module and check that
page click on Ise icon. failure. tubing are free.
Check for electrodes properly
seated.
Re-initialize ISE Module from ISE
module conf menu. Do it more
times if required.
If the problem persists check Y-
calibration in the inlet cup.
149 Warning: Ise module Air in fluids or fluid leakage or Check for liquid leakages in the
bubble cal error. In Status hardware failure. ISE Module and check that
page click on Ise icon. tubing are free.
seated.
times if required.
If the problem persists check for
bubbles into the tubing or
change the sensor.
150 Warning: Ise module air in Air detected into urine sample Check the sample it must be
urine. In Status page click or pump tubing obstructed. free of bubbles.
on Ise icon. Repeat the sample.
Check for liquid leakages in the
ISE Module and check that
tubing are free.
seated.
module conf menu.

PROBLEM SOLVING

151 Warning: Ise module ISE Calibration was not
Repeat calibration by re-
calibration error. In Status successful. Values out of range
initializing ISE Module from ISE
page click on Ise icon. or difference between the two
consecutive calibrations out of
times if needed.
range. Check for electrodes properly
seated.
152 Warning: Ise module air in Calibrant A is segmented with Check for electrodes properly
cal A. In Status page click air or fibrine is plugging the seated and compressed. Check
on Ise icon. electrode flow-path. compression plate, spring and
seal. Remove and reassemble
electrodes (verify that
electrodes and o-rings are
properly installed).
Run a cleaning procedure from
ISE module conf menu
(command Clean cycle).
module conf menu.
153 Warning: Ise module air in Calibrant B is segmented with Check for electrodes properly
cal B. In Status page click air or fibrine is plugging the seated and compressed. Check
on Ise icon. electrode flow-path. compression plate, spring and
module conf menu.
154 Warning: Ise module air in Cleaning solution is Check the cleaning bottle it
cleaner. In Status page segmented with air or fibrine is must be free of bubbles.
click on Ise icon. plugging the electrode flow- Check for electrodes properly
path. seated and compressed. Check
compression plate, spring and
155 Warning: Ise module air in Air in segment. Check samples to be free of
segment. In Status page bubbles.
click on Ise icon. Check for liquid leakages in the
ISE Module and check that
tubing are free.
seated and the o-ring are in
place.
module conf menu.

PROBLEM SOLVING

156 Warning: Ise module no No flow in the path or fibrine is Check for electrodes properly
flow. In Status page click plugging the electrode flow- seated and compressed. Check
on Ise icon. path. compression plate, spring and
157 Warning: Ise module Reagent Pack chip damaged Check Reagent Pack
dallas reading error. In or reagent pack connector connection properly installed
Status page click on Ise not properly plugged. and fixed to the reagent
icon. connector.
Change the Reagent Pack.
proper crimping of the wires or
change the pack.
158 Warning: Ise module Reagent Pack chip damaged Check Reagent Pack
dallas writing error. In or reagent pack connector connection properly installed
Status page click on Ise not properly plugged. and fixed to the reagent
icon. connector.
Change the Reagent Pack.
159 Alarm: Internal memory System memory data not Restart the system.
error. congruent. If the problem persists contact
service.
160 Warning: L.I.S. module Error on the L.I.S. interface. Restart the system.
client error. Please restart
the application.
161 Warning: some controls Some controls set in Work List Click on the RED control and
are out of range. Please are out of range. follow the instructions on the
verify in status menu. screen. Press Retry to repeat
Control; press Abort to skip
controls and analyses related to
that control; press Ignore to
ignore control result and to run
anyway analyses; press Exit to
exit the window without any
162 Warning: LIS Server not LIS interface not answering. Restart the system.
active or not enabled. If the problem persists check the
Ethernet connection.
163 Alarm: the version of the The firmware version Update the firmware.
firmware is wrong. programmed on controller
boards is not updated.
164 Alarm: Fatal error from Firmware internal error: missing Restart the system (instrument +
firmware. Call for service of congruency. PC).
controller boards.
165 Alarm: barcode not Barcode reader not working. Restart the system (instrument +
properly working. Call for PC).

PROBLEM SOLVING

service. If the problem persists replace
the reader.
166 Alarm: flash memory Error during parameters Restart the system (instrument +
corrupted. Call for service. loading or down loading. PC).
If the problem persists replace
the Main Controller board.
167 Alarm: communication Main Controller board not Restart the system (instrument +
lost with MASTER controller. properly working. PC).
In run press "Continue" If the problem persists replace
button, else restart the the Main Controller board.
system.
168 Alarm: communication ARM1 Controller board not Restart the system (instrument +
lost with ARM 1 controller. properly working. PC).
In run press "Continue" If the problem persists replace
button, else restart the the ARM1 Controller board.
system.
170 Alarm: communication R&W Controller board not Restart the system (instrument +
lost with R&W controller.In properly working. PC).
run press "Continue" If the problem persists replace
button, else restart the the R&W Controller board.
system.
171 Alarm: Cuvette tray The cuvette tray motion fails Press the button Continue in the
motion not properly during motion. Status menu to retry, the system
working. In run press should recover. In case the
Continue button, else alarm is again detected,
restart the system. shutdown the program, the PC
restart the system. Verify if some
obstacles is into cuvette tray to
stop the rotation.
If the problem persists check the
belt.
172 Warning: Invalid ISE The Reagent Pack is allowed Reagent Pack not enabled.
Reagent Pack to run. Call for service.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Section 8 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
8. Parts for Maintenance and Service

For Spare Parts list and Consumable kits please ask the Producer to get the last indexes.
8.1. Spare Parts and Consumables

The following kits should be always ready and available at service site:
SPARE PARTS
Item P/N Kit
Board, LP Step motor driver ver. 00 for sample and reagent wheels 10991-00-C 1 pcs
Board, LP Step motor driver ver. 01 for sample and reagent arm diluters 10991-01-C 1 pcs
Board, LP Step motor driver ver. 02 for sample and reagent arms 10991-02-C 1 pcs
Board, LP Step motor driver ver. 03 for cuvette and filter wheels 10991-03-C 1 pcs
Board, LP Step motor driver ver. 04 for washing station 10991-04-C 1 pcs
Board, PWR driver module 9x1A for Pumps & Driver Assy 10006-00-C 1 pcs
Board, photodiode module 10011-00-B 1 pcs
Board, Main controller ver. 01 10012-01-D 1 pcs
Board, ARM 1 controller 10012-02-D 1 pcs
Board, ARM 2 controller (only for Double ARM system) 10012-03-D 1 pcs
Board, Read&Wash controller 10012-04-C 1 pcs
Board CNT power supply ver. 01 10028-01-A 1 pcs
Board, LHP Power for refrigeration, lamp and heater strip 10762-00-B 1 pcs
Board, ARM module complete with teflon coil 10205-00-D 1 pcs
Controller Assembly for Double ARM System (including boards) 10016-00-D 1 pcs
Controller Assembly for Single ARM System (including boards) 10016-01-D 1 pcs
Controller Assembly Mother Board 10030-00-C 1 pcs
500uL Diluter Ver00 10911-00-B 1 pcs
2-way electrovalve for diluter assembly 10051-00-B 1 pcs
Stepping motor 1,75NB1,8 for sample and reagent wheel 10039-00-A 1 pcs
Stepping motor 1,17NB1,8 for cuvette wheel 10040-00-A 1 pcs
Stepping motor 0,48NB1,8 for X movement of ARM 1/2 10041-00-A 1 pcs
Stepping motor 1,17NB0,9 for filter wheel 10042-00-A 1 pcs
Stepping motor 0,20NB1,8 for washing station 10055-00-A 1 pcs
Stepping motor 0,43NB1,8 for Y movement of ARM 1/2 10252-00-B 1 pcs
Incubation heater strip 10043-00-A 1 pcs
Opto sensor ver. 00 for home of smp, rgt, arms X and wash stat motors 10045-00-A 1 pcs
Opto sensor ver. 01 for home of ARM2 Y motor 10045-01-A 1 pcs
Opto sensor ver. 02 for home of ARM1 Y motor 10045-02-A 1 pcs
LM35 temperature sensor ver. 01 for reagent refrigeration 10050-01-B 1 pcs
LM35 temperature sensor ver. 02 for cuvette incubation temperature 10050-02-B 1 pcs
Wiring, main PWR supply 10057-00-B 1 pcs
Buzzer 10058-00-A 1 pcs
Peristaltic pump WPM1 120mL 3.0mm tube 24Vdc – RED 11048-00-A 1 pcs
Peristaltic pump type WPM1 78mL 2.5mm tube 24Vdc – WHITE 11053-00-A 1 pcs
Peristaltic pump type WPM1 57mL 2.0mm tube 24Vdc – BLUE 11052-00-A 1 pcs
Peristaltic pump type WPM1 53mL 2.5mm tube 12Vdc – ORANGE 11057-00-A 1 pcs
ZRP3 2Head-Aspiration Pump for the Washing station needles 11047-00-A 1 pcs
ZRP12 Aspiration Pump Ver01 for the Washing station tip 10938-01-A 1 pcs
Wiring, for internal RS232 serial connection 10062-00-A 1 pcs
24V Fan (92x92mm)) 10110-00-A 1 pcs
12V Fan (92x92mm) 10111-00-A 1 pcs

SPARE PARTS
Item P/N Kit
12V Fan (60x60mm) 10112-00-A 1 pcs
Wiring, cooler fans 10113-00-A 1 pcs
Wiring, 10x-flat ver. 00 for stepping driver module boards 10145-00-A 1 pcs
Wiring, 10x-flat ver. 01 for connection pump/mother board (short) 10145-01-A 1 pcs
Wiring, 10x-flat ver. 02 for connection pump/mother board (long) 10145-02-A 1 pcs
Wiring, for motors 10146-00-A 1 pcs
Wiring, for photodiode board 10148-00-B 1 pcs
Wiring, for sensors 10153-00-D 1 pcs
Wiring, for PWR supply VDPS-TB for fuse holder 10159-00-A 1 pcs
Wiring, for PWR supply 24VDC-&AUXPS 10161-00-C 1 pcs
Wiring, for sampling arm ARMs 10204-00-B 1 pcs
Wiring, for pump & driver PWR supply 10514-00-A 1 pcs
Wiring, 10x-flat ver. 00 for driver motors (Assembly) 10632-00-B 1 pcs
Wiring, LHP Power Supply 10940-00-B 1 pcs
Assembly, ARM Coil heater 10209-01-A 1 pcs
Washing station head with probes 10211-00-B 1 pcs
ON-OFF button ver. 00 power on switch (green) 10368-00-A 1 pcs
ON-OFF button ver. 01 cooler power on (blue) 10368-01-A 1 pcs
Power supply assembly 10369-00-B 1 pcs
Systemic solution 20lt tank 10405-00-B 1 pcs
Cleaner solution 5lt tank 10406-00-B 1 pcs
Waste 25lt tank 10407-00-B 1 pcs
MGND reagent tray brush 10413-00-A 1 pcs
Microswitch cover sensor 11061-00-A 1 pcs
Washing sink N.A. 1 pcs
Manifold for washing station N.A. 1 pcs
Single aspiration needle for washing station N.A. 1 pcs
Asp/Disp needle pair for washing station N.A. 1 pcs
Tips for washing station DMC-20169 1 pcs
Drying tip with probe for washing station DMC-20239 1 pcs
Kit of asp. and disp. probes for washing station N.A. 1 kit
Fitting diam. 2,3 N.A. 10 pcs
Fitting diam. 3 N.A. 10 pcs
Fitting (big nut) ¼-28UNF for ferule (P-300) and tube 1/8” N.A. 10 pcs
Fitting (small nut) ¼-28UNF for ferule (P-200) and tube 1/16” N.A. 10 pcs
Ferrule 1/8” yellow, P-300 N.A. 20 pcs
Ferrule 1/16” blue, P-200 N.A. 20 pcs

ACCESSORIES AND CONSUMABLES

Item P/N Kit
Adaptors for sample cups 3 ml N.A. 50 pcs
Halogen lamp 12 V 20 W 10749-01-A 1 pcs
Head for peristaltic pump type WPM1 120mL 3.0mm tube 24Vdc – RED N.A. 1 pcs
Head for peristaltic pump type WPM1 78mL 2.5mm tube 24Vdc – WHITE N.A. 1 pcs
Head for peristaltic pump type WPM1 57mL 2.0mm tube 24Vdc – BLUE N.A. 1 pcs
Head for peristaltic pump type WPM1 53mL 2.5mm tube 12Vdc – ORANGE N.A. 1 pcs
Kit of fuses N.A. 1 kit
Kit of tubes (El-Valve & washing station) N.A. 1 kit
Kit tubes for cleaner sol. tank (5 lt - blue) 10649-00-C 1 pcs
Kit tubes for systemic sol. tank (20lt - green) 10647-00-B 1 pcs
Kit tubes for waste tank (25lt - red) 10648-00-C 1 pcs
Cleaner solution N.A. 6x2 lt
RS232 serial cable – no crossed N.A. 1 pcs
Primary tubes sample cups N.A. 1000 pcs
Reading cuvettes N.A. 200 pcs
Reading plate with 80 cuvettes (rotor) N.A. 1 kit
Reagent bottle R1 with cap - 50 ml N.A. 50 pcs
Reagent bottle R2 with cap - 20 ml N.A. 50 pcs
Rinse solution (Ew Cvt) 6x50 ml N.A. 6x50 ml
Rinse solution (Ew Prb) 6x20 ml N.A. 6x20 ml
Sample cups 3 ml N.A. 1000 pcs
Sampling probe N.A. 1 pcs
Systemic solution N.A. 6x50 ml
Tool for cuvette extraction N.A. 1 pcs
ISE Module NA+ electrode 5201 1 pcs
ISE Module K+ electrode 5202 1 pcs
ISE Module Cl- electrode 5203 1 pcs
ISE Module Li+ electrode 5205 1 pcs
ISE Module Reference electrode 5204 1 pcs
ISE Module Spacer electrode 5206 1 pcs
ISE Module Reagent pack (Cal A, Cal B, Waste) 5420 1 pcs
ISE Module Urine diluent 500 ml 5408 1 pcs
ISE Module Urine diluent 125 ml 5412 1 pcs
ISE Module Cleaning solution 90 ml 5421 1 pcs
ISE Module Pump tubing kit 5610 1 kit
ISE Module Fluid tubing kit 5611 1 kit
ISE Module Tubing adapter 5612 1 pcs

8.2. Technical Assistance Kits for Service

Distributors must stock in-house at least one Technical Assistance Kit any 10 instruments installed on
the field. It speeds up service operations and also assures a fast and reliable maintenance in most
of cases.
Ask the Producer for purchasing these kits.
Technical Assistance Kit for Double ARM and for Single ARM systems
Item P/N Kit
Halogen lamp 12V 20W 10749-01-A 5 pcs
Sampling probes 10558-00-A 5 pcs
Reading plate (rotor) with cuvettes N.A. 3 kit
RS232 Serial cable – no crossed N.A. 1 pcs
Head for peristaltic pump type WPM1 120mL 3.0mm tube 24Vdc – RED N.A. 4 pcs
Head for peristaltic pump type WPM1 78mL 2.5mm tube 24Vdc – WHITE N.A. 12 pcs
Head for peristaltic pump type WPM1 57mL 2.0mm tube 24Vdc – BLUE N.A. 2 pcs
Head for peristaltic pump type WPM1 53mL 2.5mm tube 12Vdc – ORANGE N.A. 2 pcs
Washing station with needles 10211-00-B 2 kit
Kit of fuses N.A. 3 kit
Kit of tubes for Washing Station N.A. 2 kit
Kit of tubes for Waste tank (25lt) red (new) 10649-00-C 1 pcs
Kit of tubes for Systemic solution tank (20lt) green 10647-00-B 1 pcs
Kit of tubes for Cleaning solution tank (5lt) blue 10648-00-C 1 pcs
Fitting diam. 2,3 N.A. 10 pcs
Fitting diam. 3 N.A. 10 pcs
Fitting (big nut) ¼-28UNF for ferule (P-300) and tube 1/8” N.A. 10 pcs
Fitting (small nut) ¼-28UNF for ferule (P-200) and tube 1/16” N.A. 10 pcs
Ferrule 1/8” yellow, P-300 N.A. 20 pcs
Ferrule 1/16” blue, P-200 N.A. 20 pcs
Opto sensor ver. 00 10045-00-A 6 pcs
LM35 temperature sensor ver. 01 10050-01-B 2 pcs
LM35 temperature sensor ver. 02 10050-02-B 2 pcs
Board Main controller ver. 01 10012-01-D 1 pcs
Board ARM 1 controller 10012-02-D 1 pcs
Board ARM 2 controller (only for Double ARM system) 10012-03-D 1 pcs
Board Read&Wash controller 10012-04-C 1 pcs
Board CNT power supply ver. 01 10028-01-A 1 pcs
Controller Assembly Mother Board 10030-00-C 1 pcs
Board ARM module complete with teflon coil 10205-00-D 1 pcs
Board photodiode module 10011-00-B 1 pcs
Board PWR driver module 9x1A 10006-00-C 1 pcs
Board LP Step motor driver ver. 00 10991-00-C 1 pcs
LHP power board 10762-00-B 3 pcs
500uL Diluter Ver00 10911-00-B 1 pcs
2-way electrovalve fro diluter assembly 10051-00-B 2 pcs
Drying tip with probe for washing station N.A. 6 pcs
ZRP3 2Head-Aspiration Pump for the Washing station needles 11047-00-A 2 pcs
ZRP12 Aspiration Pump Ver01 for the Washing station tip 10938-01-A 2 pcs
Peristaltic pump WPM-120mL 3.0mm 24V for Wash Sing & WS needle#1 asp 11048-00-A 2 pcs
Peristaltic pump type WPM1-78mL 2.5mm 24V, for WS needles 1,3,4,5 and ARMs 11053-00-A 6 pcs

Technical Assistance Kit for Double ARM and for Single ARM systems
Item P/N Kit
Peristaltic pump type WPM1-57mL 2.0mm 24V, for WS needle 2 11052-00-A 1 pcs
Peristaltic pump type WPM1-53mL 2.5mm 12V, for condensation drain 11057-00-A 1 pcs
Power supply assembly 10369-00-B 1 pcs


MNM-10646-01-C ENG, Miura Service Manual Rev C

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

MNM-10646-01-C ENG, Miura Service Manual Rev C

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

I.S.E.

– Sistemi Intelligenti Elettronici

Random Access Analyser

I.S.E. S.r.l. – Italy Roma MNM-10646-01-C Rev.C ENG

i.1 Identification Data

I.S.E. S.r.l. – Sistemi Intelligenti Elettronici 2/288

i.3 International and European Prescriptions

i.4 Purpose of This Document

i.5 Use of This Manual

I.S.E. S.r.l. – Sistemi Intelligenti Elettronici 3/288

i.6 List of Contents

I.S.E. S.r.l. – Sistemi Intelligenti Elettronici 4/288

2.6.1. ISE Module Installation ........................................................................................................... 39

I.S.E. S.r.l. – Sistemi Intelligenti Elettronici 5/288

I.S.E. S.r.l. – Sistemi Intelligenti Elettronici 6/288

5.3.1. Daily Maintenance Scheduling .......................................................................................... 230

I.S.E. S.r.l. – Sistemi Intelligenti Elettronici 7/288

8.1. Spare Parts and Consumables ............................................................................................... 284

I.S.E. S.r.l. – Sistemi Intelligenti Elettronici 8/288

i.7 List of Figures

I.S.E. S.r.l. – Sistemi Intelligenti Elettronici 9/288

I.S.E. S.r.l. – Sistemi Intelligenti Elettronici 10/288

I.S.E. S.r.l. – Sistemi Intelligenti Elettronici 11/288

1.1. General Instructions

Figure 1: Single ARM model, Instrument Label

Figure 2: Double ARM model, Instrument Label

I.S.E. S.r.l. – Sistemi Intelligenti Elettronici 12/288

Figure 3: Electrical Risk Label

Figure 4: Electrical Risk Icons

Laser Light Hazard

Figure 5: Laser Light Risk Label

Figure 6: Laser risk Icon

I.S.E. S.r.l. – Sistemi Intelligenti Elettronici 13/288

Moving Parts Hazard

Figure 7: Moving Part Risk Label

Figure 8: Potentially Infected Area Label

Figure 9: Biological Risk Icon

I.S.E. S.r.l. – Sistemi Intelligenti Elettronici 14/288

Figure 10: Generic Risk Icon

Potentially infected tank label

Figure 11: Potentially Infected Tank Label

Figure 12: WEEE symbol

I.S.E. S.r.l. – Sistemi Intelligenti Elettronici 15/288

1.3. Safety Precautions

1.3.2. Transport and Storage

1.4. Risks During Use

1.4.1. Risks for the Operator

1.4.2. Safety Information for the Operator

1.4.3. Information on Liquids and Infected Parts

I.S.E. S.r.l. – Sistemi Intelligenti Elettronici 16/288

1.4.3.2. Waste Materials

I.S.E. S.r.l. – Sistemi Intelligenti Elettronici 17/288

2. Description of the Instrument

Figure 13: Bench-top Version

I.S.E. S.r.l. – Sistemi Intelligenti Elettronici 18/288

I.S.E. S.r.l. – Sistemi Intelligenti Elettronici 19/288

2.1. Supplied Parts

2.2. Installation Requirements

2.3. Storing the Instrument

I.S.E. S.r.l. – Sistemi Intelligenti Elettronici 20/288

2.4. Unpacking the System

2.4.1. Unpacking the Instrument

 Remove the box top cover.

I.S.E. S.r.l. – Sistemi Intelligenti Elettronici 21/288